Scientists Solve Mystery of Sea Star Deaths

Researchers have uncovered the bacterial cause behind a decade-long epidemic that has decimated over 5 billion sea stars along the Pacific coast of North America.

Scientists have finally identified the cause of an epidemic that has led to the deaths of more than 5 billion sea stars off the Pacific coast from Mexico to Alaska over the past decade. Known as sea star wasting disease, the condition has devastated more than 20 species since 2013 and is still ongoing. The sunflower sea star has been the hardest hit, with an estimated 90% population loss during the first five years of the outbreak.

Sea stars, commonly referred to as starfish, generally have five arms, though some species may have up to 24. These marine animals display a wide array of colors, ranging from solid orange to combinations of orange, purple, brown, and green. Initially, the cause of the mass die-off was a mystery, but recent research points to bacteria as the culprit.

Marine disease ecologist Alyssa Gehman from the Hakai Institute in British Columbia, Canada, who played a role in determining the cause, described the effects of the disease as “gruesome.” Infected sea stars develop lesions, and their arms eventually detach.

A study published in Nature Ecology and Evolution has identified the bacteria Vibrio pectenicida as responsible for the disease. This finding resolves an enduring mystery concerning the severe marine ailment, according to Rebecca Vega Thurber, a marine microbiologist at the University of California, Santa Barbara, who was not involved in the study.

The search for the cause took over a decade, involving several missteps and complexities. For years, researchers suspected a virus might be responsible, particularly a densovirus. However, this virus was later found to be a normal component of healthy sea stars, not linked to the disease, said Melanie Prentice, a co-author of the study from the Hakai Institute.

Other research efforts failed to identify the true cause because they focused on tissue samples from dead sea stars, which lacked the coelomic fluid—an organ-surrounding bodily fluid—where the bacteria were discovered. The new study, with its detailed analysis of this fluid, was instrumental in identifying the bacteria as the cause.

Blake Ushijima, a microbiologist from the University of North Carolina, Wilmington, not involved in the study, acknowledged the challenges in tracing the root cause of underwater environmental diseases. He described the research team’s approach as “really smart and significant.”

With the bacterial cause identified, scientists can now develop strategies to help sea star populations. Melanie Prentice suggested testing the health of remaining sea stars and considering options such as relocation or breeding in captivity for future reintroduction. Additionally, researchers may explore whether some populations possess natural immunity and whether treatments like probiotics could enhance immunity against the disease.

The discovery offers a renewed sense of hope for sea star conservation and a chance to mitigate the impacts of this devastating epidemic in the ocean ecosystem.

India Successfully Launches $1.5 Billion NASA Satellite

India successfully launched the world’s most expensive Earth-observation satellite, a $1.5 billion joint project with NASA, marking a significant milestone in international space collaboration.

After over a decade of development, NASA’s science leadership traveled to India this week to witness the launch of the NASA-ISRO Synthetic Aperture Radar (NISAR) satellite. This marks the most expensive Earth-observation satellite project to date, with a price tag of $1.5 billion. The satellite successfully launched into orbit on Wednesday aboard India’s Geosynchronous Satellite Launch Vehicle, a medium-lift rocket.

The NISAR mission is designed to observe Earth’s land and ice surfaces from a Sun-synchronous orbit located 464 miles (747 kilometers) above the planet. The satellite will gather crucial data from these surfaces, including the polar regions, twice every 12 days. This data collection is expected to provide valuable insights into how various terrestrial surfaces change over time, including the impact of climate change.

The satellite’s main innovation lies in its combination of two synthetic aperture radar instruments. NASA has contributed the L-band radar, which is particularly effective at measuring soil moisture, forests, and the movements of land and ice surfaces. ISRO’s contribution, an S-band radar, excels at monitoring agricultural changes, as well as grassland and human-made structures.

Although synthetic aperture radar technology has been under development by NASA and other space organizations for decades, the NISAR spacecraft is one of the first missions to integrate two different radar bands on a single platform. This integration provides a more comprehensive real-time view of changes occurring on Earth’s surface.

Following the successful launch, the spacecraft will enter a three-month commissioning phase. During this period, the NISAR satellite will deploy a large antenna reflector measuring 39 feet (12 meters) in diameter. The reflector will be responsible for sending and receiving microwaves, enabling the satellite to accurately measure surface changes.

The mission’s collaborative nature and significant budget make it notable. Earth observation missions usually cost less due to lower requirements for deep-space durability. For NASA-Isro, however, this is their most complex and costly collaboration to date. The success of this partnership could pave the way for future cooperative projects such as the Artemis program.

V. Narayanan, chairman of the Indian space agency, expressed enthusiasm for the mission’s capability to study Earth’s dynamic land and ice surfaces with unprecedented detail. “With this successful launch, we are at the threshold of fulfilling the immense scientific potential NASA and ISRO envisioned for the NISAR mission more than 10 years ago,” he said.

The agreement between NASA and ISRO to design and develop the satellite was signed on September 30, 2014, with an initial launch target set for 2024. Missing this target by less than a year is considered a respectable achievement by both space agencies.

Following the successful launch, NASA Acting Administrator Sean Duffy took to social media site X to celebrate the event. In his post, however, Duffy mistakenly credited former President Donald Trump with facilitating the mission’s success. “The mission is a joint U.S.-India effort, negotiated by President TRUMP,” Duffy wrote. “Thanks to his LEADERSHIP & our friends at @ISRO, @NASA is Making Space Great Again!” However, Trump’s presidency began nearly two and a half years after the initial negotiation between NASA and ISRO.

Despite the factual inaccuracy, Duffy’s acknowledgment of the mission’s importance—even amid proposed cuts to NASA’s science programs during Trump’s administration—could serve as a reminder of the value of such projects in understanding Earth’s changing environment.

NASA Plans to Access Largest Gold Reserve in Universe

NASA’s identification of the asteroid Psyche, potentially the largest reserve of precious metals in the universe, has sparked massive speculation about future space mining possibilities, as the asteroid holds an estimated value of 700 trillion euros.

NASA’s recent findings regarding the asteroid Psyche have captivated global attention, as the celestial body situated in the asteroid belt between Mars and Jupiter is believed to contain abundant reserves of precious metals such as gold, iron, and nickel. This revelation has led to heated discussions about the economic possibilities of space mining, stirred by the prospect of unlocking an estimated 700 trillion euros in resources. Despite the tantalizing possibilities, experts urge caution in anticipating rapid transformations in wealth distribution.

The Psyche asteroid was first discovered in 1852 by Italian astronomer Annibale de Gasparis. Since then, it has evolved from an ordinary space rock to a focal point of scientific interest and economic speculation. Psyche’s estimated surface area exceeds 165,000 square kilometers, and its metal-rich composition includes iron, nickel, and gold, which is believed to account for 30% to 60% of its total volume.

NASA’s heightened interest in Psyche culminated in the launch of the Psyche mission in 2023. This mission aims to reach the asteroid by 2029 employing solar-electric propulsion, with plans for an extensive study using advanced instruments such as spectrometers, magnetometers, and multispectral cameras. While there is curiosity surrounding potential economic gains from Psyche, the mission’s primary objective is to glean insights into the formation of rocky planets and evaluate whether Psyche represents one of the original building blocks of our solar system.

The lofty dream of harvesting the asteroid’s resources, however, remains beyond our reach at the moment. The reality of space mining is fraught with technological, financial, and regulatory challenges that must be addressed before any such ventures can materialize. The notion of retrieving substantial amounts of gold, for example, while tantalizing, is not factored into current plans, despite private companies and space agencies already exploring the feasibility of extraterrestrial mining.

The notion of a new ‘gold rush’ in space raises questions about the potential societal implications. Should a mission successfully transport more gold to Earth than the planet’s existing annual production, the ripple effects could drastically alter economic conditions and heighten debates over regulatory frameworks. Issues of legal ownership, ethical usage, and environmental impact remain unresolved, prompting the need for comprehensive discussions on the management of space-derived resources.

While the possibilities of abundant space resources ignite the imagination and hold the potential for transformative economic impact, many hurdles need to be overcome. Psyche’s allure remains tantalizing, but the road to capitalizing on its full potential is marked by obstacles that include not only technological advancements but also the establishment of cooperative international frameworks to manage access and distribution effectively.

As discussions around Space Psyche advance, the global community must brace for the profound shifts that could accompany an era of space mining, acknowledging both its potential benefits and far-reaching ramifications.

Fr. Richard D’Souza Named Director of Vatican Observatory

Pope Leo XIV has appointed Fr. Richard Anthony D’Souza, S.J., as the new Director of the Vatican Observatory, following a succession plan initiated before the passing of Pope Francis.

Fr. Richard Anthony D’Souza, S.J., has been named the Director of the Vatican Observatory by Pope Leo XIV, according to an announcement released by the Vatican Governorate. This appointment follows a succession process that had been set into motion before the death of Pope Francis.

Fr. D’Souza, who holds a doctorate in astronomy and has been with the Observatory since 2016, is set to succeed Br. Guy Consolmagno, S.J., who will complete his mandate on September 19, 2025. Br. Consolmagno expressed his satisfaction with the appointment, stating, “I am delighted that His Holiness has chosen Fr. D’Souza to be the next director of the Vatican Observatory. I know that Fr. D’Souza has the vision and wisdom to carry the Observatory forward during this time of rapid change in astronomical research, especially given his experience with space telescopes and advanced computational techniques.”

Fr. D’Souza acknowledged the leadership of Br. Consolmagno, remarking, “During his ten years of leadership, Br. Consolmagno has distinguished himself for his dedication to dialogue between science and faith, to scientific dissemination, and the promotion of astronomical research at the international level.”

Upon the completion of his term as Director, Br. Consolmagno will continue his work as a staff astronomer and serve as the President of the Vatican Observatory Foundation, based in Tucson, Arizona.

Born in 1978 in Goa, India, Fr. D’Souza joined the Society of Jesus in 1996, later being ordained a priest in 2011. His educational journey includes a Bachelor’s degree in Physics and a Master in Physics from the University of Heidelberg, Germany. He completed his doctoral studies in astronomy at the Max Planck Institute for Astrophysics in Munich, with research centered on the formation and evolution of galaxies. Additionally, he participated in a post-doctoral program at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, USA.

Since 2016, Fr. D’Souza has served as a staff member of the Vatican Observatory, and since 2022, he has also been the Superior of the Jesuit community there. His research focuses on the merging of galaxies and its effects on contemporary galactic properties, such as those seen in the Milky Way. He is well-published in international scientific journals and is a member of the International Astronomical Union, among other collaborations. Notably, an asteroid has recently been named in his honor.

The Vatican Observatory, one of the world’s oldest astronomical institutions, was founded in 1891 under Pope Leo XIII. Its mission, established through the papal Motu Proprio “Ut Mysticam,” is to demonstrate that the Church supports and encourages true science. The Observatory’s Jesuit astronomers explore diverse fields ranging from stars to the cosmos, seeking a deep understanding of the universe and facilitating a dialogue that intertwines science, theology, and Church tradition.

Fr. D’Souza’s appointment represents a continued commitment to this mission, as the Observatory navigates new advancements in the study of the universe, reflecting the Church’s enduring support for scientific inquiry.

Solar Eclipse on August 2 to Last Six Minutes

On August 2, 2027, parts of southern Europe, North Africa, and the Middle East will experience up to six minutes and 23 seconds of darkness during the longest solar eclipse visible from land in this century.

The total solar eclipse occurring on this date is being hailed as the “eclipse of the century,” offering a celestial event of significant duration and visibility, according to Space.com. The Moon’s passage directly in front of the Sun will cast a shadow over parts of southern Europe, North Africa, and the Middle East, creating a unique spectacle for millions of people.

Contrary to rumors circulating on social media, this event is not scheduled for 2025. No solar eclipse, total or partial, will occur on August 2 of that year. Multiple observatories, including NASA, have debunked claims of a “six-minute global blackout” in 2025, labeling them misinformation. As Space.com emphasizes, the next occurrence of such a significant eclipse will indeed happen on August 2, 2027.

This extended eclipse duration is attributed to the Moon being at its closest point to Earth, or perigee, while the Earth will be at its farthest point from the Sun, known as aphelion. This alignment increases the apparent sizes of both celestial bodies, allowing the Moon to cover the Sun entirely for a longer time. Additionally, the path crosses the equator, where the Moon’s shadow traverses more slowly, further extending the eclipse’s duration.

The path of totality will pass over parts of eleven countries, providing complete coverage in Southern Spain (including Cádiz and Tarifa), Gibraltar, Morocco, Algeria, Tunisia, Libya, Egypt, Sudan, Saudi Arabia, Yemen, Oman, and Somalia. Luxor, Egypt, will enjoy the longest period of darkness at six minutes and 23 seconds. Meanwhile, many other regions, including most of Europe, North Africa, and western Asia, will witness a partial eclipse.

In India, only a partial eclipse will be visible, affecting the western and northwestern states such as Rajasthan, Gujarat, Maharashtra, and Goa. Here, the Sun will be partially obscured by 10 to 30 percent. The event will occur between 4 PM and 6 PM IST, though visibility may be limited in coastal cities like Mumbai and Goa due to sunset.

For scientific communities, the length of this solar eclipse offers a rare opportunity. The extended time in totality will allow for detailed observation of the solar corona, tracking of solar flares and coronal mass ejections, and the use of spectroscopy to study the Sun’s outer layers. Researchers will also monitor temperature shifts, magnetic fields, and atmospheric changes on Earth, aiding in the calibration of instruments for future space missions like NASA’s Parker Solar Probe and ESA’s Solar Orbiter.

Safety is paramount during such events, especially in India, where looking at the Sun without proper eye protection is never safe during a partial eclipse. The Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) recommends using ISO-certified eclipse glasses, as regular sunglasses, phone cameras, or telescopes without certified solar filters do not provide adequate protection.

During full totalities, glasses can be removed briefly when the Sun is entirely obscured but must be worn again as daylight reappears. In India, solar eclipses hold cultural significance and are intertwined with Hindu mythologies involving the shadowy planets Rahu and Ketu. Temples may close during eclipses, and people often partake in fasting or river bathing rituals. However, increasing scientific outreach has helped transform eclipses from omens to be feared into astronomical phenomena deserving of safe observation.

In essence, a solar eclipse is an astronomical anomaly, where the Moon and the Sun appear the same size from Earth due to precise cosmic geometry. People positioned in the path of totality will witness daytime darkness. For the rest of the planet, life continues, but for those in the eclipse’s path, it’s a rare opportunity to experience one of nature’s profound spectacles.

Study: Milk More Hydrating Than Water, Beneficial in Summer Months

A recent study suggests that milk, due to its unique nutritional composition, can provide greater hydration than water under certain conditions.

When it comes to staying hydrated, water often appears to be the unrivaled choice. However, a recent scientific study indicates that there might be an equally beneficial alternative: milk. This revelation comes from the University of St. Andrews in Scotland, where researchers compared various beverages on their ability to retain fluids in the body. Notably, both whole and skimmed milk topped the hydration charts, sometimes surpassing mineral water.

The study, published in the American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, delved into why milk appears to have higher hydration properties than water. The nutrients naturally present in milk—sugars, proteins, and fats—play a critical role in this process. These components help slow down the stomach’s emptying process, thereby allowing the body to retain fluids for a longer period.

While water remains the go-to for daily hydration, milk could be a superior option in certain scenarios. Consuming milk after intense physical activity can help replenish lost fluids and nutrients efficiently. Similarly, children and the elderly, who may require more comprehensive hydration, can benefit from milk’s properties. In situations of mild dehydration, milk’s ability to retain fluids could be particularly advantageous. Nevertheless, milk should complement water consumption rather than replace it.

Consumers should exercise caution, as milk isn’t suitable for everyone. Individuals with lactose intolerance or specific digestive disorders should consult a healthcare professional before increasing their milk intake. Plant-based alternatives like soy or oat milk may serve as a compromise, but these do not match the hydration efficacy of cow’s milk.

Despite its potential, milk should not be misconstrued as a standalone substitute for water but rather a strategic supplement under certain conditions, according to the study.

East Africa Rift Forms Potential New Ocean Formation

In the arid and unforgiving deserts of East Africa, an extraordinary geological transformation is underway as tectonic forces threaten to split the continent in two, paving the way for a new ocean over millions of years.

The Afar region, notorious for its scorching temperatures, is becoming a focal point for geologists and scientists around the world due to its unique positioning at the junction of three tectonic plates: the Nubian, Somali, and Arabian. This area, characterized by its geological instability, provides a rare opportunity to observe the process of continental division and ocean formation, making it an invaluable natural laboratory.

Christopher Moore, a doctoral student at the University of Leeds, describes the Afar region as the only place on Earth where the transition from a continental rift to an oceanic rift can be studied. Moore utilizes satellite radar technology to closely monitor volcanic activity in the area.

The East African Rift Valley, which runs through Ethiopia and Kenya, is part of this significant geological phenomenon. In 2005, an extensive 35-mile-long fissure appeared in Ethiopia’s desert, reaching depths of over 50 feet and a width of 65 feet, as reported by National Geographic. This dramatic emergence is attributed to the rifting of tectonic plates, forming lowland regions as they separate. The rapid formation of this fissure mirrored what typically occurs over several centuries in just a few days, explained Cynthia Ebinger, a geophysicist from Tulane University who has extensively studied the region.

Ebinger’s research has revealed that the rifting process can be both gradual and punctuated by sudden, explosive events. She compares it to the bursting of an overinflated balloon, emphasizing the pressures involved due to rising magma. This pressure builds until it causes the Earth’s crust to crack, creating new fissures that will eventually fill with water from the Gulf of Aden and the Red Sea, forming a new ocean. This process will eventually divide Africa into two distinct landmasses; a smaller continent comprising parts of present-day Somalia, Kenya, Ethiopia, and Tanzania, and a larger one consisting of the remainder of the African continent.

According to Christy Till, a geologist from Arizona State University, the East African Rift may be in the early stages of a process that once split the African and South American continents, leading to the formation of the Atlantic Ocean. Till underscores that this process is extremely slow, spanning millions of years.

Decades of research on the African rift have been significantly enhanced by modern technologies such as GPS, which allow scientists to measure tectonic movements with high precision. Ken Macdonald, a marine geophysicist and professor emeritus from the University of California, Santa Barbara, notes that GPS measurements can detect movements as minute as a few millimeters per year.

The Arabian plate is retreating from Africa at approximately one inch per year, while the Nubian and Somali plates part at slightly slower rates of half an inch to 0.2 inches per year. Over time, these seemingly tiny movements will dramatically alter the landscape of East Africa.

As tectonic plates continue to diverge, material from beneath the Earth’s surface emerges to form new oceanic crust. This nascent oceanic crust, distinguishable by its unique composition and density, signifies the beginning stages of a new ocean basin, as explained by Moore.

Scientists estimate that the Afar region may be submerged in oceanic waters in 5 to 10 million years, transforming the Horn of Africa into a newly formed continental landmass.

Currently, the Afar remains a stark and inhospitable expanse, with daytime temperatures soaring to 130 degrees Fahrenheit (54 degrees Celsius) and dropping to a mild 95 degrees Fahrenheit (35 degrees Celsius) during the night. Despite these severe conditions, the region continues to captivate the scientific community, offering crucial insights into Earth’s geological future. As Cynthia Ebinger noted, while some may view the region as “Dante’s inferno,” it serves as a vital window into understanding the forces that shape our planet and what lies ahead: a divided Africa bisected by a nascent ocean.

According to ZME Science, these findings underscore the intricate and slow-moving processes governing the Earth, providing a glimpse into the potential future of the African continent.

Earth’s Spin on July 22 Creates 2nd-Shortest Day in History

On Tuesday, July 22, Earth will complete its rotation 1.34 milliseconds faster than usual, marking one of the shortest days in recorded history.

Earth’s rotation on July 22 will fall short of the standard 24-hour day by a mere 1.34 milliseconds. While this variance is too slight to be noticed in daily life, it forms part of a curious trend in Earth’s rotational dynamics that has emerged over the past few years. Some scientists suggest that, if this pattern persists, a negative leap second could become necessary around the year 2029—a correction unprecedented in atomic clockkeeping.

The planet’s rotation speed has never been constant. Historical data indicate that a day was much shorter in the distant past than the 86,400 seconds we are familiar with today. A 2023 study revealed that, for a significant period in Earth’s early history, each day lasted approximately 19 hours. This shift resulted from influences such as solar atmospheric tides and lunar ocean tides. Over extensive geological timescales, tidal friction from the moon has emerged as the primary factor gradually elongating Earth’s days. As the moon moves further away, it exerts less gravitational pull, effectively draining Earth’s rotational energy and slowing its spin rate.

Since the advent of the atomic clock in 1973, the shortest recorded day was just 1.05 milliseconds less than 24 hours, according to data from Timeanddate.com. Remarkably, since 2020, Earth has consistently set new records for rotational speed. Specifically, on July 5, 2024, Earth’s spin concluded 1.66 milliseconds sooner than typical, making it the shortest day documented thus far.

Current scientific forecasts for 2025 identified July 9, July 22, and August 5 as potential candidates for the year’s shortest days. Nonetheless, recent measurements now place July 10 in the lead, with a reduction of 1.36 milliseconds from the normal 24-hour period. On July 22, Earth’s rotation is anticipated to end 1.34 milliseconds early, clinching the position for the second-shortest day of the year in 2025. If existing trends persist, August 5 is expected to end roughly 1.25 milliseconds sooner than usual.

There is emerging evidence suggesting that this acceleration may be slowing. Preliminary observations indicate a deceleration in the rate at which day lengths are decreasing, but the root cause of the recent rotational modifications remains largely unknown. A 2024 study proposed that factors like polar ice melt and rising sea levels might be impacting Earth’s rotation by altering mass distribution. However, these factors may not be primary drivers of the acceleration. Another plausible explanation points toward influences deep within Earth: the deceleration of its liquid core could be redistributing angular momentum, causing the mantle and crust to spin slightly faster.

Leonid Zotov, an expert on Earth rotation from Moscow State University, commented on the mystery of this acceleration to Timeanddate.com. “Most scientists believe it is something inside the Earth. Ocean and atmospheric models don’t explain this huge acceleration.” Zotov also predicts that Earth’s rotation could slow again soon. If his prediction holds true, this quickening might merely represent a transient deviation in Earth’s long-term trajectory toward slower rotation and elongated days.

NASA Finds Largest Gold Reservoir in Universe, Valued at $700 Quintillion

NASA’s groundbreaking mission to study the metal-rich asteroid 16 Psyche could forever alter our understanding of resource economics and extraterrestrial geology.

For centuries, astronomers have marveled at the cosmos, dreaming of its untapped treasures. With advancements in spaceflight and robotics, this dream is inching toward reality as private companies and national agencies look to asteroids not just for scientific inquiry, but also for their raw materials. Leading this new age of space prospecting is the massive metal-rich asteroid 16 Psyche, located in the asteroid belt, and a prime candidate for exploration.

In 2019, astronomers caused a stir with rough estimates suggesting that Psyche’s metal reserves—comprising iron, nickel, and gold—could be worth as much as $700 quintillion. This staggering figure led to sensational headlines proposing that “everyone on Earth could become billionaires.” Beyond the excitement, this valuation sparked serious discussions about the future of resource mining and its economic impact, raising concerns about possible market disruptions, inflation, and geopolitical conflicts.

However, the prospect of extracting valuable metals from an asteroid involves more than just having the right equipment. It requires addressing significant logistical, economic, and timing challenges. Even if Psyche holds metals valued in the trillions, introducing such quantities to Earth’s markets could decimate asset values and cause widespread financial repercussions. Furthermore, the technical and legal challenges—such as ownership rights in space, transportation costs, and in-orbit refining—remain largely unresolved.

NASA is moving from speculation to action with its Psyche spacecraft, launched in October 2023. Although the mission is not intended for mining, it aims to map and analyze the asteroid’s structure and composition, providing essential data for potential future extractions. Set to reach Psyche in 2029, the mission could redefine understanding of planetary cores and determine whether the idea of cosmic gold is a mere legend or a viable ledger.

NASA has identified over 1.3 million asteroids within our solar system, many of which are rich in metals like platinum, cobalt, and gold. Asteroids such as 16 Psyche and 241 Germania are believed to be remnants of failed planets, serving as exposed planetary cores adrift in the void. Others, like Bennu and Ryugu, are carbon-rich and potentially hold insights into the origins of water and life on Earth.

One small near-Earth asteroid, designated 2011 UW158, is estimated to contain around $5.4 trillion worth of platinum. Models indicate that a single successful mining expedition could surpass Earth’s total annual metal production, a development that could upend global markets in a moment.

Asteroids have played pivotal roles in Earth’s history, not just as existential threats but possibly as sources of life’s building blocks. Some scientists believe asteroid impacts delivered critical ingredients for life on Earth, including water, carbon, and amino acids. While the potential for future impacts is a legitimate concern, NASA’s DART mission, which successfully altered a small asteroid’s course in 2022, represents a significant stride in planetary defense initiatives.

As researchers prepare to delve deeper into Psyche, the mission’s findings hold the promise of advancing more than just future mining techniques. They could illuminate our understanding of planet formation, the distribution of wealth across the solar system, and the precariousness—or fortune—of life on Earth.

These asteroids represent more than mere reserves of metal; they embody history, risk, and promise. Earth’s past has been reshaped by asteroids, and they retain the potential to do so again. NASA’s current efforts aim to explore these possibilities and prevent adverse scenarios, echoing the storyline of the film “Armageddon,” where a team of miners is dispatched to stop an asteroid from striking Earth.

According to EcoPortal, NASA’s venture into Psyche is a testament to humanity’s quest to unlock the universe’s mysteries, with implications that extend far beyond monetary gain.

Study Reveals 50,000 Years of India’s Evolutionary History

A groundbreaking study has unraveled the extraordinary genetic diversity of India’s population, tracing it back 50,000 years and uncovering links to health and disease susceptibilities.

A comprehensive genetic study involving over 2,700 individuals from across India has mapped the country’s rich genetic diversity, widely regarded as one of the most intricate in the world. Conducted by a global team led by Dr. Priya Moorjani from UC Berkeley, the research has been published in the prestigious journal Cell.

The study is the most detailed genomic survey conducted in India and delves deep into an evolutionary history dating back 50,000 years. It encompasses key periods from the initial human migration out of Africa to more recent influences of cultural practices like endogamy.

Researchers identified three major ancestral groups contributing to the genetic makeup of modern Indians: South Asian hunter-gatherers, Neolithic Iranian-related farmers and herders, and Eurasian Steppe pastoralists. These ancestries began to intermingle millennia ago, with significant Iranian farmer influence emerging from 4th millennium BCE farmers and herders in Tajikistan, known as Sarazm. Notably, artifacts like shell bangles found in Sarazm have parallels in ancient sites in Pakistan and Gujarat, indicating early trade and cultural exchanges with Indus Valley civilizations.

Over recent centuries, a demographic transition toward endogamy—marriage within one’s community—has shaped India’s genetic landscape. This practice has resulted in high levels of homozygosity, where individuals inherit identical gene copies from both parents. On average, each study participant shared a fourth-degree relative within the dataset, showcasing an uncommon level of genetic closeness in such large-scale studies.

This genetic structure elevates the risk of inheriting rare genetic disorders. The team documented over 160,000 previously unknown genetic variants, many associated with congenital conditions, metabolic diseases, and neurological disorders like dementia. Some variants, such as one linked to BCHE deficiency, are prevalent in certain Indian communities but absent outside the country.

The study also highlighted that Indian populations carry a higher diversity of genetic traits from archaic humans like Neanderthals and Denisovans than any other modern group. Approximately 1–2% of Indian ancestry is derived from these ancient relatives, with Indians also retaining a broader spectrum of archaic variants.

Some inherited traits may have assisted ancient Indians in environmental adaptation. Immune-related genes from Denisovans and Neanderthals could influence how modern Indians manage infections, including COVID-19. A notable gene cluster on chromosome 3, derived from Neanderthals, has been linked to severe COVID-19 symptoms.

Researchers also identified “ancestry deserts” in the genome, areas void of Neanderthal or Denisovan DNA. One such region includes the FOXP2 gene, crucial for human language development.

This extensive genetic mapping poses significant implications for public health, emphasizing the need for India-focused medical genomics. Global medical research often uses genetic data predominantly from European or East Asian populations, missing critical variants unique to South Asians.

By better understanding India’s genetic history, there is potential to enhance disease diagnosis, customize treatments, and design inclusive public health strategies. However, the research acknowledges certain limitations, particularly the scarcity of ancient DNA from India and Central Asia, which complicates the precise origin tracing of some ancestries.

As more ancient genomic data becomes available, scientists aim to refine these insights. Nevertheless, the findings underscore the lasting influence of ancient migrations, social customs, and archaic human interactions on the health of millions of Indians today.

Dr. Moorjani emphasizes, “Understanding our past is key to improving health outcomes in the future.”

According to NRI Pulse, the study opens new frontiers for addressing healthcare challenges by integrating India’s unique genetic heritage into global research paradigms.

Source: Original article

 

Natural Discovery May Restore Eyesight, Scientists Report

Scientists in South Korea have identified a protein that could unlock the body’s ability to regenerate damaged retinal cells, potentially leading to groundbreaking treatments for vision loss.

Millions around the world live with vision loss once deemed irreversible, but this new discovery by South Korean researchers could change that outlook. The researchers have identified a protein, PROX1, which plays a crucial role in regenerating vision cells. Located in the human eye, PROX1 acts as a molecular gatekeeper, blocking the body’s natural capacity to regrow damaged retinal cells.

In a significant breakthrough, the scientists successfully blocked the PROX1 protein in mice, resulting in the regeneration of critical retinal cells for an impressive duration of six months. This marks a substantial milestone for mammals, comparable in many ways to the natural regenerative abilities demonstrated by zebrafish and amphibians for years.

Researchers are enthusiastic about the implications this finding could have, not just for animals but potentially for humans as well. If applied to human medicine, this development could revolutionize treatments for vision loss, providing hope for millions suffering from retinal degeneration and other eye diseases.

The work has sparked conversations in the field of regenerative medicine, an indication of the monumental impact this discovery could have. Retinal cells, as explained by experts, can be seen as extensions of the brain due to their critical role in processing and transmitting visual information. With the ability to regenerate these cells, a vast array of possibilities opens up for innovative treatments addressing degenerative conditions.

Editorial commentary from Popular Mechanics editors Andrew Daniels and Manasee Wagh shed light on why this research represents a pivotal moment in the scientific understanding and potential treatment of blindness. Their discussion highlights the transformative potential of such findings for countless individuals, as well as for pets like Andrew’s dog suffering from similar degenerative disorders.

This breakthrough in South Korea represents a significant leap forward in regenerative medicine, offering a glimpse into a future where vision restoration is not just a possibility but a realized benefit for millions, according to Popular Mechanics.

Source: Original article

Earth’s Rotation Accelerates, Shortening Days, Geophysics Experts Say

This summer, Earth’s rotation has accelerated, causing days to be slightly shorter, a phenomenon largely attributed to lunar gravity.

It’s been a familiar refrain, “how fast the world moves,” but this summer, the world is quite literally moving faster. Recent observations reveal that Earth’s rotation has sped up, leading to slightly shorter days. Though the change is imperceptible without precise instruments, it is scientifically significant, resulting in days that are between 1.3 and 1.5 milliseconds shorter than what we’ve come to know as 24-hour days.

Three specific dates this year—July 9, July 22, and August 5—are notable for being shorter by these minute fractions of time. While these changes may sound trivial, they are intriguing enough to catch the attention of scientists globally.

The phenomenon, while unusual, does not indicate the planet will spin uncontrollably. The primary reason for these changes is the gravitational influence of the Moon on Earth’s rotation. The Moon’s position relative to Earth’s equator affects the planet’s rotational speed. When the Moon is closer, its gravitational pull increases, making Earth spin slightly faster. Conversely, when it is further away, the pull decreases, causing a slower rotation.

Understanding Earth’s rotation speeds has a historical precedent. Billions of years ago, a day on Earth was significantly shorter, lasting approximately 19 hours. Since then, the Moon has gradually moved away from Earth, slowing Earth’s rotation and gradually increasing the length of a day to the current 24-hour cycle. However, scientists have noted a reversal of this trend in recent years. In 2020, Earth experienced its fastest rotation since record-keeping began.

In July 2024, Earth recorded its shortest day ever, measuring a day as 1.66 milliseconds shorter than the usual 24-hour standard. While this brief reduction in time does not affect daily activities, it does require adjustments in timekeeping. Agencies such as the International Earth Rotation and Reference Systems Service (IERS) occasionally add or subtract “leap seconds” to ensure atomic clocks align with Earth’s real rotation period.

Beyond astronomical influences, Earth’s rotational speed can also be impacted by climate change. Factors such as the melting of polar ice, which increases surface water, redistributes Earth’s mass, affecting its rotational dynamics. Researchers have found that climate change contributes to the increment of day length by about 1.33 milliseconds per century.

Even seasonal changes like leaf growth in summer can contribute to variations in Earth’s rotation. As vegetation grows during the northern hemisphere’s summer, it changes the surface mass distribution, further affecting rotational speed.

Looking to the future, any noticeable changes in day length are far beyond our lifetime, taking millions of years to manifest. However, understanding these shifts contributes to a broader knowledge of Earth’s interactions with cosmic and environmental factors.

The continued study of Earth’s rotational speed is crucial, not for any immediate concern of the planet spinning us into oblivion, but as part of the meticulous tracking and understanding of the planet’s dynamics. So while the differences in day length are minute, each millisecond contributes to an ongoing dialogue between Earth and the cosmos.

According to Union Rayo

Mahin Gupta Inspires Kids’ STEM Interest with ‘An Electric Journey’

At just 17 years old, Mahin Gupta transforms his personal challenges into an inspirational mission to ignite young minds with a passion for science.

Mahin Gupta, a 17-year-old student at Roslyn High School and leukemia survivor, has embarked on a mission to inspire the next generation of scientists, creators, and change-makers. His recent endeavor, a book titled An Electric Journey: An Intro to Circuits for Kids, is gaining attention for its innovative approach to making science accessible and exciting for young audiences.

The book targets elementary and middle school readers by pairing engaging illustrations with simple storytelling to explain the fundamentals of electrical circuits. Designed to be a fun educational resource, An Electric Journey effectively breaks down scientific concepts, making them approachable for curious children, classrooms of students, and families exploring STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics) together.

Mahin’s passion for science and his commitment to serving others are deeply rooted in his own life experiences. After undergoing treatment for leukemia, he became involved with Sunrise Day Camp, which serves children with cancer. His role as a counselor allows him to offer support and joy to others facing similar challenges. This experience of overcoming adversity has fueled his determination not only to succeed personally but also to uplift and inspire those around him.

Beyond his work as an author and mentor, Mahin is making significant contributions to the academic community. He has published research in the Journal of Medical Internet Research, which explores the impact of simplifying patient education materials on improving public health literacy—a crucial concern in today’s fast-paced digital environment.

Academically, Mahin demonstrates exceptional prowess, maintaining a 102 GPA while tackling a challenging course load that includes AP Physics 1 & 2, AP Pre-Calculus, AP US History, AP European History, and AP English Language. His ambitions extend beyond academics; he is currently developing an AI-powered drone designed to autonomously identify and collect plastic waste—an innovative effort aimed at addressing environmental pollution.

Despite his numerous achievements, Mahin’s current focus remains on An Electric Journey: An Intro to Circuits for Kids. Available now on Amazon, the book serves as more than just a teaching tool; it stands as a symbol of resilience, curiosity, and hope. For parents, educators, and mentors hoping to ignite a passion for STEM in young learners, Mahin’s work provides an ideal introduction.

Whether purchasing for an aspiring engineer, a science-loving student, or simply to support a young changemaker, Mahin Gupta’s An Electric Journey offers a meaningful and inspiring read that resonates with readers of all ages.

According to The Indian Eye, Mahin’s journey and accomplishments are sparking curiosity and admiration within his community and beyond.

Scientists Map 540 Million Years of Sea Level Changes

Scientists have reconstructed Earth’s sea level variations over the last 540 million years, revealing changes on thousand-year scales for the first time, which provides crucial insights for understanding subsurface structures and applications in green energy resources.

Sea level fluctuations have been characteristic of Earth since the planet first held water. While scientists previously mapped changes over million-year intervals using sediments and fossils, a collaborative effort by researchers from Utrecht University, the UK, and the US has now unveiled variations on much shorter, thousand-year timescales covering the last 540 million years. This groundbreaking research was published on July 3 in the journal Earth and Planetary Science Letters.

Dr. Douwe van der Meer, the study’s lead author and a guest researcher at Utrecht University, emphasized the importance of integrating these rapid fluctuations into our understanding of subsurface structural formations and their implications for green energy applications. According to Dr. Van der Meer, sea level variations are influenced by two primary factors: plate tectonics, which impact the depth of oceanic basins between continents, and the extent of land ice, which alters the volume of water within those basins.

“Historically, we’ve been able to estimate average sea levels over intervals of about a million years,” Van der Meer explained. “Estimates for these intervals varied by up to 200 meters. However, there was a long-suspected theory that sea levels also experienced significant fluctuations over shorter spans, yet there was insufficient data to substantiate these claims.”

To tackle this limitation, the researchers turned to sedimentary deposits from recent geological epochs, drawing parallels with how growth rings in trees are analyzed. Earth’s sedimentary archives, like sandstone and claystone, reveal past climate conditions: sandstone typically forms in shallow coastal waters, while claystone is deposited in deeper marine settings. The researchers noted that these deposits alternate rhythmically, particularly during ice ages driven by Earth’s axial wobble, which can cause sea levels to fluctuate by up to 100 meters within tens of thousands of years.

Despite the challenge of detecting short-term sea level changes in geological epochs where data is sparse, Van der Meer and his colleagues developed an ingenious method. They calculated the historical link between climate conditions and ice sheet sizes over the more recent tens of millions of years, a period for which adequate data exists. This sophisticated climate-ice model allowed them to project short-term sea level variability back to 540 million years ago.

These new reconstructions are proving to be remarkably consistent with prior fossil-based reconstructions, marking the first time scientists have consistently quantified sea level changes on such short timescales. Notably, the last few million years have seen the cyclic rise and fall of sea levels by up to 100 meters due to ice ages, whereas during the Jurassic and Cretaceous periods, when dinosaurs roamed the Earth, changes were far less pronounced because of the absence of significant ice sheets. In contrast, the late Carboniferous period experienced significant sea level variations, driven by a large ice cap in the southern hemisphere.

The implications of this research extend beyond academic curiosity. Knowing more about historical sea levels allows scientists to produce more accurate geological maps, crucial for understanding climate and evolution models, as well as their responses to sea level changes. Van der Meer highlights its importance: “High or low sea levels have all happened before in the geological past.”

Applications of this understanding are manifold. For instance, today there is an active search for methods of underground storage of CO2 and hydrogen, with sandstone—a sediment formed at low sea levels—being a potential reservoir. Conversely, claystone, deposited during high sea levels, acts as a natural barrier, impeding the passage of water or CO2.

Moreover, these insights are being leveraged in the search for suitable radioactive waste storage sites. “If we know that global sea levels were high at a specific time, we can infer the presence of a continuous claystone layer,” Van der Meer explained. This information is critical for constructing global geological maps of sandstone and claystone layers, aiding in the safe utilization of Earth’s subsurface.

According to Source Name, the precise understanding of past sea-level changes equips scientists and engineers with the knowledge needed for future environmental and energy challenges.

Discovery of TOI-1452 b: A Possible Ocean World Just 100 Light-Years from Earth Sparks Scientific Excitement

A remarkable exoplanet located merely 100 light-years away from Earth has caught the attention of the astronomical community. Identified as TOI-1452 b, this celestial body is not just another planet outside our solar system—it might be the first documented “ocean planet.” Scientists believe that up to 30% of this planet could be covered in water. The potential presence of such a large amount of water on a distant planet is stirring conversations about the possibility of life beyond Earth.

What makes this finding even more intriguing is the apparent contradiction between the planet’s physical characteristics and current scientific understanding. TOI-1452 b orbits a star in a zone where prevailing theories in physics and chemistry suggest that liquid water shouldn’t be able to exist. Despite this, all available data points to the possible presence of vast water reserves. As one researcher observed, “The unthinkable seems real: TOI-1452 b challenges everything we thought we knew about exoplanets!”

This potentially groundbreaking discovery has prompted many scientists to label TOI-1452 b as a kind of cosmic cousin to Earth, albeit a more distant and significantly larger one. In terms of physical features, this exoplanet has an ideal combination of properties that set it apart: low density, a balanced temperature based on the energy it receives from its star, and a substantial size.

Initial scientific assessments hint that the planet might be composed of layers of water or ice, possibly resembling the hidden subsurface oceans found on some of our solar system’s moons, such as Ganymede and Enceladus. Located in the Draco constellation, TOI-1452 b is also perfectly positioned for detailed study by the James Webb Space Telescope. The telescope is already being readied to analyze the planet’s atmosphere for any indicators of habitability—or even signs of life.

From a classification standpoint, TOI-1452 b qualifies as a “super-Earth.” Although the term may sound dramatic, it simply refers to a type of rocky planet that is larger than Earth but smaller than the gas giants such as Neptune or Jupiter. With a diameter 70% greater than Earth’s and a mass approximately five times larger, it certainly earns this designation.

What really piqued scientists’ interest was the planet’s density. Based on the numbers, something didn’t quite add up. A planet of that size and mass should be composed primarily of rock or metal, but the relatively low density pointed to another possibility. “Was it a bird? A plane? No! Water!” one scientist quipped, highlighting their conclusion that the most plausible explanation for the low density is a substantial water composition. The presence of such a significant amount of water would also explain how the planet could support potentially habitable conditions, despite its closeness to its host star.

Indeed, TOI-1452 b orbits its star in just 11 Earth days, indicating that it lies very close to the star. Under normal circumstances, a planet in such proximity would be far too hot to support liquid water. However, TOI-1452 b’s host star is not a sun-like star. It is a red dwarf, significantly smaller and cooler than our Sun. This difference may allow the planet to retain moderate temperatures, potentially supporting water in its liquid state. “Isn’t it incredible?” the article exclaims, reflecting widespread astonishment in the scientific community.

To uncover more about this strange world, all eyes are now on the James Webb Space Telescope. The plan is to analyze the exoplanet’s atmosphere as it transits across the face of its star. This method allows researchers to detect specific gases, such as water vapor or hydrogen, in the planet’s atmosphere. Scientists are even optimistic about the possibility of detecting organic molecules—biosignatures that could indicate the presence of life. Are we witnessing the first step toward discovering life beyond Earth?

The label “water world” is not given lightly. While the presence of water on TOI-1452 b has not yet been directly confirmed, the planet exhibits more Earth-like features than any previously discovered exoplanet. That alone makes it a strong candidate for the first confirmed water-covered planet outside our solar system. “We can say that TOI-1452 b is emerging as the planet with the most characteristics similar to Earth,” notes the report.

The broader scientific mission remains focused on understanding how planetary systems form and evolve. However, discoveries like TOI-1452 b inevitably turn the discussion toward the age-old question of life beyond Earth. Based on what is currently known, it’s conceivable that TOI-1452 b could support life in ways similar to Earth. Although, as the article humorously suggests, “maybe they’re not as conflictive as us humans.”

One of the most exciting implications of this discovery is what it suggests about the prevalence of habitable planets in our galaxy. If a planet so close to its star can sustain large quantities of water, perhaps the criteria scientists use to define “habitable zones” have been too narrow. Without a doubt, what stands out most about this discovery is that, if a planet so close to its star can have large amounts of water, we may have underestimated the number of habitable worlds in our galaxy!

In essence, TOI-1452 b may be more than just an exciting discovery. It could mark a turning point in the search for extraterrestrial life, redefining what scientists look for when evaluating whether a planet might support life. As technology advances and more exoplanets like this are observed, the chances of finding a truly Earth-like world—or even alien life—continue to grow.

Rare Giant Exoplanet Discovered at Milky Way’s Edge Using Einstein’s Space-Time Lens

Astronomers have identified a rare and distant planet, leveraging a remarkable space-time effect first proposed by Albert Einstein. This discovery marks only the third time a planet has been found so far from the dense center of our galaxy, using a highly uncommon detection technique known as microlensing.

Named AT2021uey b, the newly found world is a gas giant similar in size to Jupiter and is located approximately 3,200 light-years away from Earth. What makes this exoplanet truly unique is its distant orbit around a small, cool M dwarf star, taking nearly 4,170 days to complete a single revolution. Such a position, lying on the fringes of the Milky Way, makes this one of the most remote planetary discoveries to date.

The most intriguing aspect of this finding lies in how the planet was detected. Rather than the usual methods involving light dimming or star wobble, astronomers employed the phenomenon of microlensing — a space-time warping event that temporarily magnifies the light from a star when another massive object passes in front of it. In this case, the gravity of the exoplanet created a brief, sharp increase in the brightness of its host star, allowing scientists to infer the planet’s presence.

Microlensing is based on Einstein’s theory of general relativity, which posits that massive objects distort the very fabric of space and time around them. Instead of viewing gravity as an invisible force, Einstein described it as a natural consequence of the curvature in space-time caused by mass and energy. This curvature affects the path of everything — including light. Thus, when a planet or other massive body aligns precisely with a background star, the light from that star bends and magnifies as it passes through the curved space-time, acting like a lens.

“What fascinates me about this method is that it can detect those invisible bodies,” said Marius Maskoliūnas, co-author of the study and an astronomer at Vilnius University in Lithuania. “Imagine a bird flying past you. You don’t see the bird itself and don’t know what color it is — only its shadow. But from it, you can, with some level of probability, determine whether it was a sparrow or a swan and at what distance from us. It’s an incredibly intriguing process.”

The research findings were published on May 7 in the journal Astronomy & Astrophysics. The planet’s brief shadow, caused by the microlensing event, was first noticed in 2021 through data collected by the European Space Agency’s Gaia telescope. That temporary increase in brightness was a telltale signature of microlensing, prompting astronomers to delve deeper.

The team followed up with observations from the Molėtai Astronomical Observatory in Lithuania. By analyzing these detailed readings, they calculated that the object causing the brightness spike was a planet about 1.3 times the mass of Jupiter. The gas giant orbits a relatively cool host star, which emits heat at roughly half the temperature of our sun. The planet itself lies at a distance four times greater than that between Earth and the sun, indicating a long, cold orbit in a remote part of the galaxy.

“This kind of work requires a lot of expertise, patience, and, frankly, a bit of luck,” Maskoliūnas noted. “You have to wait for a long time for the source star and the lensing object to align and then check an enormous amount of data. Ninety percent of observed stars pulsate for various other reasons, and only a minority of cases show the microlensing effect.”

Microlensing is significantly less common than other exoplanet detection methods. Since the first exoplanet was confirmed in 1992, astronomers have discovered nearly 6,000 alien worlds beyond our solar system. The most widely used techniques — transit photometry and radial velocity — identify planets by detecting either a star’s dimming as a planet crosses in front of it or the wobble in a star’s movement caused by a planet’s gravitational pull. These methods have proven fruitful, especially for planets closer to their stars. However, they fall short when it comes to identifying distant planets in obscure regions of the galaxy.

Microlensing, in contrast, excels at spotting planets in the galaxy’s outer zones. These regions, often sparse in the heavier elements required for planet formation, present a challenge to traditional detection methods. The fact that AT2021uey b was found in such a location suggests that gas giants can indeed form and persist even in less chemically rich parts of the Milky Way.

According to the researchers, this unexpected find challenges existing ideas about where and how planets form. “When the first planet around a sun-like star was discovered, there was a great surprise that this Jupiter-type planet was so close to its star,” said Edita Stonkutė, the lead researcher on the microlensing project at Vilnius University. “As data accumulated, we learned that many types of planetary systems are completely unlike ours — the solar system. We’ve had to rethink planetary formation models more than once.”

Stonkutė’s remarks reflect a broader shift in the astronomical community. Initially, scientists believed our solar system’s architecture — rocky planets close to the sun, gas giants farther away — was the universal standard. But as discoveries of exoplanets have piled up, researchers now recognize that planetary systems exhibit an astonishing variety. From hot Jupiters hugging their stars tightly to planets orbiting dead stars, the diversity has forced a re-evaluation of how planets come into being and evolve.

The detection of AT2021uey b through microlensing is yet another reminder of the unpredictable and vast nature of our universe. Each new technique opens a fresh window into the cosmos, expanding our understanding of planetary systems beyond our own. This particular discovery not only underscores the potential of microlensing in revealing hidden corners of the galaxy but also hints at a broader cosmic truth — that planets, including massive gas giants, may be far more widespread than previously imagined, even in the galactic outskirts.

In the end, it’s the convergence of Einstein’s century-old theory, state-of-the-art space telescopes, and a bit of serendipity that made this discovery possible. As Maskoliūnas put it, “It’s an incredibly intriguing process.”

UK Launches Groundbreaking Project to Synthetically Create Human DNA Amid Ethical Debate

A pioneering scientific effort has commenced in the United Kingdom with researchers aiming to synthetically construct the fundamental components of human life, marking what is believed to be the world’s first such attempt. This new initiative, called the Synthetic Human Genome Project, breaks a long-standing taboo in genetic research due to fears surrounding the creation of “designer babies” and unpredictable consequences for future generations.

The effort is being led with backing from the Wellcome Trust, the world’s largest medical charity, which has initially contributed £10 million to the project. According to the organization, despite ethical concerns, the benefits could outweigh the risks by significantly advancing treatments for diseases that currently have no cure.

Dr Julian Sale, a scientist from the MRC Laboratory of Molecular Biology in Cambridge and a participant in the project, described the venture as an enormous milestone in the biological sciences. “The sky is the limit. We are looking at therapies that will improve people’s lives as they age, that will lead to healthier aging with less disease as they get older,” he told BBC News. He further explained, “We are looking to use this approach to generate disease-resistant cells we can use to repopulate damaged organs, for example in the liver and the heart, even the immune system.”

However, not everyone shares the optimism. Critics warn that such technologies might be misused to create genetically modified or enhanced humans, potentially leading to serious ethical and security issues. Dr Pat Thomas, director of the advocacy group Beyond GM, voiced concern, stating, “We like to think that all scientists are there to do good, but the science can be repurposed to do harm and for warfare.”

The project was formally revealed to BBC News on the 25th anniversary of the Human Genome Project’s completion. That landmark achievement had mapped out all the molecules in human DNA and was also predominantly funded by Wellcome. DNA, the essential molecule found in every human cell, contains the complete genetic code needed for life. It consists of four repeating units, known as A, G, C, and T, which combine in different sequences to produce the blueprint of a human being.

While the Human Genome Project allowed scientists to read and understand this genetic code, the Synthetic Human Genome Project aims to take that knowledge further by enabling scientists to construct parts of DNA—and potentially entire chromosomes—from scratch. This would be achieved molecule by molecule, allowing researchers to go from reading genetic information to actually building it.

Initially, the team aims to develop techniques for assembling progressively larger segments of human DNA. The goal is to ultimately synthesize a complete human chromosome. These chromosomes contain the genes that regulate everything from development and growth to bodily repair and maintenance. Scientists plan to use these artificial chromosomes to conduct controlled experiments that may provide deeper insights into how our genes function.

According to Professor Matthew Hurles, director of the Wellcome Sanger Institute, which played a central role in sequencing the original Human Genome, “Building DNA from scratch allows us to test out how DNA really works and test out new theories, because currently we can only really do that by tweaking DNA in DNA that already exists in living systems.”

Although the research is strictly confined to laboratory settings using test tubes and petri dishes, it will provide scientists with an unprecedented degree of control over living human systems. Nevertheless, the same technology that could revolutionize medicine could also be used for more dangerous or unethical purposes.

Professor Bill Earnshaw, a renowned geneticist from Edinburgh University who previously devised a method for crafting artificial human chromosomes, issued a stark warning. “The genie is out of the bottle,” he told BBC News. “We could have a set of restrictions now, but if an organisation who has access to appropriate machinery decided to start synthesising anything, I don’t think we could stop them.”

Concerns also extend to the potential commercialization of the technology. Pat Thomas cautioned against the implications of commodifying synthetic biological creations. “If we manage to create synthetic body parts or even synthetic people, then who owns them? And who owns the data from these creations?”

Despite these ethical red flags, the Wellcome Trust stands by its decision to fund the research. Dr Tom Collins, who approved the funding, explained that the organization undertook careful consideration before moving forward. “We asked ourselves what was the cost of inaction,” he told BBC News. “This technology is going to be developed one day, so by doing it now we are at least trying to do it in as responsible a way as possible and to confront the ethical and moral questions in as upfront way as possible.”

In a bid to ensure ethical oversight, a parallel social science programme will accompany the scientific work. This initiative will be spearheaded by Professor Joy Zhang, a sociologist at the University of Kent. She emphasized the importance of engaging diverse voices throughout the process. “We want to get the views of experts, social scientists and especially the public about how they relate to the technology and how it can be beneficial to them and importantly what questions and concerns they have,” she said.

The project’s implications are vast, from revolutionizing how we understand disease to raising urgent questions about the future of humanity. As science pushes forward into the territory of creating human DNA from scratch, the world watches closely, torn between hopes of medical breakthroughs and fears of unintended consequences. The outcome of this landmark effort may ultimately shape not only the future of genetic research but also the broader moral and social fabric of our time.

MIT Study Warns ChatGPT Use May Be Quietly Dulling Human Brainpower

ChatGPT is widely admired for its speed, intelligence, and ability to answer almost any question, making it a trusted companion for millions across the globe. However, a new and eye-opening study from MIT’s Media Lab suggests that this digital assistant might be doing more harm than good—particularly when it comes to our brain function. The research indicates that overreliance on AI tools like ChatGPT could be quietly impairing memory, critical thinking, and even fundamental brain activity.

The study, titled “The Cognitive Cost of Using LLMs,” was recently published on arXiv and delves deep into how large language models (LLMs), especially ChatGPT, impact our capacity to think, learn, and remember. The researchers sought to uncover whether depending on such tools might be coming at the price of our mental sharpness.

To examine the idea of a “cognitive cost,” the MIT scientists monitored 54 students over a four-month period. They used electroencephalography (EEG) headsets to measure their brain activity and divided them into three groups. One group regularly used ChatGPT to complete their assignments. Another group relied on Google for help. The third group was dubbed the “Brain-only” group and received no external assistance, using only their own reasoning and knowledge to complete tasks.

At first, the ChatGPT group seemed to have the advantage. Their results came in faster and with less effort, giving the impression that AI had improved their productivity. But over time, the findings revealed a concerning downside. Students who used ChatGPT for writing essays demonstrated worse memory retention, less brain engagement, and lower test scores when compared to those who didn’t use AI at all. The research team summed up their findings by stating, “The LLM group’s participants performed worse than their counterparts in the Brain-only group at all levels: neural, linguistic, and scoring.”

Interestingly, even the group that used Google outperformed the ChatGPT group. Although they did not show the same high levels of brain activity as the Brain-only group, the Google users still demonstrated moderate engagement and came up with more thoughtful responses than their ChatGPT-using peers. On the other hand, those relying solely on their brains produced original content and more insightful analysis.

The negative effects of ChatGPT extended beyond the initial use. Even when participants from the ChatGPT group were later asked to complete tasks without any help, their brain activity remained lower than the other groups. In contrast, participants from the Google and Brain-only groups showed increased brain activity as they adjusted to new methods. This led researchers to believe that regular use of ChatGPT may alter not just how we think, but whether we actively think at all.

One of the most sobering insights from the study is how AI usage fosters mental passivity. ChatGPT users reported that the tool made it easier to get information and complete assignments, but that same ease appeared to reduce their motivation to question or critically analyze what the AI produced. As the researchers explained, “This convenience came at a cognitive cost, diminishing users’ inclination to critically evaluate the LLM’s output or ‘opinions’.”

Another troubling point raised in the study concerns algorithmic bias. When ChatGPT provides information, it does so based on patterns in the data it was trained on—not necessarily what is factual or intellectually valuable. These patterns are often influenced by the goals of the companies behind the AI models, including profit motives and stakeholder priorities. The researchers suggest this creates a more advanced form of the echo chamber effect, where AI doesn’t just repeat what it’s learned—it shapes user thinking by presenting its output as truth. Rather than developing independent thought, users risk falling into a pattern of accepting AI-generated answers without scrutiny.

As AI tools continue to become a part of daily life—from drafting emails to writing essays and doing research—this study serves as a wakeup call for everyone, especially students, educators, and working professionals. While it’s tempting to see ChatGPT as a powerful partner in productivity, the research emphasizes that it shouldn’t become a substitute for genuine mental effort.

The researchers emphasized that caution is necessary as these tools become even more advanced. Users need to stay aware of the possible negative effects on mental processes. They warned, “In a world where convenience is king, critical thinking might just be the first casualty.”

The broader message of the study is clear: while AI is an extraordinary technological advancement, it’s not without consequences. Using tools like ChatGPT without awareness or limits may diminish key cognitive skills over time. Instead of empowering users, it can encourage mental shortcuts and dependency, weakening the brain’s natural ability to process, question, and remember.

Students who may turn to ChatGPT to complete an essay more quickly should be mindful of what they might be giving up in return. It’s not just about the quality of the content or getting a better grade—it’s about how their brain functions are being shaped by the tools they rely on. As the study shows, those who chose not to rely on AI ultimately emerged with stronger cognitive engagement and better overall performance.

In light of these findings, educators may need to rethink how AI tools are introduced in classrooms. While banning them outright may not be realistic, guiding students on how to use AI mindfully and in moderation could help preserve critical thinking. Professionals in creative or analytical fields should also reflect on their own usage. If convenience leads to complacency, the long-term cost could outweigh the short-term benefits.

In the end, the message from MIT’s study is not to avoid AI altogether, but to recognize its potential impact on how we think and learn. As AI continues to evolve, our understanding of its effects on human cognition must keep pace. Otherwise, we may find that in solving our problems more quickly, we’ve inadvertently slowed down our minds.

As the researchers put it, “This convenience came at a cognitive cost.” And as AI becomes more deeply woven into the fabric of daily life, that cost may become one we can no longer afford to ignore.

Oceans at Risk: Study Warns Acidification Has Already Breached Safe Limits

The condition of our oceans continues to worsen, showing alarming signs of distress from multiple fronts. Coral bleaching, escalating temperatures, and rising sea levels have already painted a dire picture, but now, experts are raising concerns about a new, potentially more destructive issue—ocean acidification. In fact, scientists are now warning that our oceans could be a “ticking time bomb” due to this escalating problem.

Until recently, many researchers maintained that the ocean’s acidity had not surpassed the “planetary boundary”—a threshold considered critical for maintaining a stable Earth system. However, a recent study conducted by researchers at the UK’s Plymouth Marine Laboratory (PML), the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), and Oregon State University’s Co-operative Institute for Marine Resources Studies, has upended that assumption. According to their findings, this boundary was actually breached five years ago.

The concern surrounding ocean acidification is far from academic. The researchers emphasize that this growing acidity poses a serious threat not only to marine life but also to the economic structures that depend on healthy coastal ecosystems. “The reason that researchers say that the ocean’s acidification is a ticking time bomb is because it will eventually cause irreparable damage to marine ecosystems and coastal economies,” the study explains.

The team reached this alarming conclusion through a thorough analysis of oceanic data. The deeper they investigated the ocean’s layers, the more troubling the evidence became. At 200 meters below the surface—equivalent to about 656 feet—the data revealed that 60 percent of the global oceans had already surpassed what is considered the “safe” limit for acidification. This means that even though the ocean surface might appear relatively normal in some areas, the damage beneath is mounting rapidly and extensively.

The findings point to a stark reality. “In fact, they found that in some cases, the average ocean condition was already very close to or even beyond the planetary boundary for acidification,” the study reported. The implications of this are significant, indicating that we may have far less time than previously believed to reverse or even mitigate the damage.

This new research adds to an already troubling array of evidence that our oceans are becoming increasingly vulnerable due to climate change. Other studies have indicated that 21 percent of the ocean is losing access to sunlight—a key element for photosynthesis in marine plants and overall ocean health. Even more troubling is the discovery that parts of the ocean are warming at a rate 400 percent faster than expected. These rapid changes disrupt ecosystems, endanger marine species, and threaten global weather systems that depend on stable ocean temperatures.

What’s more concerning is the limited options available to combat this crisis. According to the researchers, the only effective way to reduce ocean acidity is by decreasing carbon dioxide emissions. “The only way to decrease the acidity in the ocean, the researchers claim, is to lower CO2 emissions,” the study notes. This conclusion reinforces the urgency of taking global climate action seriously and swiftly.

Yet, despite international efforts, the pace of meaningful change has been sluggish. While some countries have committed to reducing emissions, political decisions in other parts of the world have hindered progress. The study points out, “While many countries have been working on that, with Trump’s administration making massive changes to the EPA and how it views carbon emissions, it’s unlikely we’ll see any meaningful change any time soon.” These changes have weakened environmental protections and downplayed the importance of regulating carbon output, making it more difficult to turn the tide on ocean acidification.

Despite the grim outlook, the researchers remain cautiously hopeful. They suggest that while the situation is urgent, it is not yet beyond repair if the world acts decisively. The paper ends on a note that blends both optimism and realism: “Still, we can hold out hope that we’ll eventually get this under control. Or, at the least, we’ll finally figure out that trusting scientists is smarter than ignoring their warnings.”

This statement encapsulates the current crossroads humanity faces. Trusting scientific evidence and implementing bold environmental policy may be the only paths left to preserve ocean health for future generations. The urgency to act is no longer a matter of future projection—it is a present reality.

The notion that our oceans have already crossed a critical threshold should serve as a wake-up call. This isn’t just an environmental issue; it’s an economic, societal, and humanitarian challenge. Coastal communities that depend on fishing, tourism, and marine biodiversity will bear the brunt of this damage. Ecosystems that took millennia to evolve could collapse within a single human lifetime if nothing is done.

By identifying how deep the problem goes—literally and figuratively—the research emphasizes that superficial changes or half-measures won’t suffice. Reducing CO2 emissions is not just a recommendation; it is a necessity. Governments must commit to substantial carbon reduction plans, and global collaboration is essential to address this crisis effectively.

Moreover, public awareness and education are crucial. The average person may not see the damage happening beneath the ocean’s surface, but that does not make it any less real. From the food we eat to the air we breathe, ocean health is intricately connected to human well-being.

In the face of this critical situation, the study serves as both a warning and a call to action. It is a reminder that our current path is unsustainable, and that reversing course requires both science-based policy and public support.

Ocean acidification is no longer a distant threat—it’s a present danger. As this study has made clear, our oceans are already past a crucial tipping point. The question now is not whether we can continue as we are, but how quickly and effectively we can change. Failure to act could mean facing a future where ocean life, and by extension human life, is irreparably harmed.

With mounting scientific evidence and visible signs of ecological stress, the time for debate has passed. What remains is the urgent need for decisive action, guided by the understanding that the oceans are not just bodies of water—they are the lifeblood of the planet.

Quantum Teleportation Achieved Through Fiber Optics: A New Era of Communication Begins

In a breakthrough that seems straight out of a science fiction movie, scientists have accomplished what was long considered impossible—quantum teleportation through the same fiber optic cables that carry our internet. This astonishing feat was realized in May 2025, when researchers successfully transmitted a quantum state using fiber optics, paving the way for future communication that could span even the farthest reaches of the universe.

So how does something that typically transmits everyday internet data enable quantum teleportation?

While the concept of using fiber optics for teleportation has been around for a while, it was only recently that a study managed to make it a reality. The research, led by Northwestern University in the United States, conclusively demonstrated that quantum data can coexist with traditional internet signals in the same optical fiber.

To understand how this is feasible, it’s important to grasp a few technical details. Unlike conventional communication, which relies on electrical impulses or standard wave transmissions, quantum communication operates through individual photons. These photons carry delicate quantum states and are highly susceptible to being destroyed by interference. That interference often comes in the form of “optical pollution” caused by the intense signals from conventional internet traffic within the same fiber.

This interference has long been a stumbling block. As the fibers currently in use are already filled with traditional internet signals, introducing quantum signals into them usually results in the quantum data being obliterated. So how did scientists overcome this?

The key was in separating the signals by wavelength. The researchers cleverly assigned the quantum photons to a quieter, less congested part of the spectrum, while the conventional internet data continued to use the widely-used C band. According to the research team, “They achieved a stable quantum communication channel,” which means that the once-noisy fibers could now reliably carry quantum information without compromising its integrity.

Does this mean we can now teleport anything we want?

That’s where the distinction becomes important. Although this discovery is monumental, it doesn’t quite mean we’re ready to teleport ourselves from one place to another like in science fiction movies. Nevertheless, the technological achievement is quite close to fulfilling that fantasy—at least from a communication standpoint. Essentially, scientists have created a channel for nearly instantaneous information transfer, which significantly alters our understanding of how data can be transmitted across vast distances.

So how does quantum teleportation actually happen?

To simplify the process, here’s how it works using a more technical breakdown:

First, two photons are created in such a way that they share the same quantum state.

Next, one of these photons is measured alongside a separate photon that carries the original information to be teleported.

Finally, the quantum state of this third photon is destroyed and reappears in the entangled photon at the other end of the system.

This process effectively transfers the information without moving any physical matter across space. As a result, quantum teleportation is not the transportation of objects but rather the flawless transfer of quantum states from one location to another.

What are the broader implications of this discovery?

Perhaps the most transformative aspect of this innovation is that it eliminates the need to build an entirely new internet infrastructure to accommodate quantum communication. Instead, researchers can use the existing fiber optic systems, tweaking them by choosing appropriate wavelengths and integrating the right filters.

This has far-reaching consequences. According to the researchers, the next step involves “testing the technique at greater distances and conducting additional experiments.” The potential applications include:

  • Developing highly secure communication channels that are immune to interception.
  • Constructing distributed quantum computer networks capable of revolutionary processing speeds.
  • Improving remote sensing and advancing precision in medical diagnostics and treatment.

By demonstrating that fiber optic cables can support both conventional and quantum communication, the team at Northwestern University has effectively brought us a step closer to an era of ultra-secure, high-speed, and almost instantaneous global connectivity.

The implications go beyond technology. This experiment brings us closer to a future long envisioned by thinkers and scientists alike.Hawking had already predicted the key to teleportation suggesting that even theoretical insights from physics’ greatest minds are now finding real-world application. Some researchers even believe they’ve deciphered Hawking’s idea, concluding that a given object’s quantum information could, in theory, exist anywhere on the planet.

While human teleportation remains beyond our current capabilities, this new advance redefines the limits of communication and information sharing. It signals a future where data may travel across vast distances in the blink of an eye, without reliance on satellites or conventional networks.

In a world increasingly dependent on connectivity, this development not only challenges our old paradigms but also reaffirms the boundless possibilities of scientific exploration. What was once purely the realm of imagination is now inching closer to daily reality—thanks to quantum physics and a few brilliantly adjusted fiber optic cables.

As the research evolves, it’s not hard to imagine a future where secure quantum communication becomes standard, where quantum computers collaborate across continents in real-time, and where medicine, navigation, and exploration all take quantum leaps forward. For now, the teleportation of information is a solid, functioning reality—one that underscores humanity’s continual push to make the impossible, possible.

Ahmedabad crash: Why aircraft are most likely to meet with accidents during takeoffs, landings

Ahmedabad plane crash news: Data show that the majority of all aviation accidents occur during the short window of time when the aircraft is taking off or landing. Here’s why

An Air India Boeing 787 Dreamliner flying from Ahmedabad to London Gatwick with 242 people on board crashed shortly after takeoff on Thursday afternoon. The aircraft went down in the densely populated Meghani Nagar, right outside the perimeter of Ahmedabad’s Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel International Airport. Thick plumes of black smoke were visible for miles. Click here for latest updates.

Details of what caused the crash are still not available, and it may be months before there is any official confirmation on the matter. That said, data has shown that most crashes take place during landing, takeoff, or the phases immediately before/after these two events. Here’s why.

What the data say

According to data from the trade group International Air Transport Association (IATA), the landing phase accounted for more than half (53%) of all aviation accidents from 2005 to 2023. The takeoff phase was the next most deadly, accounting for 8.5% of all accidents (see Chart 1).

CHART IATA

The phases immediately before/after these two events — the approach phase before landing and the initial climb phase after takeoff — contributed to another 8.5% and 6.1% of accidents, respectively. Rejected takeoffs accounted for 1.8% of accidents.

Boeing’s own data, which looked at fatal commercial jet accidents from 2015 to 2024, also paints a similar picture (see Chart 2).

BoeingDATA_pages-to-jpg-0001

The takeoff and the initial climb phases accounted for 20% of all such accidents as well as 20% of all fatalities despite accounting for only 2% of exposure. The subsequent climb phase accounted for another 10% of fatal accidents and, notably, 35% of fatalities, despite accounting for only 14% of exposure.

On the other hand, the final approach and landing phases accounted for 47% of all accidents and 37% of fatalities, despite making up 4% of exposure. The descent phase accounted for another 3% of accidents and 7% of fatalities.

But despite making up 57% of exposure, the cruise phase, that is, when the aircraft is flying at a stable altitude and steady speed, accounts for only 10% of fatal accidents and less than half a percent of fatalities.

(Boeing has defined “exposure” as the percentage of flight time estimated for a 1.5-hour flight. For longer flights, the cruise phase has even more exposure, while takeoff and landing has less exposure. Also note that IATA and Boeing define these phases slightly differently, and as such, the two sets of data are not perfectly comparable).

Why takeoffs and landing are deadliest

Both datasets mentioned above make one thing clear: an aircraft is at the highest risk of meeting an accident at the beginning and end of the flight. But why?

The most basic explanation for this is that during these phases, aircraft are what in aviation lingo is called “low and slow”, leaving pilots very little time to react if something goes wrong.

“When cruising at 36,000 feet, a pilot has the luxury of time and space to course correct. Even if both engines go out, the plane won’t just fall out of the sky. It becomes a glider. In this state, a typical airliner loses about a mile in altitude for every 10 it moves forward, giving the pilot a little over eight minutes to find a place to land. But if something goes wrong on the ground, that window shrinks considerably,” according to an article by Business Insider.

A multitude of environmental and situational factors put stresses on the aircraft during the takeoff and landing phases, meaning that the probability of something going wrong is also higher at this time.

For instance, it is more likely that the wings of an aircraft will stall during takeoff than while in stable flight. A stall is essentially a condition where the wings of an aircraft lose lift due to the critical angle of attack being exceeded. In simpler words, if during takeoff, the pilot takes an excessive nose up attitude, the aircraft can simply fall out of the air.

While in the rare occasion, stalls can occur mid-flight, at higher altitudes, pilots have a lot more time to take corrective action, which in the case of stalls is to, somewhat counterintuitively, reduce the angle of attack or point the nose down.

Aircraft engines are also under the maximum stress during takeoff, especially the moment when the hundreds of tonnes heavy vehicle has to fight the forces of gravity to lift off from the ground. This too increases the possibility of failures.

On the other hand, the pilot herself is most stressed during landings. This is because this is the most technically challenging aspect of flying, requiring the pilot to consider a host of variables, from wind speed and direction to how heavy the aircraft is, while making constant decisions regarding attitude and speed. Most aviation accidents, more so during the landing phase, occur due to pilot error.

Lastly, aircraft are also more likely to encounter bird strikes, turbulence, and unavoidable inclement weather at low altitudes, increasing the likelihood of accidents

Still safest mode of travel

Nonetheless, it is much safer to travel by airplane than by any other mode of transport. And data show that aviation has become progressively safer over the years.

According to data from the UN body International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO), accidents per million departures in commercial flights went down from 4.9 in 2005 to 1.9 in 2023. Notably, the ICAO’s definition of an aircraft accident is fairly broad, including even minor events where the aircraft is damaged and needs repairs, or temporarily goes missing.

Similarly, air crash fatalities have shown a general downward trend, although this statistic is more prone to year-on-year fluctuation. For instance, in 2014, two major accidents contributed to almost 60% of the 911 total fatalities.

New Super-Earth Discovery Offers Fresh Clues in Hunt for Habitable Worlds

For decades, scientists have scanned the cosmos in search of distant planets and possible signs of extraterrestrial life. This relentless exploration has yielded many fascinating discoveries and driven the development of increasingly advanced instruments. However, planets that closely resemble Earth—especially those with low mass—often manage to evade detection.

Many of these elusive planets remain undetected due to the limitations of conventional observation methods. Their orbital alignments may not suit our line of sight, or their faint signals might fall below the threshold of standard detection techniques. These shortcomings have long posed a challenge to astronomers trying to discover Earth-like planets in faraway solar systems.

In a significant step forward, Leilei Sun, the lead author from Yunnan Observatories of the Chinese Academy of Sciences, along with a team of international collaborators, recently confirmed the existence of a super-Earth dubbed Kepler-725c. This discovery was made possible by a unique strategy that sidesteps the limitations of the widely used transit and radial velocity methods.

There are several established ways to detect planets outside our solar system, also known as exoplanets. One of the most popular methods is the transit technique, which involves observing slight dips in a star’s brightness caused by a planet passing in front of it. These dips signal the presence of a planet and provide information about its size and orbit.

This technique is particularly effective for identifying large exoplanets with short orbital periods. These planets pass across their host stars frequently, making them relatively easy to detect. Kepler-725c, for instance, belongs to this category of big, short-period planets. However, smaller planets with longer orbital cycles are more difficult to detect with the transit method. Their rare alignments with Earth’s line of sight make them much harder to observe.

That’s why Kepler-725c’s detection has drawn attention. Researchers are especially interested in planets with up to 10 times the mass of Earth. These so-called super-Earths are thought to form differently from much larger gas giants and may possess characteristics similar to our own planet. A mass close to Earth’s increases the likelihood of interesting features such as rocky terrain or the ability to retain water—both critical components when evaluating a planet’s potential to support life.

In order to find Kepler-725c, scientists employed the transit timing variation method, or TTV. This technique monitors how a planet’s gravity influences the orbit of a neighboring planet, causing slight shifts in its expected transit times. According to Sun, “This discovery demonstrates that the transit timing variation method enables the detection and accurate mass measurement of a super-Earth/mini-Neptune within a solar-like star’s habitable zone.”

The team studied changes in the transit times of Kepler-725b, a gas giant similar to Jupiter, to identify Kepler-725c in the same planetary system. The gravitational interplay between the two planets provided the telltale evidence of Kepler-725c’s existence.

One of the key advantages of TTV is that it doesn’t require the planet being studied to pass directly in front of its star from our point of view. Nor does it rely on detecting minute shifts in the star’s velocity caused by the gravitational tug of an orbiting planet. As such, TTV opens a door to finding planets that would otherwise be invisible.

This technique is particularly effective in systems where only one planet is seen transiting, but its movement suggests the presence of another gravitational body. These indirect signs, similar to cosmic breadcrumbs, lead researchers to unseen planetary companions. In the case of Kepler-725c, scientists were able to determine its orbit and mass even without visually detecting its transit.

Kepler-725c is located roughly 2,472 light-years from Earth. It orbits a G9V-type star and completes one full revolution in about 207.5 days. Its path occasionally takes it through the habitable zone—the region around a star where conditions might allow liquid water to exist. It receives about 1.4 times the solar radiation Earth gets from the Sun at a distance of 1 astronomical unit.

With an orbital distance of approximately 0.674 AU, Kepler-725c may experience moderate surface temperatures. However, many additional factors—such as atmospheric composition, planetary rotation, and magnetic fields—play a role in determining whether the planet could truly be habitable. Scientists aim to explore how heat, star behavior, and atmospheric makeup might affect Kepler-725c as they continue their analysis.

The timing of this discovery is significant. Space agencies around the world are preparing for missions that will focus on detecting smaller planets around Sun-like stars. Europe’s PLATO mission, among others, is expected to generate data that complements TTV-based methods. These upcoming missions could reveal additional Earth-like planets in similar orbital zones.

This moment marks a crucial opportunity for astronomers to refine their understanding of what conditions are necessary for life. By determining a planet’s mass and orbit with precision, TTV allows researchers to assess its characteristics without the limitations of traditional observation strategies.

The discovery of Kepler-725c demonstrates the practical value of the TTV method in identifying planets that do not visibly transit their stars. These hard-to-see worlds might still meet critical criteria for habitability, and TTV offers a powerful approach to locating them.

Future space missions could work hand-in-hand with this technique to uncover more low-mass, long-orbiting planets that older detection methods have missed. Such findings have the potential to greatly sharpen our focus as we search for planets that might support life.

Still, even with better detection tools and refined techniques, verifying whether a planet is truly habitable remains a complex and slow-moving process. For planets like Kepler-725c, more data—especially direct imaging or atmospheric readings—are needed before scientists can determine if life might exist there. So far, researchers mostly have indirect clues such as mass, orbit, and radiation levels, which are informative but not definitive.

Vital elements like liquid water, oxygen, or a stable surface are necessary for life as we know it. These details are still beyond our reach for many newly discovered planets, including Kepler-725c.

The research team behind this discovery includes scientists from several institutions: Yunnan Observatories, Hamburg Observatory, Xi’an Jiaotong-Liverpool University, and the Nanjing Institute of Astronomical Optics and Technology. Their international collaboration reflects a growing global interest in using advanced techniques to uncover distant planets and better understand their environments.

By combining gravitational measurements with long-term orbital data, these researchers have illuminated yet another small corner of our universe—bringing us one step closer to answering the age-old question: are we alone?

Experts Divided on AI Singularity Timeline, but Most Agree AGI Is Coming This Century

In today’s rapidly evolving technological world, one debate has sparked intense curiosity and speculation: when will artificial general intelligence (AGI) emerge, and how soon might we see the singularity—a moment when machines outpace human intelligence? Predictions range from the cautious to the bold, with some experts declaring it may never happen, while others believe it could arrive as soon as 2026.

A recent comprehensive study conducted by AIMultiple sheds light on how scientists, industry leaders, and researchers have forecasted the rise of AGI over the past 15 years. This macro-level analysis compiles and evaluates 8,590 predictions from top scientists, entrepreneurs, and AI community members, offering a clearer view of how projections have evolved—especially in light of revolutionary breakthroughs such as large language models (LLMs) like ChatGPT.

Although individual opinions differ widely, with estimated timelines for AGI spanning nearly five decades, there appears to be consensus that it is likely to arrive before the 22nd century.

The proliferation of LLMs into virtually every facet of digital life has significantly intensified the conversation around AI’s trajectory. Since these models burst into public consciousness, a growing number of voices—from leading scientists to curious laypeople—have offered varying estimates on when machine intelligence might match or exceed human capacity.

Some researchers contend that the singularity may be just a few decades away. Others suggest it’s even closer than that. One notable view comes from the CEO of AI company Anthropic, who predicts, “we’re right on the threshold—give it about 6 more months or so.”

AIMultiple’s analysis attempts to untangle the web of predictions by tracing how timelines have shifted in response to technological advancements. The researchers highlight a major turning point following the advent of LLMs. “Current surveys of AI researchers are predicting AGI around 2040,” the report states. “However, just a few years before the rapid advancements in large language models (LLMs), scientists were predicting it around 2060. Entrepreneurs are even more bullish, predicting it around ~2030.”

The report emphasizes how major breakthroughs in AI, particularly LLMs, have shifted industry expectations toward earlier arrival dates for AGI and, potentially, superintelligence. Industry professionals are generally more optimistic—some might say aggressive—in their outlook compared to academic scientists.

While the debate continues, AIMultiple’s findings show that many experts are increasingly confident in the inevitable arrival of AGI. A key reason is the perception that machine intelligence doesn’t appear to have the same inherent limitations as human intelligence. Technological advancements, particularly the steady growth in computing power described by Moore’s Law, are central to this optimism. Moore’s Law holds that computing power doubles roughly every 18 months, and such exponential growth supports the notion that machines could soon perform calculations at a speed equal to or greater than that of the human brain.

The report notes another compelling factor: if traditional computing technology reaches its physical limits, quantum computing could take over and push the boundaries even further. “Most experts believe that Moore’s law is coming to an end during this decade,” the report reads. “The unique nature of quantum computing can be used to efficiently train neural networks, currently the most popular AI architecture in commercial applications. AI algorithms running on stable quantum computers have a chance to unlock singularity.”

However, not everyone is convinced that AGI is inevitable—or even achievable in the way some experts imagine. Skeptics argue that human intelligence is far more nuanced and multifaceted than the current concept of AGI encompasses. For instance, human intelligence is not solely based on logic or computation. Many cognitive scientists and psychologists reference eight different types of intelligence, which include not only logical-mathematical ability but also interpersonal, intrapersonal, and existential intelligences, among others.

AI pioneer Yann LeCun, who played a foundational role in developing deep learning, has a different take. He proposes that AGI should be redefined as “advanced machine intelligence,” asserting that the intricacies of human cognition are too specialized to be fully replicated by artificial systems. The report echoes this sentiment, stating that while AI is a powerful tool for innovation and discovery, it cannot independently drive scientific breakthroughs.

“More intelligence can lead to better-designed and managed experiments, enabling more discovery per experiment,” the report reads. “Even the best machine analyzing existing data may not be able to find a cure for cancer.”

This highlights a crucial distinction between analyzing data and creating novel hypotheses or solutions—something human researchers still excel at. While machines may soon match or even exceed human capability in certain areas, the breadth and depth of human intellect encompass emotional, philosophical, and experiential elements that AI has yet to master.

Despite a roughly 50-year span in predictions for when AGI might finally be realized, the overarching message from AIMultiple’s study is unambiguous: the emergence of AGI will almost certainly bring about transformative change for human society. Whether that change is overwhelmingly positive, deeply problematic, or somewhere in between, will depend largely on how humanity prepares for and responds to this new era.

The study concludes with a sobering but empowering message: Will these changes brought by AGI be good or bad? “Well, that’s up to us.”

As we stand on the brink of what could be one of the most significant technological revolutions in human history, the world continues to speculate—not just about when AGI will arrive, but how we’ll adapt once it does. With AI systems becoming more advanced by the day, the window for meaningful preparation is narrowing.

Whether humanity can harness this technology for progress without losing control remains one of the most important questions of our time.

Supercomputer Predicts Earth’s Demise, But Humanity Has a Billion Years Left

It may sound like the plot of a sci-fi thriller, but scientists have employed a supercomputer to forecast the eventual end of life on Earth. Despite the dramatic nature of the prediction, there’s no immediate cause for panic—the forecasted apocalypse is still a billion years away.

In an article published in April 2025 by LaGrada, it was revealed that a team of scientists utilized a powerful supercomputer to assess the long-term survivability of Earth. Their findings were unsettling: “Survival on planet Earth will be impossible in about 1 billion years, when conditions become too extreme for life as we know it.”

On May 6, 2025, BGR added more detail to the revelation, stating that researchers affiliated with NASA and Japan’s Toho University collaborated to use the supercomputer in order to pinpoint the timeline for the extinction of all life on Earth. According to their study, life on this planet will meet its end due to the sun’s gradual expansion and intensifying heat. BGR reported, “Scientists with NASA and Japan’s Toho University used the computer to determine ‘when all life will end’ on Earth. They determined that the sun will end life on Earth around the year 1,000,002,021 because it is expanding.”

The scientists concluded that the sun will eventually increase in temperature to a point that makes the planet uninhabitable. As reported by BGR, “its output will continue to increase, gradually heating the planet beyond the threshold of life.” Over time, the sun’s rising energy output will disrupt the delicate climate balance, transforming Earth into a place where life can no longer thrive.

While the concept of a boiling Earth may seem extreme, researchers have been studying Earth’s long-term habitability for many years. The idea that the sun will ultimately spell doom for life on Earth is not new, but recent technological advances have enabled scientists to produce more precise predictions. The supercomputer used by NASA and Toho University allowed researchers to simulate various long-term climate and solar scenarios to understand how the planet’s conditions will evolve over immense spans of time.

The potential demise of Earth’s biosphere has also been examined from another angle: the planet’s declining oxygen levels. A study published in 2021 in the journal Nature Geoscience, conducted by Kazumi Ozaki and Christopher T. Reinhard, explored the eventual reduction of atmospheric oxygen and what it could mean for life on Earth.

Their research suggests that our oxygen-rich atmosphere—a vital condition for sustaining complex organisms—won’t last forever. The paper stated, “Earth’s modern atmosphere is highly oxygenated and is a remotely detectable signal of its surface biosphere.” This oxygen-rich state is currently a reliable marker for identifying life, not just on Earth, but potentially on other Earth-like planets in the cosmos.

However, Ozaki and Reinhard emphasized that this state is temporary. They wrote, “the lifespan of oxygen-based biosignatures in Earth’s atmosphere remains uncertain, particularly for the distant future.” To explore this, they developed a combined biogeochemistry and climate model to estimate how long Earth will maintain its current oxygen-rich conditions.

The findings are sobering. Eventually, Earth’s oxygen levels will fall below the threshold needed to support complex life forms, leading to a planet dominated by microbial life—if any. The researchers also highlighted that the transience of atmospheric oxygen has major consequences for the ongoing search for extraterrestrial life. They noted, “Having enough oxygen in the atmosphere is not a ‘permanent’ state for a planet,” adding that this insight has “important implications for the search for life on Earth-like planets beyond our Solar System (for example, habitable planets with abundant liquid water at the surface, exposed silicate crust and a biosphere with oxygenic photosynthesis).”

The supercomputer’s prediction and Ozaki and Reinhard’s atmospheric research collectively suggest that Earth’s habitability has an expiration date, even if it’s far in the future. The combination of the sun’s evolution and the eventual decline in atmospheric oxygen paint a detailed, if unsettling, portrait of our planet’s final chapters.

Nevertheless, scientists stress that the end isn’t coming anytime soon. With about a billion years left before conditions become completely inhospitable, humanity still has a significant window to address shorter-term challenges and explore long-term survival options, including space exploration and planetary colonization.

This timeline also reinforces the importance of understanding planetary conditions when searching for life beyond our solar system. The presence of oxygen in an exoplanet’s atmosphere may indicate life, but only if observed during a specific and relatively brief window of time in that planet’s evolution. This insight could shape how future missions, telescopes, and research programs are designed.

In summary, while the idea of Earth becoming uninhabitable may seem bleak, the timeline offers some comfort. As BGR emphasized, “They determined that the sun will end life on Earth around the year 1,000,002,021 because it is expanding.” And as the researchers noted, “its output will continue to increase, gradually heating the planet beyond the threshold of life.”

At the same time, Ozaki and Reinhard’s 2021 study highlights that even before solar expansion makes Earth unlivable, the depletion of oxygen in the atmosphere could already lead to a world where advanced life cannot persist. Their warning that Earth’s oxygen-rich atmosphere is not a permanent feature serves as a reminder of the fragile conditions that support life.

So while doomsday isn’t right around the corner, these scientific insights give us a glimpse into Earth’s very distant future—and perhaps into the fate of other life-bearing planets throughout the universe.

Scientists Reconstruct LUCA: The Ancient Microbe That Sparked All Life on Earth

Every leaf on a plant, feather of an eagle, or even a smear of pond scum shares the same underlying code of life, written in just four DNA letters. Ribosomes interpret this genetic script, assembling 20 standard amino acids and powering cells using the universal energy molecule ATP. This remarkable uniformity across all life continues to intrigue scientists, who are chasing an age-old mystery: if the recipe is nearly identical everywhere, who authored the original version?

The answer appears to lie in LUCA, the Last Universal Common Ancestor—a long-extinct organism that existed at the evolutionary crossroads between Bacteria and Archaea.

The astonishing consistency in biology’s language and tools points to a shared origin.Living systems are not fond of coincidence. A single genetic alphabet, the same protein-making machinery, and a universal energy currency add up to more than luck.This raises the question of just how far back the shared biological toolkit extends.

To explore that, researchers led by Dr. Edmund Moody from the University of Bristol examined thousands of genomes. They aimed to trace the common genetic features of life back to their source. “The evolutionary history of genes is complicated by their exchange between lineages,” Moody explained. “We have to use complex evolutionary models to reconcile the evolutionary history of genes with the genealogy of species.”

Instead of applying strict thresholds, the team let the data determine which genes might have belonged to LUCA. Their analysis uncovered roughly 2,600 genes, similar in number to what’s found in many modern bacteria. Dr. Tom Williams, a co-author, emphasized the strength of their approach. “One of the real advantages here is applying the gene-tree species-tree reconciliation approach to such a diverse dataset representing the primary domains of life, Archaea and Bacteria. This allows us to say with some confidence – and assess that level of confidence – in how LUCA lived.”

Previous efforts to identify LUCA’s genetic makeup produced widely varying estimates, ranging from a minimal 80 genes to over 1,500 gene families. This new analysis, however, suggests LUCA was much more than a primitive organism. The 2,600-gene profile reveals a highly capable microbe, complete with membrane pumps, DNA repair systems, and the capacity to synthesize simple lipids.

Significantly, LUCA also had the Wood–Ljungdahl pathway—a set of chemical reactions that link carbon dioxide and hydrogen to produce acetate and energy. This process suggests LUCA could feed and energize itself without external assistance. That challenges earlier theories which imagined early life as simplistic, passively relying on geological activity to evolve.

Instead, LUCA appears to have been a robust and versatile creature, well-suited for the newly cooled Earth where liquid water could persist. Gene-tracing techniques suggest LUCA lived approximately 4.2 billion years ago—just a few hundred million years after the planet’s formation.

“We did not expect LUCA to be so old, within just hundreds of millions of years of Earth formation. However, our results fit with modern views on the habitability of early Earth,” said Dr. Sandra Álvarez-Carretero. During that ancient time, Earth’s surface was chaotic, with frequent asteroid collisions and widespread volcanic eruptions. Yet hydrothermal vents on the seafloor may have provided stable, warm habitats rich in metals like iron, nickel, and sulfur—minerals that could drive the very same chemical reactions found in LUCA’s genome.

LUCA’s reliance on the Wood–Ljungdahl pathway fits perfectly with this setting, where vent chemistry could have been transformed into sustenance and power. But LUCA’s stable existence didn’t last long.

“Our study showed that LUCA was a complex organism, not too different from modern prokaryotes. What is really interesting is that it clearly possessed an early immune system, showing that even by 4.2 billion years ago, our ancestor was already engaged in an arms race with viruses,” noted Professor Davide Pisani.

The presence of genes resembling modern CRISPR systems—a microbial immune defense—implies that viruses were already attacking cells at the dawn of life. These viral invasions didn’t just threaten LUCA; they helped shape it. Viral infections can shuffle genes between hosts, accelerating the development of new enzymes and metabolic processes. This constant threat may have driven early cells to adapt rapidly, passing on their innovations to future generations.

Although LUCA had significant capabilities, it was not alone. It likely coexisted with a diverse community of microbes, each contributing to a shared ecosystem. “Its waste would have been food for other microbes, like methanogens, that would have helped to create a recycling ecosystem,” said Tim Lenton from the University of Exeter.

In modern hydrothermal vent ecosystems, acetate-producing organisms and methane-makers exchange chemical byproducts, stabilizing their environment and creating balanced energy systems. It’s possible a similar arrangement existed billions of years ago, long before photosynthesis evolved.

These early microbial collaborations could have regulated carbon and hydrogen flows, and even smoothed out extreme changes in temperature and pH. Such cooperative systems might have paved the way for more complex evolutionary developments.

Understanding LUCA’s world and abilities isn’t just a historical exercise—it has implications for both science and the search for extraterrestrial life. “The findings and methods employed in this work will also inform future studies that look in more detail into the subsequent evolution of prokaryotes in light of Earth history, including the lesser-studied Archaea with their methanogenic representatives,” explained Professor Anja Spang from the Royal Netherlands Institute for Sea Research.

Professor Philip Donoghue underscored the importance of interdisciplinary collaboration in this research. “This brought together data and techniques from across multiple fields,” he said. By pooling knowledge from genetics, geology, evolutionary biology, and microbiology, the team was able to reconstruct a clearer picture of life’s origins than any single discipline could have achieved on its own.

Donoghue also emphasized how quickly ecosystems formed on early Earth. “This suggests that life may be flourishing on Earth-like biospheres elsewhere in the universe,” he concluded.

The quest to understand LUCA is far from over. Each new genome collected from ocean sediment or desert soil adds more details to the picture. With sequencing technologies becoming faster and more affordable, scientists will continue to identify ancient gene families and search for traces of early viruses in microbial DNA.

Future expeditions that drill into untouched seafloor vents could uncover life forms that echo LUCA’s lifestyle, linking geological processes directly with genetic history. Although many questions remain, one conclusion is clear: life didn’t stumble onto the scene—it arrived fully equipped, ready to face viruses, and eager to reshape its surroundings. Today, every living organism still carries a spark from that ancient ancestor.

Possible Signs of Life Detected on Distant Planet K2-18b, Say Cambridge Scientists

In a development that could reshape our understanding of life beyond Earth, scientists at the University of Cambridge have identified preliminary but compelling evidence suggesting that a distant exoplanet, K2-18b, might harbor life. Using NASA’s powerful James Webb Space Telescope (JWST), the team detected molecular signatures in the planet’s atmosphere that, on Earth, are only produced by living organisms.

K2-18b, located about 700 trillion miles from Earth, is more than twice the size of our planet. It orbits a small, cool red dwarf star, and it has long intrigued scientists due to its position in the so-called habitable zone, where temperatures might support liquid water. What makes this new finding stand out is the apparent presence of two life-related molecules: dimethyl sulphide (DMS) and dimethyl disulphide (DMDS). Both are known on Earth to be byproducts of marine phytoplankton and certain bacteria.

This marks the second time such life-associated chemicals have been identified in the atmosphere of K2-18b by JWST, but the latest detection is considerably more promising, according to the researchers. The Cambridge team, led by Professor Nikku Madhusudhan at the university’s Institute of Astronomy, stresses that further observations are necessary before drawing firm conclusions. Still, Madhusudhan expressed cautious optimism.

“This is the strongest evidence yet there is possibly life out there,” he said. “I can realistically say that we can confirm this signal within one to two years.”

The James Webb Space Telescope, launched in 2021, is capable of analyzing the atmospheric composition of distant worlds by studying starlight that passes through their atmospheres. This allows scientists to identify the presence of various chemicals based on how the light is absorbed or altered.

According to Madhusudhan, the amount of DMS potentially found in K2-18b’s atmosphere during a single observation was unexpectedly high.

“The amount we estimate of this gas in the atmosphere is thousands of times higher than what we have on Earth,” he explained. “So, if the association with life is real, then this planet will be teeming with life.”

He went even further to suggest a broader implication: “If we confirm that there is life on K2-18b, it should basically confirm that life is very common in the galaxy.”

Despite the excitement, the scientific community remains cautious. The detection, while promising, has not yet reached the level of statistical confidence required for a formal discovery. Scientists typically require a five sigma result—equivalent to 99.99999% certainty—to claim a discovery. So far, the K2-18b finding stands at three sigma, or about 99.7% certainty. Although that is a significant improvement over the one sigma result of 68% obtained 18 months ago, it is still short of the rigorous threshold demanded in the field.

Independent experts echo this cautious stance. Professor Catherine Heymans of the University of Edinburgh, who also serves as Scotland’s Astronomer Royal, emphasized the complexity of interpreting such findings.

“Even with that certainty, there is still the question of what is the origin of this gas,” she told BBC News. “On Earth it is produced by microorganisms in the ocean, but even with perfect data we can’t say for sure that this is of a biological origin on an alien world because loads of strange things happen in the Universe and we don’t know what other geological activity could be happening on this planet that might produce the molecules.”

The Cambridge scientists are aligned with this view and are collaborating with other researchers to determine whether DMS and DMDS can be synthesized through non-biological processes in laboratory settings. These experiments aim to explore whether alternative, abiotic pathways could account for the detected molecules.

Some other research teams have already proposed non-biological explanations for the data obtained from JWST. One point of debate involves the absence of ammonia in K2-18b’s atmosphere. Some scientists argue that this suggests the presence of a vast liquid ocean capable of absorbing the ammonia, potentially creating a suitable environment for life. However, an equally plausible explanation is that the planet could have a molten rock ocean, which would be inhospitable to life.

“Everything we know about planets orbiting other stars comes from the tiny amounts of light that glance off their atmospheres,” said Professor Oliver Shorttle, also of Cambridge University. “So it is an incredibly tenuous signal that we are having to read, not only for signs of life, but everything else. With K2-18b part of the scientific debate is still about the structure of the planet.”

Meanwhile, Dr. Nicolas Wogan at NASA’s Ames Research Center has published research that interprets the data differently. According to his study, K2-18b might not be an ocean world at all but rather a mini gas giant with no solid surface, which would make the presence of life even more unlikely.

However, these alternate theories are not without their own challenges. Critics argue that some of the alternative models do not align with the JWST data. This has fueled an ongoing and vibrant scientific debate around the nature of K2-18b, its atmospheric composition, and its potential to support life.

Despite these uncertainties, Professor Madhusudhan remains hopeful and confident in his team’s approach.

“Decades from now, we may look back at this point in time and recognise it was when the living universe came within reach,” he said. “This could be the tipping point, where suddenly the fundamental question of whether we’re alone in the universe is one we’re capable of answering.”

The findings from the Cambridge team have been formally published in The Astrophysical Journal Letters, marking a significant milestone in the search for extraterrestrial life. While definitive proof remains elusive, the data from K2-18b brings scientists a step closer to understanding whether we are truly alone in the cosmos.

Blue Origin’s All-Female Crew Reflects on Awe-Inspiring Space Journey and Shared Sisterhood

The recent Blue Origin space mission featuring an all-female crew left the six women aboard in awe of the Earth’s beauty and the profound experience of venturing beyond its atmosphere. This historic 11-minute flight not only marked a milestone in space travel but also brought together a unique and diverse group of women who each carried their personal stories, emotions, and symbolic gestures with them.

Among the astronauts was internationally renowned pop singer Katy Perry, who spoke about the strong connection and unity she felt with the rest of the crew during their short but powerful journey. Perry described the shared experience among the six women as one of emotional strength and mutual understanding. She also revealed a touching personal gesture during the flight—carrying a daisy with her into space as a tribute to her daughter, who shares the same name.

“I brought a daisy into space for my daughter,” said Perry, highlighting the symbolic importance of taking something meaningful with her to mark the once-in-a-lifetime experience. Her words reflected the deeply personal nature of the journey and how the mission served not only scientific and historical purposes but also emotional and spiritual ones.

The flight was particularly significant for Lauren Sánchez, a journalist and philanthropist, who is also known as the fiancée of Jeff Bezos, the founder of Amazon and owner of Blue Origin. Sánchez spoke passionately about how the voyage changed her perspective on Earth. She explained that witnessing the planet from such a unique vantage point made her realize just how important it is to care for and protect the environment.

“When you see the Earth from space, you truly feel its beauty and fragility. I had this overwhelming feeling that the Earth is profound and we need to protect this planet,” Sánchez said. Her reflections echoed the sentiments shared by many astronauts who have spoken about the transformative “overview effect” experienced when observing the Earth from orbit.

Gayle King, a well-known television broadcaster, was another member of the all-women crew. Following the mission, she expressed an unexpected surge of confidence that came from the flight. The overwhelming sense of accomplishment she felt after being part of a successful space journey left her feeling empowered and ready to tackle new challenges back on Earth.

“I walked out of there thinking I could do anything,” King said with a smile, adding humorously, “I might even be brave enough now to get my ears pierced.” Her comments illustrated not only the magnitude of the experience but also the empowering nature of stepping far outside her comfort zone.

The group also included Amanda Nguyen, a civil rights activist best known for her advocacy work on behalf of sexual assault survivors. Nguyen, who has been nominated for a Nobel Peace Prize, brought a spirit of determination and resilience with her aboard the flight. Although she did not make any public remarks immediately following the trip, her presence on the mission symbolized progress and inclusion in the world of space exploration.

Rocket scientist Aisha Bowe was another standout figure among the crew. Bowe, who previously worked for NASA, is the founder of a STEM education company aimed at increasing opportunities for underrepresented groups in science and technology. Her inclusion in the mission was a powerful representation of both scientific achievement and the need for greater diversity in the aerospace industry. While she kept her post-flight comments brief, her journey to the stars stood as a beacon of inspiration to young women and girls who dream of careers in science.

Kerianne Flynn, a film producer with a passion for storytelling, completed the all-women lineup. Flynn’s presence highlighted the growing connection between the worlds of space travel and media, as more storytellers seek to share the extraordinary human experiences tied to space exploration. Though less known to the public than some of her fellow travelers, Flynn’s inclusion was a reminder that space is for everyone—not just astronauts, scientists, or celebrities.

The suborbital journey lasted just 11 minutes but offered the women several moments of weightlessness and a stunning view of Earth’s curvature. Launched by Blue Origin’s New Shepard rocket, this mission marked the company’s continued push to make space tourism more accessible while spotlighting trailblazing individuals who can inspire future generations.

What made this flight especially historic was not just that it was composed entirely of women, but also the diversity and depth of experience each woman brought with her. Ranging from arts and activism to science and media, the crew represented a cross-section of modern female achievement and ambition.

The mission underscored how space travel is gradually moving beyond its traditional boundaries, becoming a stage not just for astronauts and researchers but also for those with stories to tell and dreams to share. Each woman who took part in this short journey left with a renewed sense of purpose and an unforgettable memory of touching the edge of space.

For Katy Perry, the experience was not just a scientific novelty but a deeply emotional and symbolic act tied to her role as a mother. For Sánchez, it was a spiritual awakening about the state of our planet and the responsibility we all share in preserving it. For Gayle King, it was an empowering milestone that broke personal barriers and opened the door to new possibilities.

The remaining crew members—Nguyen, Bowe, and Flynn—each brought with them their own aspirations and achievements, contributing to a powerful narrative of female empowerment and progress. Though their words may have been fewer, their presence on the mission spoke volumes about the expanding definition of what it means to be a space traveler in the modern age.

As commercial spaceflight becomes more common, missions like this one by Blue Origin continue to redefine the possibilities for who can go to space and why. This particular journey, while short in duration, was rich in symbolism and inspiration. The six women aboard demonstrated that space is no longer the exclusive domain of male astronauts or elite scientists. It is a place where artists, activists, media figures, and innovators can come together to share a moment of wonder—and return with stories that might just change the way we see our world.

The message from the crew was clear: space is a dream within reach, and those who reach for it can come back changed, emboldened, and united. As Katy Perry so simply put it, the journey was part of a “phenomenal dream”—one that these six remarkable women now share, and one that they hope will inspire many more to come.

Scientists Detect Possible Shift in Dark Energy, Challenging Einstein’s Theory

Scientists have found possible evidence that Dark Energy, the mysterious force driving the expansion of the Universe, may be changing over time—posing a challenge to established theories of time and space.

Some experts believe they could be on the brink of a groundbreaking discovery—one that might require a fundamental reassessment of our understanding of the cosmos.

This early-stage finding contradicts the prevailing theory, which was partly developed by Albert Einstein. While additional data is needed for confirmation, even highly respected researchers involved in the study, such as Professor Ofer Lahav of University College London, acknowledge the significance of the mounting evidence.

“It is a dramatic moment,” Lahav told BBC News. “We may be witnessing a paradigm shift in our understanding of the Universe.”

A Force That Defied Expectations

The discovery of Dark Energy in 1998 was itself a revelation. Until then, scientists believed that the expansion of the Universe—initiated by the Big Bang—would eventually decelerate under the force of gravity.

However, observations made by US and Australian researchers showed that the Universe was actually expanding at an accelerating rate. They could not identify the force responsible, so they termed it Dark Energy to reflect its unknown nature.

Although the exact nature of Dark Energy remains a mystery, astronomers can measure its effects by analyzing how galaxies move away from each other at different points in the Universe’s history.

To deepen their understanding, researchers developed specialized experiments, including the Dark Energy Spectroscopic Instrument (DESI), located at the Kitt Peak National Observatory in Arizona. This instrument consists of 5,000 robotically controlled optical fibers that rapidly scan galaxies to track cosmic expansion.

Unexpected Findings Gain Strength

Last year, DESI researchers detected hints that Dark Energy’s force might have varied over time. Initially, many scientists dismissed this as a statistical anomaly that would disappear with further data.

However, rather than fading, the anomaly has become more pronounced.

“The evidence is stronger now than it was,” said Professor Seshadri Nadathur of the University of Portsmouth.

“We’ve also performed many additional tests compared to the first year, and they’re making us confident that the results aren’t driven by some unknown effect in the data that we haven’t accounted for,” he added.

“Dark Energy Is Even Weirder Than We Thought”

The findings have yet to reach the threshold of an official scientific discovery, but they have sparked intrigue among leading astronomers.

“Dark Energy appears to be even weirder than we thought,” said Scotland’s Astronomer Royal, Professor Catherine Heymans of Edinburgh University, in an interview with BBC News.

“In 2024, the data was quite new, no one was quite sure of it, and people thought more work needed to be done,” Heymans said. “But now, there’s more data and a lot of scrutiny by the scientific community. So, while there is still a chance that the ‘blip’ may go away, there’s also a possibility that we might be edging toward a really big discovery.”

The source of the apparent variation remains unknown.

“No one knows!” Lahav admitted. “If this new result is correct, then we need to find the mechanism that causes the variation, and that might mean a brand-new theory—which makes this so exciting.”

The Search for More Evidence

DESI will continue collecting data over the next two years, with the goal of analyzing roughly 50 million galaxies and other luminous objects. The aim is to determine whether the observations are undeniably accurate.

“We’re in the business of letting the Universe tell us how it works,” said Andrei Cuceu, a postdoctoral researcher at the Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory in California. “And maybe it is telling us it’s more complicated than we thought it was.”

Further insights into Dark Energy are expected from the European Space Agency’s (ESA) Euclid mission, a space telescope designed to probe deeper into the Universe with even greater precision. Launched in 2023, Euclid has already begun delivering highly detailed images, which were released by ESA today.

The DESI collaboration includes more than 900 scientists from over 70 institutions worldwide, with notable contributions from researchers at Durham University, University College London, and the University of Portsmouth in the UK.

Dark Energy May Be Changing, Challenging Einstein’s Theory

Scientists have found new evidence suggesting that Dark Energy, the mysterious force driving the expansion of the universe, may be changing over time. If confirmed, this discovery could lead to a fundamental shift in our understanding of space, time, and cosmology.

A Paradigm Shift in Astronomy?

Some researchers believe they are on the brink of one of the biggest breakthroughs in astronomy in a generation. The findings contradict aspects of Einstein’s theory, which has long guided our understanding of the cosmos.

“This is a dramatic moment,” said Prof Ofer Lahav of University College London (UCL) in an interview with BBC News.

“We may be witnessing a paradigm shift in our understanding of the Universe.”

Dark Energy: A Mystery Deepens

Dark Energy was first discovered in 1998, when astronomers found that instead of slowing down, the universe’s expansion was accelerating. Scientists did not understand the cause and labeled it Dark Energy to signify its unknown nature.

To study it, researchers have been observing how galaxies move apart over time. One of the most advanced projects investigating this is the Dark Energy Spectroscopic Instrument (DESI) at Kitt Peak National Observatory, Arizona. This device, made up of 5,000 robotic telescopes, rapidly scans galaxies to measure their distances.

A Growing “Blip” in the Data

Last year, DESI detected a hint that the force exerted by Dark Energy had changed over time. Initially, many scientists believed it was just an error in the data.

However, one year later, the anomaly has grown stronger.

“The evidence is stronger now than it was,” said Prof Seshadri Nadathur from the University of Portsmouth.

“We’ve performed many additional tests, and they make us confident that this isn’t an unknown error in the data.”

A “Weird” Force Getting Even Weirder

The findings, though not yet officially classified as a discovery, have caught the attention of leading scientists.

“Dark Energy appears to be even weirder than we thought,” said Prof Catherine Heymans, Scotland’s Astronomer Royal from Edinburgh University.

“In 2024, the data was uncertain. But now, with more evidence and scrutiny, we might be edging toward a major breakthrough.”

Yet, what exactly is causing the variation in Dark Energy’s force remains unknown.

“No one knows!” said Prof Lahav.

“If this new result is correct, we need a new theory to explain it. That’s what makes this so exciting.”

The Search for Answers Continues

Over the next two years, DESI will continue collecting data, aiming to measure 50 million galaxies to verify these observations. Meanwhile, the European Space Agency’s Euclid mission, launched in 2023, is providing even deeper insights into Dark Energy by observing galaxies further away.

“We’re in the business of letting the Universe tell us how it works,” said Andrei Cuceu, a researcher at the Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory in California.

“Maybe it’s more complicated than we thought.”

The DESI project includes over 900 researchers from 70 institutions worldwide, including Durham, UCL, and Portsmouth University from the UK.

If these findings hold, our understanding of the cosmos may be on the verge of a revolutionary transformation.

NASA Astronauts Return to Earth After Unexpected Nine-Month Stay on ISS

Two NASA astronauts who embarked on a short-term mission to the International Space Station (ISS) last summer but ended up staying for nine months have finally returned to Earth.

Suni Williams and Butch Wilmore splashed down in a SpaceX Dragon capsule off the Gulf Coast of Florida shortly before 6 p.m. EDT on Tuesday. Their spacecraft had undocked from the ISS at 1:05 a.m. EDT on Monday. They were accompanied by fellow NASA astronaut Nick Hague and Russian cosmonaut Aleksandr Gorbunov on their journey home.

Originally, Williams and Wilmore launched aboard a Boeing spacecraft last June for what was planned as an eight-day mission. However, technical problems with the Boeing Starliner capsule prevented their return, leading them to be incorporated into the station’s regular crew rotation.

Tuesday’s landing marked the end of a prolonged and politically charged space journey that raised concerns about Boeing’s reliability in fulfilling NASA contracts.

Williams and Wilmore’s mission began on June 5, when they lifted off aboard the new Boeing Starliner capsule as part of NASA’s commercial crew program. This initiative enlists private companies to transport astronauts and cargo to and from the ISS. SpaceX, the other contractor, has been successfully carrying out missions for NASA for years.

The Boeing Starliner’s launch was its first human-crewed flight, but the mission faced multiple setbacks. The spacecraft reached the ISS but suffered several technical issues, including multiple helium leaks and the failure of some thrusters.

Given these malfunctions, NASA opted not to use Starliner for the return trip, choosing instead to bring it back to Earth without a crew. As a result, Williams and Wilmore remained aboard the ISS until their replacements could arrive.

Their relief crew, consisting of two NASA astronauts, a Japanese astronaut, and a Russian cosmonaut, docked at the ISS early Sunday morning and were welcomed aboard by the station’s existing crew.

Beyond technical challenges, Williams and Wilmore’s extended stay became entangled in political debates.

After taking office in January, former President Donald Trump claimed he had asked his adviser and SpaceX founder Elon Musk to “go get” the stranded astronauts, alleging that the Biden administration had “virtually abandoned” them in space.

In reality, NASA had planned Williams and Wilmore’s return well in advance. The SpaceX Dragon capsule that transported them home had been docked at the ISS since September, with two vacant seats reserved for their return.

NASA stated that the astronauts were integrated into the station’s crew for logistical and budgetary reasons. During their extended stay, they conducted various experiments and participated in spacewalks.

Musk asserted in February that he had previously offered the Biden administration an earlier return using SpaceX but claimed the administration declined the offer for “political reasons.”

However, former NASA officials, including ex-NASA Administrator Bill Nelson, denied knowledge of such an offer.

Trump, in a post on his social media platform on Monday, thanked NASA’s acting Administrator Janet Petro and the agency’s staff for coordinating the astronauts’ return, while criticizing the Biden administration’s handling of the situation.

Scientists Discover Massive Mountains Hidden Deep Beneath Earth’s Surface

Scientists have uncovered two enormous mountains buried deep within the Earth, each towering 620 miles (1,000 kilometers) high—over 100 times the height of Mount Everest.

These colossal formations, located1,200 miles below the surface, challenge current understanding of Earth’s geological history. The groundbreaking research was recently published in Nature.

Known as Large Low Seismic Velocity Provinces (LLSVPs), these mountains were identified through the study of seismic waves produced by earthquakes. As these waves move through the Earth, they slow down when passing through materials of different densities, allowing scientists to map underground structures.

The LLSVPs, found beneath Africa and the Pacific Ocean, dwarf Mount Everest, which rises just 5.5 miles above sea level. Unlike surface mountains, these formations consist of dense, ancient material, offering a rare glimpse into Earth’s distant past.

Scientists theorize that these structures may be remnants of ancient tectonic plates that sank into the mantle billions of years ago through a process called subduction. This suggests that parts of Earth’s mantle have remained stable for over 4 billion years—far longer than previously thought.

Rethinking the Mantle

For years, scientists viewed the mantle as a constantly shifting layer with circulating heat and material. However, the discovery of these massive, stable formations challenges that idea.

Not only are the LLSVPs larger than expected, but they are also hotter than their surroundings, complicating current models of mantle dynamics. Their presence could offer crucial insights into Earth’s deep interior and the forces shaping the planet.

With advancing seismic imaging technology, researchers anticipate uncovering more hidden features beneath Earth’s surface. These underground giants may reshape our understanding of Earth’s early history and ongoing geological processes.

Though unreachable by humans, these towering structures redefine the concept of Earth’s tallest mountains. While Everest remains the highest peak above ground, the planet’s true giants lie hidden far beneath our feet.

NOAA Layoffs Spark Concern Over Climate Science and Ocean Monitoring

Heather Welch’s work once involved safeguarding marine life by preventing ship collisions with whales off the U.S. West Coast. However, she was abruptly dismissed via an email that gave her only 90 minutes to pack her belongings and leave.

Welch, an ecologist who had served nearly a decade at the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), specialized in tracking marine animal movements. Her work was essential for guiding shipping routes and helping fisheries optimize their catches while minimizing harm to sea life like turtles and sea lions.

Welch is just one of over 1,000 NOAA employees who have lost their jobs in recent weeks due to sweeping layoffs at the country’s leading weather and climate agency. Some workers have since received emails stating that they are being reinstated due to a judge’s order and are now on administrative leave. However, their work remains stalled.

Even before President Donald Trump’s budget cuts, NOAA was understaffed, and now the agency faces even greater shortages. The team Welch was part of, which provided critical climate data to fisheries, was significantly affected. “Much of the work will have to be scaled back, if not stopped entirely,” Welch told CNN.

NOAA’s responsibilities are vast, but its ocean observation efforts are among the most crucial. Several scientists warned that the layoffs come at a dangerous time, as the world’s oceans undergo dramatic and poorly understood changes. These shifts have significant consequences for marine ecosystems, human populations, and the global economy.

In 2023 and 2024, global ocean temperatures broke heat records for an unprecedented 450 consecutive days. This extreme warming fueled stronger hurricanes, accelerated sea-level rise, devastated coral reefs, and led to mass marine life die-offs. Meanwhile, a key system of ocean currents is showing signs of instability, raising concerns about a potential collapse that could trigger drastic weather changes across the Northern Hemisphere.

The role NOAA plays in ocean science cannot be overstated. “If you’ve been to the ocean or experienced weather, NOAA has impacted you in some way,” said Tom Di Liberto, a climate scientist and former NOAA public affairs specialist who was also laid off in February.

NOAA’s extensive ocean monitoring system—consisting of satellites, research vessels, and robotic buoys—supplies real-time data for weather forecasts and ocean predictions. This information not only helps anticipate waves and tides but also supports long-term projections for critical issues such as reservoir water levels, snowpack, and hurricane activity.

The agency’s data, freely available to the public, is widely used by industries. With fewer experts available, the quality of these widely relied-upon services could deteriorate.

NOAA’s research also feeds into climate models that help scientists answer pressing questions, such as how much sea levels will rise over the next 50 years, how weather patterns will change, and what shifts will occur in agricultural production. “Scattershot” firings have now “created holes all over NOAA,” said Sarah Cooley, the former head of the agency’s ocean acidification program, warning that the risks could be severe.

The White House defended the layoffs, stating that “an extensive process was conducted to ensure that mission-critical functions to fulfill NOAA’s statutory responsibilities weren’t compromised.”

However, many experts worry that losing NOAA personnel could impact human safety. Warmer oceans lead to stronger storms, and without accurate predictions of storm intensity and landfall locations, more people could be at risk.

Another concern is the growing frequency of vibrio blooms—dangerous bacteria in seawater that can cause severe infections through cuts or contaminated shellfish. Without NOAA’s ability to track conditions that lead to these outbreaks, coastal populations and seafood consumers face higher health risks.

“What we’re talking about here is a wholesale decrease in NOAA’s ability to support communities,” Cooley emphasized.

Another major issue is the potential impact on NOAA’s ability to track and analyze El Niño and La Niña events. These natural climate cycles, which originate in the Pacific Ocean, significantly influence global weather patterns.

Other nations, such as Japan and Peru, also monitor these patterns, but the U.S. has long played a leading role in predicting them. NOAA’s forecasts “can literally move global markets,” Di Liberto said. He fears the layoffs will weaken international efforts to determine how climate change is affecting El Niño and La Niña, a question with profound implications for seasonal weather conditions worldwide.

NOAA’s work is also vital for the fishing industry. The United States boasts some of the most well-managed fisheries in the world, largely due to NOAA’s guidance. The agency provides data that helps the fishing industry optimize harvests while ensuring long-term sustainability.

The full consequences of the mass layoffs are not yet clear, but experts warn the first major test could come with an extreme weather event, such as a hurricane. “When you stress a system during extremes, that’s when things can break,” Di Liberto said.

One certainty, however, is that climate change-driven disasters affecting oceans and U.S. coastlines will only increase in the coming years.

A longer-term consequence of the layoffs is the loss of young scientists early in their careers. Allison Cluett, a research physical scientist at NOAA, was part of a team studying Pacific Ocean changes to assist fisheries in making informed long-term decisions. She described the layoffs as “heartbreaking,” saying, “The next generation of federal workers was just erased.”

The dismissal of young ocean scientists is a particularly damaging blow, given the growing economic opportunities tied to the ocean economy—including seafood, shipping, and renewable energy. Douglas McCauley, a professor of ocean science at the University of California, Santa Barbara, pointed out that many of these scientists could have taken lucrative private-sector jobs but instead chose NOAA because of their passion for marine research.

“By treating these scientists as if they are deadbeats, we risk losing them forever,” McCauley said. He warned that this could significantly hinder the U.S.’s ability to capitalize on the multitrillion-dollar ocean economy and maintain its status as a global leader in ocean research.

Meanwhile, other countries may take advantage of the U.S.’s weakened position in marine science. China, for example, is ramping up investments in ocean research. “Data is power, and that’s the same in the ocean as it is in any other domain,” McCauley said. “With these cuts and this downsizing, we’re ceding that power.”

NASA Astronauts Suni Williams and Butch Wilmore Conclude Extended Stay in Space Amid Health Concerns

On March 14, what was initially planned as a short mission of just over a week stretched to an extensive nine-month stay in space. NASA astronauts Suni Williams and Butch Wilmore were originally assigned to the first crewed test flight on Boeing’s Starliner and were scheduled to remain at the International Space Station (ISS) for only ten days. However, when NASA detected several helium leaks and propulsion system issues with the spacecraft, it made the decision to send the capsule back without its crew. Consequently, the astronauts had to remain aboard the ISS until another mission could bring them back.

This situation is far from being a mere administrative inconvenience, akin to a low-gravity version of The Terminal. The impact of space on human health can be profound and potentially detrimental. For Williams and Wilmore, their extended stay at the ISS may have led to significant physiological effects.

The process of launching into space involves enduring g-forces more than twice what humans experience on Earth. Former NASA astronaut Dr. Sandy Magnus once likened the sensation to having a “70-pound gorilla sitting on your chest.” However, that is the last sensation of gravity astronauts feel until they reenter Earth’s atmosphere at the end of their mission. Once in orbit, they spend the remainder of their time weightless, floating in their seats.

The absence of gravity, though, is just one of the many ways space alters the human body. Astronauts have reported everything from deteriorating eyesight and genetic changes to skin rashes upon arrival. Some have even noted an unfamiliar sensation with fabric touching their bodies.

“In general, the environment in space causes an accelerated model for disease, and what we kind of say is an accelerated model for aging,” explained Dr. Afshin Beheshti, director of the Center for Space Biomedicine at the University of Pittsburgh. “But you don’t age faster, it’s just that all of the things associated with aging, like cardiovascular risk or cognitive issues… Everything is kind of sped up in space because of that environment.”

This week, four astronauts launched toward the ISS, where they will facilitate the return of Williams and Wilmore. Their extended stay places them among a small group of astronauts—just eight others—who have spent more than 200 days in space. NASA astronaut Frank Rubio holds the record with 371 days. Given the well-documented effects of prolonged space travel on the human body, it will take time for Williams and Wilmore to recover.

“When we get back, even to lift a pencil we will feel the weight,” Wilmore stated in a CNN interview last month. “That’s the transition back.”

One major reason for this difficulty is that gravity on Earth constantly acts upon the skeleton, prompting bone-building cells called osteoblasts to maintain bone density. Without gravity, bones weaken, losing approximately 1% of their density for every month spent in space without countermeasures. Similarly, muscles atrophy from disuse.

Despite daily exercise routines aimed at mitigating these effects, Williams and Wilmore will likely experience significant bone loss. Upon their return, they will be met by medical teams to initiate a 45-day post-mission recovery program, according to NASA’s Lead Flight Surgeon Dr. Stevan Gilmore.

“They work closely with trainers, dedicating two hours each day to return to their pre-flight baseline state of health and fitness,” Gilmore wrote in an email to Salon. “Generally, most crewmembers’ physiological systems recover within this timeframe.”

For comparison, NASA astronaut Scott Kelly, who spent one year in space, had to relearn how to walk after returning, Beheshti noted.

The Cool Down

“Being a year in space like that, it definitely takes a while for them to recoup the damage done,” Beheshti told Salon in a phone interview.

Kelly participated in NASA’s Twin Study, in which biomarkers from his body were compared to those of his twin brother, Sen. Mark Kelly, who remained on Earth. The results showed that Scott Kelly exhibited more signs of heart disease post-flight and developed Spaceflight Associated Neuro-ocular Syndrome (SANS). This condition arises when blood and cerebrospinal fluid shift upwards due to the absence of gravity, affecting both the brain and vision.

“He wasn’t wearing glasses before he went, but he came back and started wearing glasses,” Beheshti remarked.

Disruptions to the body’s internal clock also impact astronauts’ sleep and eating cycles. Some research indicates that spaceflight slows cognitive processing speeds, though performance returns to normal upon returning to Earth. Interestingly, some astronauts show improved cognitive focus while in space.

“Sometimes people actually perform better in space, and they’re even more focused, in a way,” said Dr. Chris Mason, a professor of physiology and biophysics at Weill Cornell Medicine. “But sometimes people get a little slower. It really depends on the crew member.”

Radiation is another significant concern in space. Without Earth’s ozone layer for protection, astronauts are exposed to radiation levels equivalent to a year’s worth of exposure on Earth for each week spent on the ISS. The severity of exposure depends on solar flares and cosmic rays.

This radiation exposure can disrupt cellular mitochondrial function, leading to broader health consequences.

“The mitochondria is your bioenergetics, so your energy in your body is produced by all of the mitochondria in your cells,” Beheshti explained. “When the bioenergetics are damaged, you can imagine that it has detrimental effects… impacting your immune system and circadian rhythm.”

Radiation exposure at these levels is associated with an increased risk of heart disease, cancer, and degenerative eye disorders. Studies tracking astronauts have identified changes in immune system function due to radiation and weightlessness.

A 2024 study in Communications Biology, led by Mason, found that astronauts in space had longer telomeres—DNA-protecting structures at the ends of chromosomes. While longer telomeres are generally associated with youth, they are also linked to cancer risks.

Mason’s study also found that space travel activates several genes involved in immune responses, likely as an adaptive reaction to the body’s stress.

“There are also anti-inflammatory markers called interleukins which get activated, and we’ve seen some of them in almost every mission, so we would expect that they would also have them here,” Mason said. “We see a lot of genes for DNA repair get activated, like the body is detecting some of the damage and then repairing that damage, which is a normal adaptive response.”

While most of these cellular changes revert within weeks of returning to Earth, recovery rates vary. About 90% of the gene changes Scott Kelly experienced returned to normal within six months, and telomere alterations stabilized within days.

However, scientists continue to study ways to reduce astronauts’ health risks. Radiation remains a major challenge, as high-energy particles can break DNA strands. Research efforts are exploring small molecules that might improve radiation resistance, with potential benefits for both astronauts and cancer patients undergoing radiation therapy.

Some researchers are investigating whether induced “artificial hibernation” could mitigate radiation’s harmful effects. Recent studies on animals suggest that entering a hibernation-like state reduces the damage caused by radiation.

“When there’s radiation damage caused to your body, you create reactive oxygen species, and that causes downstream things to impact your immune system… while also suppressing your mitochondria,” Beheshti explained. “But when your body shuts down in that hibernation state, like in these animals, those reactive oxygen species stop getting produced as much, and then there seems to be less damage caused by the radiation.”

With commercial space travel expanding and figures like Elon Musk advocating for missions to Mars, these concerns underscore the challenges of prolonged spaceflight. Human bodies, evolved over millions of years under Earth’s gravity and atmospheric conditions, face immense obstacles in space.

Although Williams and Wilmore trained extensively for this mission, their recovery will take time. Yet, they do not seem troubled by their extended stay.

“I think both of us will be a little bit sad when that feeling of space leaves us after about 24 hours,” Williams reflected in the CNN interview. “That means that physically the spaceflight came to an end.”

SpaceX Launches Crew-10, Paving the Way for Astronauts’ Return from Politically Charged Mission

SpaceX has successfully launched a team of astronauts to replace NASA’s Suni Williams and Butch Wilmore on the International Space Station (ISS), enabling the duo to finally return home. Their planned short mission turned into an extended nine-month stay, drawing political attention.

The Crew-10 mission, a routine rotation managed by NASA and SpaceX, lifted off at 7:03 p.m. ET on Friday from Florida’s Kennedy Space Center. A SpaceX Dragon capsule, mounted atop a Falcon 9 rocket, transported the four Crew-10 astronauts—NASA’s Anne McClain and Nichole Ayers, Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency’s Takuya Onishi, and Roscosmos cosmonaut Kirill Peskov—into orbit.

The new crew is scheduled to dock with the ISS around 11:30 p.m. ET on Saturday. Once aboard, they will spend a few days transitioning responsibilities with Williams, Wilmore, and their Crew-9 colleagues, NASA’s Nick Hague and Roscosmos’ Aleksandr Gorbunov.

Since September, the Crew-9 Dragon capsule has remained docked at the ISS. If all goes as planned, Williams, Wilmore, Hague, and Gorbunov will board the spacecraft and begin their journey back to Earth on March 19.

NASA initially planned for Crew-9 to return as soon as Sunday. However, their departure depends on Crew-10’s safe arrival. A scheduled Wednesday launch attempt was postponed due to SpaceX’s ground system issues, further delaying Crew-9’s return.

NASA had previously estimated a late March departure for Crew-9, but in an effort to expedite Williams and Wilmore’s return, SpaceX switched the Dragon capsule originally designated for Crew-10. While technical delays are common in spaceflight, this postponement has rekindled discussions about Williams and Wilmore being “stuck” or “stranded” in space—claims they strongly refute.

“That’s been the narrative from day one: stranded, abandoned, stuck—and I get it, we both get it,” Wilmore told CNN’s Anderson Cooper in February. “Help us change the narrative, let’s change it to: prepared and committed despite what you’ve been hearing. That’s what we prefer.”

Once Crew-10 takes over duties on the ISS, Crew-9 can undock and return to Earth, marking the final stage of Williams and Wilmore’s unexpectedly prolonged mission.

The situation has drawn political scrutiny, with SpaceX CEO Elon Musk and former President Donald Trump suggesting that the Biden administration abandoned the astronauts. However, Williams and Wilmore were aware since last summer that they would return with Crew-9 as part of standard staffing rotations.

During Friday’s launch webcast, NASA’s acting administrator, Janet Petro, mentioned speaking with Williams, Wilmore, and their crew last week.

She noted they likely have “mixed emotions.”

“Every time you get to go to space—which is what all astronauts want to do—you never know it might be your last time, because you might not be selected for another mission,” Petro explained. “So I bet they have mixed emotions leaving their colleagues up there at the space station. I’m sure they’re anxious to get home and put their feet on Earth and spend time with their family—but I think that they have enjoyed their time in space.”

Starliner’s Issues Led to Extended Stay

Williams and Wilmore’s extended mission stems from technical problems with Boeing’s Starliner capsule, which they piloted to the ISS in June during its inaugural crewed test flight. En route, they encountered propulsion malfunctions and helium leaks. These issues prompted NASA to extend their stay while teams assessed the spacecraft’s viability.

By last summer, NASA determined that returning Williams and Wilmore aboard Starliner was too risky. In August, the agency incorporated them into the ISS’s official crew rotation, ensuring their return with Crew-9.

Rather than launching a separate retrieval mission outside regular schedules—an operation that could have cost millions—NASA opted to integrate the astronauts into the standard rotation.

Steve Stich, NASA’s Commercial Crew Program manager, addressed this decision in August, stating, “It just didn’t make sense to go ahead and accelerate a (SpaceX) flight to return Butch and Suni earlier.” He also clarified, “NASA never considered that option”—referring to a dedicated SpaceX mission to bring them home separately.

Despite this, Musk claimed on X that SpaceX had offered to return the astronauts months earlier, but political reasons prevented it.

A former senior NASA official told CNN that no such offer was communicated to NASA leadership. Even if it had been, the agency was unlikely to approve it due to the high costs.

“If Musk had made the offer to someone outside NASA leadership,” the official noted, “I’m sure they would have responded and said, ‘Well, that would cost us several $100 million extra that we don’t have for a new Dragon capsule and Falcon 9.’”

Musk later said he bypassed NASA and presented the offer directly to the Biden White House, which allegedly “refused to allow it.”

It remains unclear why the White House would be involved in such a decision, as crew assignments and ISS operations are typically managed by NASA, not the executive branch. A former White House staffer declined to comment on the matter.

When asked about Musk’s claims, Sarah Walker, SpaceX’s director of Dragon mission management, stated she was not involved in those discussions.

“I’m grateful for the leaders in our nation in the spheres of politics and policy. My sphere is engineering,” Walker said. “What I do know from almost 15 years of working with this exact team, with commercial crew and ISS, is that NASA is always looking at multiple options—every option available for any operation that they may go do—and then many contingency options for when the unexpected inevitably happens.”

Astronauts Respond to Political Debate

Williams and Wilmore have consistently expressed that they are enjoying their time in space.

“This is my happy place,” Williams said in September. “I love being up here in space. It’s just fun. You know, every day you do something that’s work, quote, unquote, you can do it upside down. You can do it sideways, so it adds a little different perspective.”

They have also dismissed claims that they were abandoned.

While acknowledging the mission’s challenges, they have emphasized that they were well-prepared for an extended stay.

“We have plenty of clothes. We are well-fed,” Wilmore assured in January.

Williams added, “It’s just a great team and—no, it doesn’t feel like we’re castaways. Eventually, we want to go home because we left our families a little while ago, but we have a lot to do while we’re up here.”

Wilmore, however, fueled speculation about Musk’s claims in a March 4 news conference from the ISS.

“I can only say that Mr. Musk, what he says is absolutely factual,” Wilmore stated.

However, he clarified, “We have no information on (a deal SpaceX may have offered), though, whatsoever. What was offered, what was not offered, who was offered to, how that process went—that’s information that we simply don’t have.”

Crew-9’s Role in Bringing Williams and Wilmore Home

The SpaceX Dragon capsule designated for Williams and Wilmore’s return launched in September, carrying Hague and Gorbunov along with two empty seats for them.

Since then, the Crew-9 team has carried out routine ISS activities, including spacewalks, experiments, and maintenance. Williams even assumed command of the station.

Their return has always been dependent on Crew-10’s successful launch, as NASA insists on a transition period between crews to maintain station operations.

Returning Crew-9 before Crew-10’s arrival would have left only one U.S. astronaut, Don Pettit, aboard the ISS. Pettit traveled to the station in September on a Russian Soyuz spacecraft. Given that NASA operates the ISS in collaboration with Roscosmos, the European Space Agency, Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency, and the Canadian Space Agency, maintaining a steady U.S. presence is a priority.

Despite a looming government shutdown, NASA spokesperson Steve Siceloff confirmed that the Crew-10 mission remains unaffected, as it is classified as “mission critical.”

“You may see some changes to the broadcast channel if a shutdown does happen,” Siceloff explained regarding NASA TV. “It wouldn’t be a situation where there’s no signal, but you would just probably see less of it.”

Solar-Powered Water Purification Brings Clean Drinking Water to Rural Schools in India

In many developing nations, particularly in South Asia, a significant portion of the population resides in rural areas. The availability of clean drinking water in these regions, especially in rural schools, remains a major concern. Studies indicate that not only is there a scarcity of water, but the drinking water that is available in schools often contains harmful contaminants. High levels of coliform bacteria and dangerous chemicals such as arsenic and nitrates have been detected, which pose serious health risks. Consumption of such contaminated water can lead to thyroid disorders, cancer, skin ailments, kidney diseases, and numerous other health complications.

Drinking water with excessive coliform bacteria is particularly hazardous for children, as it can cause severe intestinal infections. These infections can result in illnesses such as diarrhea, typhoid, cholera, hepatitis A and E, and other waterborne diseases. The consequences extend beyond physical health, as prolonged intestinal infections can also impact mental well-being. Research suggests that such infections in children can contribute to long-term psychiatric disorders, further emphasizing the importance of providing safe drinking water in schools. This issue is particularly relevant in South Asia, where poverty and inadequate access to clean drinking water are widespread.

Solar Water Purification System Installed by NARI

To address this critical problem, the Nimbkar Agricultural Research Institute (NARI), a non-governmental organization based in Phaltan, Maharashtra, India, has developed an innovative clean drinking water technology (CDWT). This system has the capacity to provide 100-200 liters of purified water daily, sufficient to meet the drinking water needs of approximately 200 students in rural schools.

Two schools, one in Nandal village and another in Adarki village, both located in Phaltan Taluka, have been selected for the implementation of this technology. The CDWT systems, donated by NARI, have been operational in these schools for the past four to five months, functioning efficiently to provide students with access to clean drinking water.

Rainwater Harvesting and Solar Purification

The core of this water purification system lies in its ability to harvest rainwater and purify it using a specialized solar-powered purification process developed by NARI. Typically, rainwater runoff is utilized as grey water for non-drinking purposes, but this technology is pioneering its use for drinking. Rainwater, in its natural state, does not contain harmful chemicals like nitrates and arsenic, and if these contaminants are present, they are usually found in trace amounts. With proper purification, rainwater can serve as a safe and reliable source of drinking water.

The system collects rainwater from school rooftops using specially designed channels. The water then passes through filtration units before being stored in food-grade plastic tanks. After storage, the water undergoes additional filtration and solar thermal purification, which operates without the need for electricity. The size of the storage tanks is determined based on daily water consumption, the available rooftop area, and the region’s annual rainfall levels.

The development of this technology has been an ongoing process, spanning 10 to 15 years of research and experimentation. Various solar water heating techniques, filter materials, and purification strategies were tested to ensure optimal water quality. The solar thermal purification system was extensively evaluated over several years to collect data on its efficiency throughout different seasons.

One of the key findings of these trials was that even on completely overcast days, the system remains effective in eliminating coliform bacteria. This is achieved by ensuring that the temperature of stagnant water in the solar purification unit exceeds 45°C for at least three hours, a threshold sufficient to inactivate harmful E. coli bacteria. Tests conducted in Phaltan indicate that the system fails to reach this temperature on only three to five days per year, demonstrating its reliability in most conditions.

Regular testing of the purified drinking water at NARI’s laboratories has shown that the microbial E. coli count remains below 20 MPN, which is well within the standards set by the World Health Organization (WHO). This consistent performance confirms that the system is effectively providing safe drinking water to students.

Educational Benefits for Students

Beyond providing clean water, the CDWT system is designed to be interactive and educational. Students in both participating schools have had access to clean drinking water for several months, marking a significant improvement in their daily lives. The system is modular and simple enough to be operated by schoolchildren, making it an excellent educational tool.

A key objective of this initiative is to teach students about the principles of rainwater harvesting, solar energy, and water quality testing through hands-on learning. This approach aims to foster an interest in STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics) subjects among rural students, potentially inspiring them to pursue careers in these fields.

To facilitate this learning process, instructional materials have been developed in the local language. These materials cover topics such as solar energy utilization, water purification methods, and rainwater harvesting techniques. Teachers at the schools have been provided with these resources to integrate them into their lessons, ensuring that students gain valuable knowledge about sustainable water management.

Cost and Affordability of the System

One of the primary cost components of the CDWT system is the rainwater storage tanks, which account for approximately 60% of the total installation cost. The Indian government’s Jal Jeevan Mission, a national initiative aimed at providing clean drinking water to every rural household and public institution, including schools, could potentially cover this cost. If the government subsidizes the storage tanks, it would significantly enhance the affordability of this technology for rural schools.

The system is designed to have a lifespan of at least 10 years. Over this period, the cost of water production is estimated at Rs. 2.3 per liter, assuming a five-year loan repayment for the system. However, if the cost of the storage tanks is covered by the government, the cost of purified water reduces to Rs. 1.3 per liter. While this cost may be slightly higher than conventional water supply methods, the health benefits provided by this clean water system far outweigh the financial considerations.

By implementing this innovative solution, rural schools in India and other developing regions can address the persistent challenge of contaminated drinking water. The integration of solar-powered purification and rainwater harvesting not only ensures a sustainable water source but also promotes environmental awareness and scientific learning among students. With support from government initiatives and NGOs, such projects have the potential to significantly improve the health and educational outcomes for children in underprivileged communities.

NASA Delays Launch of SPHEREx and PUNCH Missions for Additional Rocket Checkouts

NASA’s latest space telescope, SPHEREx, designed to search for essential components of life in the Milky Way, and the sun-centered mission PUNCH will have to wait longer before launching together, according to the space agency.

Both missions were scheduled for liftoff on a SpaceX Falcon 9 rocket at 10:09 p.m. ET (7:09 PT) on Saturday from Vandenberg Space Force Base in California. However, NASA and SpaceX confirmed that mission teams had decided to postpone the launch attempt.

“The additional time will allow teams to continue rocket checkouts ahead of liftoff,” NASA stated in an update. “A new launch date will be announced once confirmed on the range.”

There are multiple launch windows available through April.

Originally, the launch window opened on February 28, but weather conditions and integration challenges emerged as engineers worked to attach both missions to the rocket and secure them within a protective fairing. These issues caused delays, said Julianna Scheiman, director of NASA Science Missions at SpaceX.

Although SPHEREx and PUNCH have distinct scientific objectives, launching them together reduces costs while enabling more scientific research in space, explained Dr. Nicky Fox, associate administrator for NASA’s Science Mission Directorate. Additionally, the missions are heading to similar destinations: a sun-synchronous orbit around Earth’s poles. This orbit ensures that each spacecraft maintains the same orientation relative to the sun throughout the year.

SPHEREx, or the Spectro-Photometer for the History of the Universe, Epoch of Reionization and Ices Explorer, aims to explore the evolution of the universe and trace the origins of the fundamental ingredients necessary for life.

PUNCH, or Polarimeter to Unify the Corona and Heliosphere, will focus on studying how the sun influences the solar system. The mission will examine the sun’s hot outer atmosphere, known as the corona, and analyze solar wind, which consists of energized particles constantly streaming from the sun.

Both missions are expected to uncover new and previously unseen details about the solar system and the broader galaxy.

“These missions cover the full breadth of the science that NASA does every day,” said Dr. Mark Clampin, acting deputy associate administrator of NASA’s Science Mission Directorate. “PUNCH … will study the sun in great detail, whereas SPHEREx is a survey mission that will scan the full sky and will observe hundreds of millions of stars. So every minute of the day, NASA science missions are exploring the universe at different scales to really help us understand the universe we live in and understand the sun that keeps our planet alive.”

Tracing the Ingredients for Life

After launch, SPHEREx will spend just over two years in orbit around Earth at an altitude of 404 miles (650 kilometers), gathering data on more than 450 million galaxies. It will also study over 100 million stars within our galaxy.

Mapping the locations of galaxies will provide insights into inflation, the rapid expansion of the universe that occurred almost instantly after the big bang, expanding the cosmos by a factor of a trillion-trillionfold.

The observatory will create a comprehensive map of the sky using 102 colors of infrared light, which are invisible to the human eye but ideal for studying stars and galaxies. By splitting infrared light into different wavelengths, much like a prism, SPHEREx will allow scientists to identify the chemical makeup of celestial objects.

“We are the first mission to look at the whole sky in so many colors,” said Jamie Bock, SPHEREx principal investigator at NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory and the California Institute of Technology in Pasadena, California. “Whenever astronomers look at the sky in a new way, we can expect discoveries.”

SPHEREx will also measure the total light emitted by all galaxies, including those too faint or distant to be seen by other telescopes. This will provide a comprehensive picture of all significant sources of light throughout the universe.

A key goal of SPHEREx is to locate evidence of water, carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, and other essential life-supporting compounds frozen in interstellar gas and dust clouds.

Astronomers are particularly interested in studying molecular clouds—vast regions of gas and dust—where new stars form. These newly formed stars are likely surrounded by material disks, which eventually shape planets. Scientists theorize that ice attached to tiny dust grains contains the majority of the universe’s water and may have played a role in forming Earth’s oceans.

Identifying the locations and abundance of life’s essential ingredients in our galaxy will help researchers understand how they are incorporated into emerging planets.

SPHEREx will function as a complementary tool to the James Webb Space Telescope. Unlike Webb, which focuses on small areas in great detail, SPHEREx is designed to rapidly scan large sections of the sky. By combining data from both telescopes, scientists can link broad observations to finer details. If SPHEREx detects something of interest, more powerful telescopes like Webb or Hubble can examine it closely.

Unlocking the Mysteries of the Sun

PUNCH consists of four small, suitcase-sized satellites that will orbit Earth for two years, studying the sun and its heliosphere, a vast region of magnetic fields and particles extending well beyond Pluto’s orbit.

Each of the four spacecraft carries a camera that collectively functions as a synchronized instrument with a nearly uninterrupted view of the sun. These cameras are equipped with polarizing filters, similar to those in polarized sunglasses, allowing them to map the corona’s features and track solar activity across the solar system.

By working together, the satellites will create three-dimensional global observations of how the sun’s outer atmosphere transitions into solar wind. This will provide scientists with a better understanding of the mechanisms behind this process. PUNCH will also analyze how the corona and solar wind interact with the rest of the solar system. It will be the first mission to image both phenomena together.

Solar wind and solar storms play a crucial role in shaping space weather, which impacts Earth. While they can create stunning auroras near the poles, they also have the potential to disrupt satellite communications and cause power grid failures.

The data collected by PUNCH will improve scientists’ ability to predict space weather by helping them understand how solar storms develop and evolve. The mission is launching at a particularly significant time, as the sun is nearing its solar maximum—a peak in its 11-year activity cycle—when an increase in solar flares and storms is expected.

“What we hope PUNCH will bring to humanity is the ability to really see, for the first time, where we live inside the solar wind itself,” said Craig DeForest, principal investigator for PUNCH at Southwest Research Institute’s Solar System Science and Exploration Division in Boulder, Colorado.

Like SPHEREx and the James Webb Space Telescope, PUNCH will collaborate with NASA’s Parker Solar Probe, which launched in 2018 and recently completed its closest-ever approach to the sun. Together, these missions will provide both close-up and large-scale views of solar activity.

“PUNCH is the latest heliophysics addition to the NASA fleet that delivers groundbreaking science every second of every day,” said Joe Westlake, director of NASA’s heliophysics division. “Launching this mission as a rideshare bolsters its value to the nation by optimizing every pound of launch capacity to maximize the scientific return for the cost of a single launch.”

Could Alpha Centauri Be Sending Interstellar Objects to Our Solar System?

Interstellar objects, like the famous ‘Oumuamua, have passed through our Solar System before, but their exact origins remain a mystery. Some may have come from nearby star systems, others from more distant regions, and some could even originate from completely different galaxies.

Unfortunately, tracking ‘Oumuamua for further study is no longer an option. Its highly eccentric orbit has carried it too far from our reach, making it impossible for any spacecraft to catch up or any telescope to observe it. However, scientists don’t need to rely solely on large interstellar visitors—tiny particles from another star system may already be present in our Solar System, providing an opportunity for study.

The nearest stellar system to us is Alpha Centauri, a triple star system that is gradually moving closer to our Solar System. Traveling at a speed of approximately 79,000 kilometers per hour (about 49,709 miles per hour), it will reach its closest point to us in roughly 27,700 years. Given this movement, researchers Cole Gregg and Paul Wiegert from the University of Western Ontario sought to determine whether objects from Alpha Centauri might have already made their way to us and whether more could arrive in the future.

“A small number [less than 10 meteors] may currently be entering Earth’s atmosphere every year,” Gregg and Wiegert stated in a study that is set to be published in the Planetary Science Journal, “[and] is expected to increase as Alpha Centauri approaches.”

At around 5 billion years old, Alpha Centauri is a mature star system. Because of its age, most of the material from its protoplanetary disk has likely dispersed, meaning it is not expected to eject much debris into space. However, it is still possible that some material from Alpha Centauri exists in our Solar System, perhaps in the asteroid belt or the distant Oort cloud. The presence of multiple stars and planets in the system increases the likelihood that material has been scattered. Additionally, planets may orbit the system’s three stars, although none have been confirmed so far.

To explore whether Alpha Centauri could still be expelling material, the researchers used existing models that describe how star systems typically eject debris. These models suggest that, while only a small number of Alpha Centauri objects may reach Earth each year, there could already be as many as a million objects from the system—each over 100 meters in diameter—lurking in the Oort cloud. Even smaller particles may also be present.

However, detecting these objects presents a major challenge. The Oort cloud lies at the outer edge of the Solar System, making direct observation extremely difficult. But despite these challenges, detection is not entirely impossible. NASA’s New Horizons mission is equipped with a dust detector that has been gathering data on particles in the Kuiper Belt—remnants from the formation of our Solar System. Since the Oort cloud is even farther away, New Horizons could potentially extend its mission long enough to search for signs of material from Alpha Centauri, provided it has enough fuel to continue operating.

That being said, the existence of Alpha Centauri-originated objects in the Oort cloud remains uncertain. There is also the question of whether smaller particles from Alpha Centauri could even survive the journey to our Solar System. These particles might be deflected by magnetic fields, lose speed due to drag in the interstellar medium, or be destroyed by high-speed gas atoms or collisions with other particles.

If any particles from Alpha Centauri do manage to reach the inner Solar System, they would experience a significant increase in velocity due to the Sun’s gravitational pull. Hypothetically, interstellar comets could also bring additional material—if Alpha Centauri ejects as many comets as our Solar System does. However, these comets would be extremely difficult to observe, and whether they can be detected remains an open question.

“A thorough understanding of the mechanisms by which material could be transferred from Alpha Centauri to the Solar System not only deepens our knowledge of interstellar transport,” the researchers wrote in their study, “but also opens new pathways for exploring the interconnectedness of stellar systems and the potential for material exchange across the galaxy.”

Australia: The Fastest-Moving Continent on Earth

Australia is constantly evolving, not just in terms of events and developments across the country but also in a more literal sense. The continent is gradually shifting northward at a steady rate of approximately seven centimeters per year, making it the fastest-moving continent on the planet. If this movement continues, Australia will eventually collide with Southeast Asia. However, there is no immediate cause for concern, as this event is projected to take place in the very distant future.

Although Australia is the smallest continent, it is considered the oldest, with portions of its crust dating back an estimated 4.4 billion years. Unlike other continents, Australia has remained geologically stable for hundreds of millions of years, meaning it has not undergone dramatic tectonic shifts. Despite this stability, the continent is still drifting at a faster rate than any other landmass. By comparison, Antarctica and Africa move northward at a much slower pace of 1.5 to 2.5 centimeters per year, while both North and South America shift westward at a rate of two to four centimeters annually.

Australia’s movement is driven by the shifting of the Indo-Australian tectonic plate, the massive plate on which the continent rests. Like all tectonic plates, it is influenced by convection currents within the Earth’s mantle and the pressure exerted by the Indian Ocean Ridge, a vast underwater mountain range. These forces work together to propel Australia forward at an unmatched speed.

While seven centimeters per year may seem insignificant, it is enough to impact Australia’s geographic positioning and GPS coordinates. In 2016, discrepancies in coordinates led to Australia being approximately 1.5 meters off from its actual location. This inaccuracy prompted a significant update on January 1, 2017, when the country’s entire GPS system was adjusted 1.8 meters northward. This was the first major update since 1994. Although such discrepancies have little impact on everyday navigation using Google Maps, precise positioning will become increasingly critical with the advancement of technologies such as self-driving cars.

But what about the possibility of Australia colliding with Asia? While this scenario is theoretically possible, it remains far beyond the scope of the present or even the near future. At its current rate of movement, Australia will not reach Asia for hundreds of millions of years. So, there is no need for concern—at least not in our lifetimes.

Euclid Telescope Discovers Rare Einstein Ring Around Nearby Galaxy

The European Space Agency’s Euclid space telescope has identified a rare luminous halo encircling a neighboring galaxy, astronomers announced on Monday.

This glowing formation, known as an Einstein ring, surrounds a galaxy located 590 million light-years away—relatively close by cosmic standards. To put this into perspective, a light-year equals 5.8 trillion miles.

Despite being aware of this galaxy for over a century, astronomers were astonished when Euclid’s observations unveiled the brilliant circular structure. The discovery was detailed in the journal Astronomy and Astrophysics.

An Einstein ring results from the bending of light emitted by a much more distant galaxy, which in this case has formed a near-perfect circle around a foreground galaxy in the Draco constellation. The distant galaxy responsible for producing the ring lies over 4 billion light-years away.

This phenomenon occurs due to gravitational lensing, where the gravitational field of the foreground galaxy distorts the light from the background galaxy. The effect is named after Albert Einstein, whose theory of general relativity predicted this bending of light.

“All strong lenses are special, because they’re so rare, and they’re incredibly useful scientifically. This one is particularly special, because it’s so close to Earth and the alignment makes it very beautiful,” remarked Conor O’Riordan, the study’s lead author from Germany’s Max Planck Institute for Astrophysics.

Euclid was launched from Florida in 2023, with NASA contributing to its mission, which aims to investigate the presence of dark energy and dark matter across the universe.

Scientists and Researchers Scramble to Preserve Public Health Data Amid Website Shutdowns

Scientists, researchers, and private health organizations rushed to save federal public health data and guidelines last week after learning that the Trump administration intended to take down federal agency websites.

Many individuals have transferred this data to personal websites or Substack accounts, while others are still determining how to manage the information they have gathered.

These archivists, many of whom remain anonymous, now face the daunting challenge of coordinating their efforts to assess how much information has been preserved and to reestablish a centralized network of websites for public access.

“The deletion of information or just the threat of it should make us uneasy,” stated Candace St. John, who is collaborating with AltCDC, a collective of public health workers committed to data preservation. “It’s something that is really going to undermine a lot of communities across the nation.”

St. John, who describes herself as a “liaison” connecting health workers and tracking saved data, emphasized that federal public health data is particularly crucial in rural areas that lack their own health departments, unlike urban centers.

“We rely on these data sets to make important decisions up and down,” she said.

Following President Trump’s executive orders targeting “gender ideology” and diversity, equity, and inclusion efforts, federal health agencies began removing related content from their websites.

The scale of the impact has been significant. Since last Friday, more than 80,000 pages from over a dozen U.S. government websites have been taken down, according to an analysis by The New York Times. Among the removed materials are Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) resources on HIV and sexually transmitted infections (STIs) prevention and tracking, as well as guidelines for birth control and gender-affirming care. The National Institutes of Health (NIH) Office of Research on Women’s Health website has also been taken down.

Although some of these resources have been reinstated, such as the CDC’s Atlas Tool used for tracking HIV and STIs, they appear to lack the depth they previously had.

Confusion and concern over the deletions intensified when media reports suggested that even more government websites might be shut down as part of an effort to erase mentions of diversity. However, the Office of Personnel Management dismissed these claims as “false rumors.”

On Thursday night, virologist Angie Rasmussen received a call from a reporter inquiring whether she had heard that the Trump administration planned to delete the CDC website. Unaware of this, she immediately informed colleagues and took action.

“I immediately went to the data I would need and started downloading,” she said.

Using archive.org, she saved as much of the CDC’s website as possible. She then connected with Michigan-based data analyst Charles Gaba, who successfully downloaded the agency’s entire website. Gaba has since shared some of this information on a website he has maintained for years.

Others took similar steps. Reproductive health writer and activist Jessica Valenti created a website on her Substack containing CDC data on sexual health, contraception, and LGBTQ youth, which she managed to download before the webpage was removed. Her site also provides instructions for others to submit any deleted documents they have.

Some organizations have also joined the effort. The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists, for instance, has reposted CDC guidelines on its own website.

Despite these efforts, a vast amount of information appears to have disappeared overnight, and it remains uncertain how much has been lost.

Justin Gill, an urgent care nurse practitioner, relies on CDC guidelines when evaluating treatment options for patients. Last week, while discussing syphilis treatment with a colleague, he attempted to access the CDC’s STI treatment guidelines, only to find that the page had been removed.

“I was trying to look up guidelines because [I had] questions about first-line and second-line treatments … and that resource was completely gone,” he said.

Gill highlighted the significant consequences of federal public health data disappearing, noting that healthcare professionals nationwide, particularly those in remote areas, depend on CDC information for informed decision-making.

“The CDC was the gold standard for accurate, up-to-date health information, and it’s almost like, with great efficiency, it was turned into the laughing stock of health care resources,” he said.

While alternative sources exist for health guidelines, Gill pointed out that they frequently reference CDC data.

What made the CDC’s resources invaluable, he explained, was not only their accuracy but also their centralized nature, making them a convenient and reliable source for medical professionals.

Now, Gill warned, if doctors or nurses are unable to locate the necessary information on the CDC or NIH websites, they will be forced to search elsewhere, reducing the time they can dedicate to patient care.

Health professionals interviewed by The Hill expressed additional concerns about maintaining the accuracy of the information they are working to preserve. Public health data and corresponding guidelines require continuous updates to remain relevant.

Thus, while preserving existing data is vital, it does not entirely safeguard the public against emerging health threats, such as viral outbreaks.

In addition to removing information from websites, the Trump administration also directed federal health agencies to temporarily halt communications. As a result, the CDC ceased publishing its Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, a key source of new health-related data. Although the CDC resumed releasing the report earlier this week, other critical datasets, such as FluView, remain inaccessible.

Rasmussen underscored the importance of the CDC’s flu surveillance data, particularly in monitoring new disease developments. This information is especially crucial given the recent bird flu cases in the country, she noted.

“That puts all of us at risk because then you have a virus infection that is spreading uncontrollably in the population, and you’re not doing anything about it, and you’re not tracking it,” she said.

Scientists Monitor Asteroid 2024 YR4 Amid Slim Impact Possibility

Global planetary defense organizations are closely observing asteroid 2024 YR4, which carries a very small chance of colliding with Earth.

The European Space Agency (ESA) has stated that there is an almost 99% likelihood that the asteroid will pass safely by Earth on December 22, 2032. However, experts caution that a potential impact “cannot yet be entirely ruled out.” The current probability of collision is estimated at 1.3%.

Dr. Robert Massey of the Royal Astronomical Society expressed confidence that the risk remains minimal. “I’m not panicking or losing sleep over it,” he said. “There is no need for alarm. The thing about this kind of event is that historically they tend to go away when the calculations are refined.”

At the same time, Massey emphasized the importance of continued vigilance. “We need to be aware, alert, and we need to give astronomers the resources they need to track these kinds of threats so that we can take action as soon as possible.”

Discovery and Potential Impact

Asteroid 2024 YR4 was first identified on December 27, 2024. Initial calculations suggest it measures between 40 and 90 meters across. Were it to collide with Earth, it could unleash energy equivalent to a nuclear explosion, causing extensive destruction if the impact were to occur in a populated region.

Despite this, scientists believe it is far more likely that YR4 would land in an ocean or an uninhabited part of the planet if an impact were to occur. Given its current distance from Earth and existing uncertainties, pinpointing a potential impact location remains impossible at this stage.

Since early January, astronomers have been conducting further observations using telescopes to refine their calculations of the asteroid’s size and trajectory. Currently, YR4 has been classified as a level 3 threat on the Torino Impact Hazard Scale, which ranges from 0 to 10. This rating signifies “a close encounter that warrants attention from astronomers and the public.” In contrast, a collision is considered certain only if the rating reaches levels 8, 9, or 10, which correspond to increasing levels of expected damage.

Past Cases of Overestimated Risk

Astronomers stress that when asteroids are first assessed as having a small probability of striking Earth, the likelihood of impact usually drops to zero as further data is collected. A similar situation arose in 2004 when scientists initially calculated that an asteroid named Apophis had a 2.7% chance of colliding with Earth in 2029. Later observations, however, ruled out that possibility.

Under planetary defense protocols, any object with a diameter exceeding 50 meters and a greater than 1% chance of impacting Earth automatically triggers precautionary measures. These protocols ensure that even minor risks are closely observed, allowing authorities to take action if necessary.

Monitoring by International Agencies

The first step in such cases involves activating two key UN-backed asteroid monitoring organizations: the International Asteroid Warning Network (IAWN), which is chaired by NASA, and the Space Mission Planning Advisory Group (SMPAG), overseen by ESA.

SMPAG is currently holding discussions to determine the best course of action. The group has already concluded that it is too early to take immediate measures but affirmed that it would “monitor the evolution of impact threat and possible knowledge about the size closely.”

Another meeting to decide on future actions is scheduled for late April or early May. However, if new data suggests an increased threat, an earlier meeting may be convened.

If YR4’s probability of impact remains above the 1% threshold, SMPAG will provide recommendations to the United Nations and may begin evaluating possible intervention strategies.

Potential Deflection Strategies

In the unlikely scenario that asteroid 2024 YR4 is determined to be on a collision course with Earth, one viable option would be to divert its path using a robotic spacecraft. This method was successfully demonstrated in 2022 through NASA’s Double Asteroid Redirection Test (DART) mission, which altered the trajectory of an asteroid that was not on a collision course with Earth.

Dr. Massey pointed to the success of that mission as evidence that humanity has the capability to prevent such impacts—provided that threats are identified with sufficient lead time. “NASA’s DART mission showed that we have the means to divert an asteroid, but only if we spot it early enough,” he said.

Challenges in Tracking YR4’s Path

At present, asteroid YR4 is moving away from Earth in an almost linear trajectory, which makes it difficult to determine its exact orbit with precision. Scientists expect the asteroid to fade from view in the coming months, after which it will be monitored through both ground-based and space telescopes.

ESA has acknowledged the possibility that YR4 could become unobservable before scientists can definitively rule out the risk of impact in 2032. “It is possible that asteroid 2024 YR4 will fade from view before we are able to entirely rule out any chance of impact in 2032,” the agency stated. “In this case, the asteroid will likely remain on ESA’s risk list until it becomes observable again in 2028.”

For now, experts emphasize that while the situation warrants attention, there is no cause for immediate concern. As additional observations refine the asteroid’s trajectory, scientists expect the probability of an impact to decrease even further.

Researchers Explore the Hidden Histories of Submerged Civilizations in North and Baltic Seas

Between 8,000 and 6,000 BCE, the areas now known as the North and Baltic Seas were not submerged bodies of water but expansive plains that hosted ancient human civilizations. These thriving communities faced a dramatic transformation as the Ice Age ended, with rising sea levels submerging these low-lying regions and erasing much of their existence—though not entirely.

An ambitious research collaboration called SUBNORDICA aims to delve into these forgotten worlds. This partnership includes the University of Bradford’s Submerged Landscapes Research Centre in the U.K., the TNO Geological Survey of the Netherlands, Flanders Marine Institute, and the University of York. One focal point of their research is Doggerland, an area believed to have flourished in the North Sea region approximately 8,200 years ago.

“Twenty-thousand years ago, the global sea level was 130 metres lower than at present. With progressive global warming and sea-level rise, unique landscapes, home to human societies for millennia, disappeared,” explained Vincent Gaffney, leader of the Submerged Landscapes Research Centre, in a press statement. “We know almost nothing about the people who lived on these great plains. As Europe and the world approaches net zero, development of the coastal shelves is now a strategic priority. SUBNORDICA will use the latest technologies to explore these lands and support sustainable development.”

The tools and methods planned for this investigation include cutting-edge seabed mapping, computer simulations of lost settlements, and artificial intelligence (AI) technologies. Additional methods such as seismic and acoustic surveys and borehole analysis will also be employed. Earlier this year, the University of Bradford revealed plans to analyze data from magnetometer surveys, initially gathered for environmental assessments related to future green energy projects. Researchers noted that magnetic fields could help pinpoint specific features, such as “peat-forming areas…or where erosion has occurred, for example in river channels.”

Time is a critical factor in this exploration. Thousands of years ago, sea levels were significantly lower, leaving 7.7 million square miles of land above water. Of this, about 1.16 million square miles bordered Europe’s present-day coastline. These lands provided prime locations for prehistoric settlements, offering a wealth of natural resources and fertile landscapes.

Today, much of this area comprises the coastal shelf being developed for offshore wind farms as part of global efforts to combat climate change. While these green energy initiatives are essential, they pose a challenge to scientific research, as the infrastructure could limit access to these underwater sites. Projects like SUBNORDICA are racing against time to uncover the secrets of these submerged civilizations before the opportunity is lost.

“SUBNORDICA will investigate the significance of ancient coastlines and its resources for humans. Through diving surveys in Aarhus Bay [in Denmark], we will determine how widespread coastal settlements were compared to those in the interior and determine how marine resources were exploited 9000 to 8500 years ago,” said Peter Moe Astrup, an underwater archaeologist at Denmark’s Moesgaard Museum, in a press statement. “This knowledge will then be used to target archaeological investigations in less accessible areas.”

For the nations bordering the North Sea, the battle against rising waters is a longstanding challenge. The modern fight against climate change mirrors the struggles faced by prehistoric communities who also experienced rising temperatures that ultimately doomed their civilizations. Scientists hope that studying these ancient societies will provide valuable insights into how early humans adapted—or failed to adapt—to environmental changes.

By uncovering the stories of these submerged landscapes, researchers aim to bridge the gap between past and present, contributing to both scientific knowledge and sustainable development efforts. Through SUBNORDICA, the echoes of ancient civilizations that once thrived on these plains may finally come to light.

Study Reveals Hidden Vessel Activity and Urgent Need for Maritime Transparency

A recent study by Global Fishing Watch has revealed an enormous amount of previously untracked vessel activity at sea, underscoring the hidden dynamics of the world’s oceans. Spanning over 70% of the Earth’s surface, the ocean is vital to global trade, food supplies, and energy production. Yet much of its activity remains shrouded in mystery.

Using satellite imagery, vessel GPS data, and artificial intelligence, researchers have mapped industrial vessel movements and offshore energy infrastructure in unprecedented detail. Their findings expose significant gaps in public tracking systems, raising concerns about maritime transparency, environmental sustainability, and global security.

The Shadowy World of Dark Vessels

For years, governments and maritime organizations have depended on the Automatic Identification System (AIS) to track vessel movements. While AIS provides a valuable tool for monitoring registered ships, it has notable limitations.

Many countries do not mandate its use, and vessels engaging in illegal fishing, smuggling, or other illicit activities often disable their transponders to avoid detection. The study found that 72% to 76% of the world’s industrial fishing vessels remain untracked, revealing the scale of hidden fishing operations. Furthermore, 21% to 30% of transport and energy vessel activity also goes unmonitored, highlighting the extent of undisclosed industrial use of the ocean.

Regions of Concern

The study identified South Asia, Southeast Asia, and the northern and western coasts of Africa as areas with the most untracked activity. These regions, rich in marine biodiversity, are plagued by illegal fishing, overexploitation, and environmental degradation.

Without reliable tracking, it becomes increasingly difficult for governments and conservationists to enforce regulations, protect marine ecosystems, and monitor maritime security. Over a billion people rely on the ocean as their primary food source, and 260 million are employed by global marine fisheries. With 80% of global goods transported via ocean routes and nearly 30% of oil production occurring offshore, the lack of effective tracking allows illegal activities, including forced labor and human trafficking, to persist unchecked.

AI and Satellite Technology to the Rescue

To address the shortcomings of AIS, researchers utilized artificial intelligence and satellite imagery. By analyzing two petabytes of data from the European Space Agency’s Sentinel-1 satellites, deep learning models accurately detected and classified vessels.

Three deep convolutional neural networks were developed and trained to process satellite imagery and GPS data. These models achieved remarkable accuracy: over 97% for object detection, 98% for identifying offshore infrastructure, and 90% for distinguishing fishing vessels from other types.

Unveiling Hidden Vessel Activity

The dataset for this study was extensive, incorporating 67 million image tiles and 53 billion AIS positions. The high-resolution radar images enabled researchers to track industrial fishing vessels, tankers, and offshore infrastructure with clarity.

“Our satellite mapping revealed high densities of vessel activity in large areas of the ocean that previously showed little to no vessel activity by public tracking systems,” the researchers stated.

These revelations have transformed our understanding of global maritime activity. This advanced tracking system can help pinpoint illegal fishing hotspots, identify human rights violations, and enhance the enforcement of marine protected areas (MPAs).

Offshore Energy: Wind vs. Oil

Beyond vessel movements, the study also highlighted the rapid expansion of offshore energy infrastructure. By 2021, offshore wind turbines outnumbered oil platforms, signifying a shift toward renewable energy. Wind energy accounted for 48% of offshore structures, while oil installations represented 38%.

Despite this progress, oil-related vessel traffic remains dominant, with oil platforms generating five times more vessel activity than wind farms. While the transition to renewable energy is underway, oil continues to play a significant role in maritime operations.

Energy Infrastructure Growth

The study revealed that offshore wind farms are concentrated in northern Europe (52%) and China (45%), with China experiencing a 900% increase in offshore wind turbines between 2017 and 2021. Offshore oil platforms, meanwhile, are primarily located in the Gulf of Mexico, the Persian Gulf, and Southeast Asia, with the United States, Saudi Arabia, and Indonesia leading in installations.

The interaction between these energy infrastructures and existing maritime industries is complex. For example, trawlers avoid fishing within one kilometer of oil platforms to prevent net entanglement. However, other fishing activities increase near these structures, which often act as artificial reefs, attracting marine life.

Revolutionizing Maritime Surveillance

New AI-driven technologies promise to revolutionize real-time ship detection. The Rapid Earth Monitoring Information System (REMIS), developed in partnership with ESA and other organizations, offers real-time vessel tracking capabilities.

Traditional satellite monitoring involves lengthy processes of downlinking and analyzing data, often taking days. By the time authorities receive the information, dark vessels may have moved on. REMIS addresses this issue by pre-filtering images in space and prioritizing those containing ships.

“If we can already identify ships onboard and potentially even combine it with AI systems, we could mark dark vessels and prioritize the scenes containing ships or their locations,” said Maris Tali, a technical officer involved in the project.

This technology will prove invaluable for combating illegal fishing, preventing ship collisions, and managing maritime traffic during emergencies.

The Pandemic’s Impact on Fishing Activity

The study also examined how COVID-19 influenced maritime activity. Global fishing activity decreased by 12% in 2020 and has not returned to pre-pandemic levels. However, transport and energy-related vessel activity remained steady during the same period.

This decline in fishing is part of a broader trend. Since the 1980s, global marine fish catches have stagnated as many fisheries have reached sustainable limits. Meanwhile, offshore energy and maritime trade continue to grow, reshaping human interactions with the ocean.

Call for Greater Transparency

The findings underscore the urgent need for increased transparency in maritime activity. With three-quarters of industrial fishing operations hidden from public tracking, stricter regulations and better enforcement are essential.

AI-powered satellite monitoring and systems like REMIS offer powerful tools to combat illegal fishing and improve ocean governance. As human activity in the ocean expands, accountability, sustainability, and international cooperation are crucial.

By shedding light on the shadowy activities in the ocean, this study marks a significant step toward a more transparent and sustainable future.

Cape Verde Hotspot: A Hidden Force Behind the Formation of the Great Lakes

The discovery of a geological hotspot beneath the ancient supercontinent Pangaea has revolutionized our understanding of the Earth’s geological history. Research published in Geophysical Research Letters reveals that the Cape Verde hotspot, an active geological feature currently located in the Central Atlantic, played a significant role in shaping the Great Lakes region millions of years ago.

The Role of the Cape Verde Hotspot in the Great Lakes’ Formation

Hotspots are plumes of molten material rising from the Earth’s mantle. As these plumes interact with the Earth’s crust, they often create prominent geological features like volcanoes and large depressions. While the Earth’s tectonic plates move, hotspots remain stationary, leaving a trail of geological changes. The Cape Verde hotspot, situated near the Cape Verde Islands in the Atlantic Ocean today, is one such feature.

Millions of years ago, when the Earth’s continents formed the supercontinent Pangaea, the Cape Verde hotspot lay beneath the area that is now the Great Lakes. The hotspot’s heat caused the Earth’s crust to weaken and stretch, leading to the formation of a depression. This initial depression laid the groundwork for the Great Lakes’ eventual development. “The stretching and weakening of the Earth’s crust by the hotspot were instrumental in shaping the foundations of the Great Lakes,” explain researchers.

Glaciers and the Great Lakes

While the Cape Verde hotspot provided the foundation, the glacial movement during the last Ice Age completed the formation of the Great Lakes. Massive glaciers advanced across much of North America, scraping and reshaping the land. As they moved, these glaciers eroded the depression created by the hotspot and carved out even deeper basins.

When the ice sheets began to melt approximately 20,000 years ago, the meltwater filled these basins with freshwater. This process gave rise to the Great Lakes as we know them today. “The interplay between ancient geological forces and glaciation has created one of the most remarkable freshwater systems on Earth,” noted the study authors.

Evidence Linking the Cape Verde Hotspot to the Great Lakes

Recent research into the region’s seismic activity provided the strongest evidence of the Cape Verde hotspot’s influence on the Great Lakes. Scientists identified unusual seismic anomalies in the area, characterized by a phenomenon known as radial anisotropy. This occurs when seismic waves, generated by earthquakes or other activities, travel at different speeds depending on the direction through the Earth’s crust.

Radial anisotropy is often a sign of past deformation in the Earth’s lithosphere, which includes the crust and the upper mantle. “The seismic patterns beneath the Great Lakes point to significant lithospheric deformation, likely caused by the Cape Verde hotspot,” the study explains. By using plate reconstruction models, researchers linked these anomalies to the hotspot’s historical presence beneath the Great Lakes region.

Tracing the Movement of the Cape Verde Hotspot

The Cape Verde hotspot’s influence on the Great Lakes dates back nearly 300 million years when North America was part of Pangaea. As tectonic plates shifted over time, the hotspot traveled beneath regions that would become Lake Superior, Lake Huron, and Lake Erie. It continued to move westward, eventually reaching areas now known as New York and Maryland.

“This discovery not only highlights the hotspot’s role in shaping the Great Lakes but also provides a glimpse into the dynamic movement of tectonic plates over geological timescales,” remarked one of the lead researchers.

Expanding Research on Hotspots and Freshwater Lakes

The findings have opened new research avenues into how hotspots influence the formation of freshwater basins. Scientists are now exploring whether the Cape Verde hotspot’s impact extended into other parts of the Great Lakes region. They are also investigating whether a broader trend connects ancient hotspots with the formation of large lakes.

“If hotspots are indeed linked to the creation of significant freshwater basins, this could reshape how we understand the development of Earth’s surface features,” the researchers suggested. Studying ancient hotspots might reveal not only the origins of lakes like the Great Lakes but also broader patterns of Earth’s geological evolution.

Unraveling the Link Between Hotspots and Continental Movements

The connection between the Cape Verde hotspot and the Great Lakes provides critical insights into Earth’s geological processes. By tracing the movements of hotspots beneath ancient supercontinents, scientists gain a better understanding of how the Earth’s crust and mantle interact to form landscapes.

Additionally, studying ancient hotspots sheds light on tectonic plate movements and continental drift. These processes have shaped Earth’s surface over millions of years. “This research highlights the interplay of volcanism, tectonic shifts, and glaciation in forming one of Earth’s most significant freshwater systems,” said the study authors.

The Broader Implications of Hotspot Research

Further investigation into ancient hotspots may help uncover other regions where similar geological forces have influenced the landscape. Understanding how hotspots interact with tectonic plates and glaciers could illuminate new aspects of Earth’s history.

For the Great Lakes, the discovery underscores that their formation was not solely due to glacial activity but also influenced by ancient volcanism related to the Cape Verde hotspot. “This dual influence of hotspots and glaciation greatly enhances our understanding of the dynamic processes that shaped these massive geological features over time,” concluded the researchers.

The study’s findings remind us that Earth’s surface is shaped by a complex interplay of forces that operate over millions of years. From molten plumes deep within the Earth to massive glaciers on its surface, these forces converge to create landscapes that remain vital to life today.

By unraveling the mysteries of the Cape Verde hotspot, scientists have taken a significant step toward understanding the intricate processes that have shaped our planet’s surface.

ISRO Successfully Launches SpaDeX Mission, Paving Way for Advanced Space Technologies

The Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) achieved another milestone with the successful launch of the Space Docking Experiment (SpaDeX) mission on Monday, December 30, 2024. This mission marks a significant step in India’s space exploration capabilities, focusing on advanced technologies essential for spacecraft rendezvous and docking.

The mission was carried out using the PSLV C60 rocket, which lifted off from the first launchpad at the Satish Dhawan Space Centre in Sriharikota at 10 p.m. The rocket carried two small satellites, SDX01 (Chaser) and SDX02 (Target), along with 24 additional payloads. Approximately 15 minutes after the launch, the satellites, each weighing about 220 kg, were placed into a 475-km circular orbit, as planned.

“The rocket has placed the satellites in the right orbit, which is a 475-km circular orbit. The spacecraft’s solar panels have been deployed successfully. The two SpaDeX satellites have moved one behind another. Over time, this distance will increase by 20 km, and the rendezvous and docking process will begin. The docking process can happen in another week; the nominal time will be approximately January 7,” stated ISRO Chairman S. Somanath.

Aiming for Advanced Space Technologies

The SpaDeX mission is designed to demonstrate technologies for spacecraft rendezvous, docking, and undocking. These capabilities are critical for future space missions, including sending an Indian astronaut to the Moon, conducting sample return missions, and establishing the Indian Space Station. So far, only a select group of spacefaring nations have mastered such advanced techniques.

The mission’s objectives rely heavily on the precision of the PSLV C60 launch vehicle. According to ISRO, the demonstrated accuracy of the rocket will enable the Target and Chaser spacecraft to maintain a small relative velocity during their separation from the launch vehicle. This precise control is vital for the success of the docking process.

Step-by-Step Docking Procedure

ISRO explained that the Target spacecraft would use its propulsion system to gradually create a separation of 10-20 km from the Chaser spacecraft within the first day. “This incremental velocity will allow the Target spacecraft to build a 10-20 km inter-satellite separation with respect to the Chaser within a day. At this point, the relative velocity between the Target will be compensated using the propulsion system of the Target spacecraft,” ISRO clarified.

Once this drift arrest maneuver is complete, the Target and Chaser will share the same orbit, moving at identical velocities but separated by about 20 km. This stage is referred to as “Far Rendezvous.”

The Chaser will then approach the Target in a phased manner, gradually reducing the inter-satellite distance to 5 km, 1.5 km, 500 m, 225 m, 15 m, and finally 3 m. Ultimately, this sequence will result in the docking of the two spacecraft. “With a similar strategy of introducing and then compensating for a small relative velocity between the two spacecraft, the Chaser will approach the Target with progressively reduced inter-satellite distances, ultimately leading to the docking of the two spacecraft,” ISRO added.

Timeline for Docking

The docking operation is expected to occur between January 7 and 10, according to U.R. Rao Satellite Centre Director M. Sankaran. This timeline aligns with the mission’s nominal schedule, showcasing ISRO’s commitment to precision and technological excellence.

Additional Payloads Onboard

In addition to the SpaDeX mission, the PSLV C60 carried 24 PS4-Orbital Experiment Module (POEM-4) payloads. These payloads are part of ISRO’s broader objectives to advance space science and technology through innovative experiments.

The SpaDeX mission represents a leap forward for ISRO, placing India among the elite nations capable of performing complex spacecraft docking maneuvers. By mastering these advanced technologies, ISRO is paving the way for ambitious missions that will strengthen India’s presence in space exploration.

Breakthrough Study Links Consciousness to Quantum Mechanics in the Brain

A groundbreaking study involving anesthetized rats has bolstered the theory that tiny brain structures called microtubules play a central role in consciousness. Researchers believe these microscopic hollow tubes perform quantum-level operations, shedding new light on the elusive phenomenon of human consciousness.

The research, conducted at Wellesley College in Massachusetts, used isoflurane, an anesthetic that induces unconsciousness. The team treated one group of rats with microtubule-stabilizing drugs while leaving another group untreated. Their findings revealed that rats with stabilized microtubules retained consciousness longer, as evidenced by their ability to maintain their “righting reflex,” or normal posture. The results, published in the journal eNeuro in August 2024, mark a significant step toward confirming the role of quantum processes in the brain.

The origins of this quantum theory of consciousness date back to the 1990s when Nobel Prize-winning physicist Roger Penrose and anesthesiologist Stuart Hameroff proposed the “Orch OR” theory. Their research suggested that microtubules within neurons enable quantum computations, which give rise to consciousness. In their 1996 paper, they posited that consciousness operates like a quantum wave passing through these structures. This phenomenon, termed “objective reduction” by Penrose, describes how quantum computations collapse into measurable states, potentially generating moments of conscious awareness.

Penrose explained, “Each time a quantum-wave function collapses in this way in the brain, it gives rise to a moment of conscious experience.”

The implications of this theory are transformative. If consciousness is indeed rooted in quantum mechanics, it could mean that our awareness is not confined to the brain. Instead, it may connect to quantum particles across the universe, suggesting a form of universal entanglement. Such a possibility challenges traditional views of consciousness, opening the door to questions about its existence beyond individual brains.

Critics, however, have long questioned the feasibility of quantum effects in warm environments like the human brain, which operates at temperatures far higher than the near-absolute zero conditions required for quantum computers. Yet, accumulating evidence suggests that quantum processes may underpin life’s functions in plants and animals.

One notable example is photosynthesis. Plants, which thrive in warm environments, use quantum mechanics to convert light into energy efficiently. During this process, light particles, or photons, are transformed into excitons, which must navigate internal plant structures to reach the chloroplasts for photosynthesis. Researchers propose that plants leverage the quantum property of superposition—where particles exist in multiple states simultaneously—to find the most efficient paths for excitons.

Similarly, the human brain, with billions of neurons firing simultaneously, may utilize quantum entanglement, a phenomenon where particles remain connected over vast distances. Studies have demonstrated that altering one particle’s properties affects another, even when they are separated. An August 2024 study in Physics Review E suggested that myelin, a fatty substance insulating brain cell axons, provides an ideal environment for quantum entanglement, potentially enabling quantum operations that facilitate thought processes.

Supporting the idea of quantum consciousness, earlier studies demonstrated the resilience of quantum states in microtubules. Physicist and oncology professor Jack Tuszyński’s research involved ultraviolet photons creating quantum reactions within microtubules that lasted up to five nanoseconds—thousands of times longer than expected. Similarly, a University of Central Florida study found that microtubules could re-emit visible light for hundreds of milliseconds to seconds, enough time for brain functions to occur.

These observations reveal that neurons can operate at speeds sufficient for quantum-level processes. As a result, they provide critical evidence linking brain functions to quantum mechanics.

According to Wellesley College neuroscientist Mike Wiest, the implications of these findings extend beyond scientific theory. Wiest noted, “The mind as a quantum phenomenon would shape our thinking about a wide variety of related questions, such as whether coma patients or nonhuman animals are conscious.” He added that this research heralds a “new era in our understanding of what we are.”

Though still controversial, the Orch OR theory gains credibility as scientists uncover evidence of quantum phenomena in unexpected places. While quantum computers require freezing temperatures to function, biological systems like plants and potentially human brains may have evolved to perform similar operations in warmer environments. If proven, the quantum basis of consciousness could revolutionize neuroscience, medicine, and even our understanding of existence.

With each study, researchers inch closer to unraveling one of humanity’s greatest mysteries—what it means to be conscious. As Wiest emphasized, this research is not just about science but about redefining our place in the universe.

Reconstructing History through Archaeomagnetic Research: A New Approach to Understanding Ancient Military Campaigns

Understanding ancient history often requires more than just reading old texts or studying ruins. By combining archaeomagnetic research with traditional archaeology, scientists have gained new insights into the events described in the Hebrew Bible, particularly the military campaigns against the kingdoms of Israel and Judah from the 10th to the 6th centuries BCE. This interdisciplinary approach not only enriches our understanding of ancient history but also reshapes how we view Earth’s magnetic field and its fluctuations during that time.

The Hebrew Bible and other ancient Near Eastern texts describe numerous military campaigns by powerful neighbors, such as the Egyptians, Arameans, Assyrians, and Babylonians. While some destruction layers discovered by archaeologists can be confidently linked to specific historical events, many others remain uncertain. These unresolved cases have made it difficult to verify biblical narratives and reconstruct the true scale of these military campaigns.

To address these gaps in the historical record, a team of researchers from Tel Aviv University and the Hebrew University of Jerusalem has used archaeomagnetic techniques. Published in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, the study examines magnetic records preserved in burnt mud bricks and ceramics from 17 sites across Israel. By comparing the direction and intensity of the Earth’s magnetic field recorded during these ancient fires, the researchers were able to create a chronological framework to date destruction events. This method complements traditional radiocarbon dating and offers a new perspective on the timeline of ancient military conflicts.

When materials such as mud bricks and ceramics are subjected to intense heat, they preserve magnetic minerals that record the Earth’s magnetic field at the time of heating. This property allows scientists to track changes in the geomagnetic field over time. By combining decades of archaeological discoveries with historical inscriptions and biblical accounts, the researchers analyzed 21 destruction layers. Their findings not only confirmed certain key events but also challenged previously held assumptions about the timing of specific historical events.

One major breakthrough from this research involves the military campaigns of King Hazael of Aram-Damascus, a prominent figure in both biblical and historical records. Earlier studies had suggested that Hazael’s military campaign destroyed several sites, including Gath of the Philistines, Tel Rehov, Tel Zayit, and Horvat Tevet. By synchronizing the magnetic records from these locations, the researchers showed that all four sites were destroyed during the same campaign, around 830 BCE. This finding confirms the historical accounts of Hazael’s far-reaching conquests.

However, the findings also complicate earlier theories regarding the destruction of Tel Beth-Shean. Previously attributed to Hazael’s campaign, the magnetic data indicates that the destruction of this site occurred 70 to 100 years earlier, which corresponds with the military expeditions of Pharaoh Shoshenq of Egypt. This conclusion aligns with Egyptian inscriptions and biblical texts, offering a revised timeline for regional conflicts and reshaping the understanding of ancient military history.

The study also sheds new light on the fall of the Kingdom of Judah, one of the most debated events in biblical history. Archaeological evidence has long suggested that the Babylonian conquest of Judah in 586 BCE was not entirely complete, as some cities in the southern region remained untouched. The magnetic data supports this idea, revealing that while some sites in the Negev and surrounding areas survived the Babylonian conquest, they were later destroyed by the Edomites. This act of betrayal, as highlighted in biblical accounts, adds further depth to the historical understanding of Judah’s decline.

Prof. Erez Ben-Yosef, one of the study’s authors, explains, “The magnetic results support the hypothesis that the Babylonians were not the sole agents of Judah’s destruction. This challenges conventional views and underscores the complexity of the region’s history.” This observation not only challenges traditional views of Judah’s fall but also emphasizes the need to consider multiple factors when studying ancient history.

In addition to its contributions to archaeology, this research has broader implications for understanding Earth’s magnetic field. The Earth’s magnetic field, which plays a crucial role in protecting life from cosmic radiation, is generated by turbulent flows of liquid iron in the planet’s outer core. Geophysicists have long believed that the magnetic field changes slowly over time, but the findings from archaeomagnetic studies suggest otherwise. During the period studied, the magnetic field in the Southern Levant underwent unusually rapid shifts, with its intensity spiking to more than twice its current strength.

Prof. Ron Shaar, who led the geophysical analysis, emphasizes the importance of these discoveries, stating, “Our results show that the magnetic field is far less stable than previously thought. This knowledge is vital for understanding Earth’s core dynamics and refining geophysical models.” This finding highlights the significance of archaeomagnetic research not just for historical inquiry but also for advancing our understanding of Earth’s internal processes.

Israel’s wealth of well-dated archaeological sites has made it an ideal location for archaeomagnetic research. Over the past decade, researchers have reconstructed the region’s magnetic field using hundreds of artifacts, culminating in a continuous variation curve for the area. This curve not only aids in dating ancient materials but also provides insights into the dramatic changes in Earth’s magnetic field during antiquity.

Yoav Vaknin, the study’s lead author, notes the broader implications of the research, saying, “We’ve developed a scientific dating tool akin to radiocarbon dating, but based on magnetic field variations. This interdisciplinary approach allows us to confirm or challenge historical hypotheses with unprecedented precision.” This approach represents a powerful integration of multiple scientific disciplines, allowing researchers to test historical theories and build a more accurate understanding of the past.

The combination of archaeomagnetism, archaeology, and textual evidence demonstrates the power of interdisciplinary collaboration in reconstructing ancient history. The use of magnetic data to date destruction events and explore shifts in Earth’s geomagnetic field transforms the way we view ancient military campaigns and the natural environment of the time. As this research continues to develop, it will not only offer new insights into the ancient past but also help refine models of Earth’s core dynamics and geomagnetic history.

By refining these methods and exploring further applications, scientists are uncovering more than just the past—they are also providing new tools for understanding the dynamic processes that shape our planet. This innovative approach opens up exciting possibilities for both archaeological research and geophysical studies, further bridging the gap between history and science.

Indian Scientist’s Antibiotic Receives Historic USFDA Approval

In a groundbreaking achievement, Indian scientist Dr. Mukut Gohain, supported by Orchid Pharma in Chennai, has co-developed an innovative antibiotic, Enmetazobactam, which has received approval from the United States Food and Drug Administration (USFDA). This approval marks a historic milestone as it is the first antibiotic entirely developed in India to gain FDA clearance, concluding a 16-year journey of rigorous research and development.

Dr. Gohain, an accomplished researcher with a Ph.D. from NEIST, India, has extensive experience in pharmaceutical innovation. Currently serving as Principal Investigator and Head of Research & Development at CPT, he has been instrumental in pioneering affordable and effective industrial technologies for active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs). His career includes notable positions at Orchid Chemicals & Pharmaceuticals Ltd. and Sanmar Specialty Chemicals Ltd. Additionally, Dr. Gohain leads projects funded by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, focusing on life-saving drug technologies.

Among his many accomplishments, Dr. Gohain co-invented Enmetazobactam, a novel antibiotic aimed at tackling multi-drug-resistant gram-negative bacterial infections. His team’s efforts culminated in the approval of this breakthrough drug after successful Phase 3 clinical trials targeting urinary tract infections (UTIs). The medication had earlier earned Fast Track status from the FDA as a Qualified Infectious Disease Product (QIDP).

The recent European Medicines Agency (EMA) recommendation for Enmetazobactam further underscores its global significance. The drug, developed as a Beta Lactamase Inhibitor, addresses the critical issue of antimicrobial resistance (AMR), a growing global health threat.

To be marketed as Exblifep (Cefepime and Enmetazobactam), the antibiotic is authorized for injection in patients aged 18 and older. It is specifically designed to treat complicated urinary tract infections (cUTIs), including pyelonephritis, caused by microorganisms such as Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Proteus mirabilis, and Enterobacter cloacae complex.

The path to FDA approval was far from easy. The journey began in 2008 when Enmetazobactam was first discovered. Over the years, the team underwent extensive testing and data generation to meet the rigorous regulatory requirements of the FDA. The challenges faced and sacrifices made by the researchers underscore the dedication behind this groundbreaking achievement.

Reflecting on this success, Dr. Mukut Gohain expressed his pride in the team’s efforts. “This milestone is a testament to the perseverance and sacrifices of our research team,” he said. “It’s a significant moment for Indian innovation in the biotech and pharmaceutical sectors.”

The approval of Enmetazobactam by the USFDA also highlights the growing prominence of India in global drug discovery and development. Orchid Pharma’s achievement not only enhances India’s reputation as a hub for pharmaceutical innovation but also positions the country as a global leader in addressing critical healthcare challenges.

As Enmetazobactam prepares to make its mark on the global healthcare landscape, this milestone represents a new chapter in the fight against infectious diseases. By providing an effective treatment option for drug-resistant bacterial infections, the innovation has the potential to significantly improve patient outcomes worldwide.

James Webb Telescope Offers Stunning New Perspective on Sombrero Galaxy

The James Webb Space Telescope has unveiled an astonishing new view of the Sombrero galaxy, offering a fresh perspective on this iconic celestial neighbor. The latest image diverges significantly from the galaxy’s classic resemblance to a wide-brimmed Mexican hat, which earned it its distinctive name.

Captured using Webb’s Mid-Infrared Instrument (MIRI), the image highlights the galaxy’s smooth inner disk, a stark contrast to the luminous core typically visible in Hubble Space Telescope images. Unlike the visible light images that emphasize the glowing core and outer edges forming the “hat’s crown,” Webb’s infrared view makes the crown vanish. Instead, the galaxy appears more like a bull’s-eye, while a multitude of distant galaxies shimmer faintly in the background.

The Sombrero galaxy, formally known as Messier 104 (M104), lies approximately 30 million light-years from Earth in the Virgo constellation. Its discovery dates back to 1781, credited to French astronomer and comet hunter Pierre Méchain. He dedicated the finding to his colleague Charles Messier, who became renowned for cataloging celestial objects, including star clusters and nebulae.

Webb’s advanced capabilities stem from its ability to observe celestial phenomena through various wavelengths of infrared light. Infrared light, which is invisible to the human eye, reveals hidden aspects of the universe that are otherwise undetectable. The telescope’s high sensitivity allows scientists to uncover new details and phenomena, expanding our understanding of the cosmos.

Webb’s MIRI has exposed intricate details of Messier 104, including its outer ring. The imagery highlights how cosmic dust, a fundamental component in the formation of stars and planets, is distributed and structured within the galaxy. Earlier observations by NASA’s now-retired Spitzer Space Telescope portrayed the Sombrero galaxy’s outer ring as relatively smooth. In contrast, Webb’s latest observations reveal a complex, clumpy ring, suggesting the possible existence of stellar nurseries within this region.

These observations also point to the presence of carbon-based molecules, such as polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, within the dust ring. The discovery of these molecules further supports the idea that star formation could be occurring in the galaxy’s outer ring. Despite these indicators, the Sombrero galaxy remains relatively inactive in star formation compared to other galaxies.

For example, Messier 82, another galaxy of interest, generates stars at a rate ten times faster than the Sombrero galaxy. Scientists estimate that Messier 82 produces an extraordinary number of stars annually, far surpassing the 100 billion stars that populate the Milky Way. In comparison, the Sombrero galaxy’s rings create fewer than one solar mass of stars per year—a solar mass being equivalent to the mass of our sun. Meanwhile, the Milky Way achieves a slightly higher rate, forming approximately two solar masses of stars each year.

Adding to its unique profile, the Sombrero galaxy hosts a supermassive black hole at its center. This black hole, while active, is less dynamic compared to those found in other galaxies. It consumes material from Messier 104 at a slow pace, emitting a bright but relatively small jet of radiation.

Despite its quieter star-forming activity and less active black hole, the Sombrero galaxy is teeming with 2,000 globular clusters. These clusters are dense groups of hundreds of thousands of ancient stars, held together by gravitational forces. For astronomers, these clusters serve as ideal laboratories to compare stars of the same age but varying in mass and other properties, helping to refine models of stellar evolution.

Since its launch in December 2021, the James Webb Space Telescope has made groundbreaking contributions to astronomy. As it prepares to enter its fourth year of operations in July, scientists worldwide are competing for observation time. Webb’s unmatched capabilities are being harnessed to investigate exoplanets and their atmospheres, the lifecycle of stars, and the mysteries of distant galaxies.

Through its detailed view of the Sombrero galaxy, the Webb telescope continues to demonstrate its unparalleled ability to unveil the hidden intricacies of the universe, offering insights that were previously beyond human reach.

Foreign-Born Scientists Face Uncertainty Amid U.S. Visa Policy Changes

Foreign-born workers constitute approximately half of the doctoral-level scientists and engineers in the United States. Many of these professionals initially come to the U.S. under H-1B visas, which are granted to up to 85,000 highly skilled individuals annually. These visas allow recipients to work in the U.S. for a period of up to six years. However, policy changes under the Trump administration have raised concerns about the future of this critical workforce.

The incoming Trump administration has signaled its intention to tighten regulations around H-1B visas. Such restrictions could make it more difficult for U.S. universities, research institutions, and tech companies to recruit highly skilled international talent. Experts warn that the potential consequences might mirror what occurred in the United Kingdom after Brexit, which made it harder for European scientists to work there. Raymundo Báez-Mendoza, a scientist heading a lab at the Leibniz Institute for Primate Research in Göttingen, Germany, highlighted this parallel.

“A lot of countries in Europe benefited from Brexit, in the sense of capturing really amazing scientists that were working in Britain,” Báez-Mendoza observed. He emphasized that in the scientific community, “top talent is very mobile.”

Báez-Mendoza’s own career exemplifies this mobility. Born in Mexico City, he pursued a master’s degree in Tübingen, Germany, a Ph.D. at the University of Cambridge in the U.K., and worked as a postdoctoral researcher at Massachusetts General Hospital and Harvard under an H-1B visa before returning to Germany. His lab now includes scientists from five countries, including the U.S.

During Trump’s presidency, the administration moved quickly to fulfill its promises regarding visa restrictions. In 2017, months after taking office, Trump outlined his intentions during a speech at Snap-on Tools in Kenosha, Wisconsin. Speaking in front of a backdrop of red, white, and blue wrenches, Trump declared, “Widespread abuse in our immigration system is allowing American workers of all backgrounds to be replaced by workers brought in from other countries to fill the same job for sometimes less pay. This will stop.”

H-1B visas were a focal point of his speech, though it was later revealed that Snap-on itself employed workers under this program. Trump subsequently issued executive orders aimed at tightening H-1B visa regulations and, in 2020, suspended new H-1B and other temporary work visas.

The implications of these measures have been far-reaching, leaving a lasting impression on many international scientists. Among them is Leili Mortazavi, a brain scientist from Iran who is currently completing her doctoral studies at Stanford University. Reflecting on her experience, Mortazavi said, “I really like Stanford, people here are great, the resources [are] amazing. But I would have to see what kinds of changes happen under Trump.”

Mortazavi almost lost the opportunity to study at Stanford due to an executive order issued in early 2017, commonly referred to as the “Muslim ban.” This order temporarily closed U.S. borders to individuals holding Iranian passports. Fortunately, Mortazavi obtained a Canadian passport just in time to avoid the ban’s effects. Later, during the COVID-19 pandemic, Trump proposed a policy that could have deported international students attending virtual classes.

“There was talk about asking all the international students to go back home, which was a very, very stressful time,” Mortazavi recalled. “Luckily it didn’t go through, but I still remember that very, very vividly.”

As a new Trump administration looms, Mortazavi remains concerned about her ability to secure a U.S. visa for work. Her apprehension is compounded by the return of Stephen Miller, a key architect of Trump’s immigration policies during his first term. Uncertain about her future in the U.S., Mortazavi is exploring job opportunities abroad.

“University of Toronto has a lot of great labs relevant to my work,” she said. “I also visited Oxford and University College London last summer and would really be interested in working with them.”

During Trump’s first term, several businesses and academic institutions challenged the administration’s visa policies in court. However, in light of the potential for renewed restrictions, many of these entities are now maintaining a low profile. Half a dozen universities and research institutions contacted for comment on the matter either did not respond or declined to make public statements.

Meanwhile, the Trump transition team has not provided information about the president-elect’s plans for H-1B visas, leaving many scientists, engineers, and their employers in a state of uncertainty.

Tamil Nadu’s Space Ambitions: Vaanam Accelerator Aims for the Stars

Sabareesan Vedamurthy, often seen as Tamil Nadu’s political mastermind and the son-in-law of Chief Minister MK Stalin, is now setting his sights on the cosmos with the launch of India’s first private space tech accelerator, Vaanam. This bold move not only showcases his ambitions beyond politics but also puts Tamil Nadu on the map in the growing space technology sector.

While the accelerator was officially launched by his brother Hariharan Vedamurthy and entrepreneur Sameer Bharat Ram, there is little doubt about Sabareesan’s pivotal role in this initiative. As one observer quipped, “Why settle for influencing Tamil Nadu’s political landscape when you can aim for outer space?” This sentiment underscores the boldness of Sabareesan’s venture, which marks a significant step in combining political influence and space innovation.

Aiming High: Tamil Nadu’s Own Elon Musk

Sabareesan appears poised to carve a niche for himself in India’s burgeoning space ecosystem, drawing comparisons to SpaceX’s Elon Musk. Backed by Padma Bhushan awardee and former ISRO scientist Nambi Narayanan, Vaanam is rooted in credible mentorship. The question now is whether this initiative can rival the success of global giants like SpaceX or merely join the ranks of numerous ambitious Indian startups.

The accelerator’s launch event in Chennai added a touch of glamour and gravitas, with industrialist Ravi Mariwala and actor-director R. Madhavan lending their support. Tamil Nadu Industries Minister TRB Rajaa officiated the event, while Nambi Narayanan’s presence underscored the technical heft behind the initiative. The ceremony highlighted Tamil Nadu’s readiness to take a leap into the global space race, driven by political and industrial collaboration.

Vaanam’s Vision for India’s Space Startups

The Vaanam accelerator aims to transform the Indian space startup ecosystem by offering commercial expertise and tailored tools to emerging ventures. Its focus lies in helping early-stage companies achieve product-market fit and scale their operations effectively. According to Vedamurthy, the initiative seeks to address gaps in the government’s efforts to commercialize space technology. “Our accelerator is designed to bridge the whitespace in the ecosystem and propel Indian space startups to the global stage,” he remarked.

This strategy is part of a broader effort to position Tamil Nadu as a key player in India’s space technology domain. The accelerator’s investors, equipped with both financial resources and political connections, are determined to make Vaanam a trailblazer in the sector.

Grounded Ambitions: Thoothukudi’s Propellant Park

Beyond supporting startups, Vaanam plays a vital role in Tamil Nadu’s larger space ambitions, including the establishment of a propellant park in Thoothukudi. This initiative is part of a ₹950 crore investment to develop India’s second rocket launchpad. With this infrastructure, Tamil Nadu is positioning itself as a hub for space technology, attracting both domestic and international interest.

Unlike Musk’s plans for Mars colonization, Sabareesan’s vision appears more grounded, focusing on practical and strategic development within the state. The collaboration between political and industrial entities highlights the state’s commitment to leveraging its resources for technological advancement.

Engaging the Next Generation

Vaanam also emphasizes educational outreach, introducing Space Clubs in schools and colleges across Tamil Nadu. These clubs aim to inspire young minds to pursue careers in space science and technology. “If the Chief Minister’s son-in-law can aim for the stars, why can’t we?” quipped a student at one of these clubs, echoing the spirit of this initiative.

The program seeks to create a pipeline of talent for the space sector, ensuring that Tamil Nadu remains at the forefront of innovation. By fostering interest at an early age, Vaanam hopes to build a generation of space enthusiasts who can contribute to India’s space ambitions.

A Bold Leap or Political Posturing?

While Vaanam has captured public imagination, some critics view it as an extension of Sabareesan’s political influence. They question whether the accelerator can navigate the complexities of space exploration without falling prey to the bureaucratic hurdles often associated with government-backed projects.

Adding to the speculation is the playful narrative surrounding Elon Musk’s reaction to Vaanam. Sources humorously claim that Musk, watching the launch on Kalaignar TV from his SpaceX headquarters, expressed concern over the potential competition. “This wouldn’t have been possible if not for Periyar,” Musk was purportedly quoted as saying, a tongue-in-cheek nod to Tamil Nadu’s Dravidian heritage.

Whether this anecdote is fact or fiction, it underscores the global attention that Vaanam has garnered. As Tamil Nadu transitions from being a hub of Dravidian politics to a launchpad for space technology, the state’s ambitions have captured the imagination of many.

Challenges on the Horizon

Despite its promising start, Vaanam faces significant challenges in establishing itself as a leader in the space sector. The complexities of space exploration require not only technical expertise but also the ability to navigate financial and regulatory landscapes. The accelerator’s success will depend on its ability to deliver tangible results and build a reputation for reliability and innovation.

The broader question remains: Can Vaanam translate its ambitious goals into sustainable achievements? Or will it become another example of political and industrial ambitions falling short of expectations?

A Celestial Spectacle

As Tamil Nadu watches this initiative unfold, Vaanam has already sparked widespread curiosity. Some speculate that future election manifestos might even include promises of free space travel for Tamil Nadu residents. While this might be a stretch, it highlights the excitement surrounding the state’s space aspirations.

In the end, Vaanam represents a unique blend of political ambition and technological innovation. By aiming for the stars, Sabareesan Vedamurthy and his team have set a new benchmark for what can be achieved when politics and industry collaborate.

Whether Vaanam becomes a global player in the space sector or simply adds to Tamil Nadu’s list of ambitious projects, it has already made a significant impact. As one observer aptly put it, “At least someone in Tamil Nadu politics is finally shooting for the moon – literally!”

Disclaimer: While Vaanam Space Tech Accelerator is a legitimate initiative founded by Hariharan Vedamurthy and Sameer Bharat Ram, some elements in this article are satirical. Any resemblance to actual events or statements is coincidental and intended for humor.

Yale Professor Sam Raskin and Team Solve Geometric Portion of Langlands Conjecture After Decades of Work

After more than three decades, five academic studies, and a thousand pages of research, a team led by Yale Professor Sam Raskin has made a breakthrough in solving a crucial aspect of what some call math’s “Rosetta Stone.” Raskin’s team succeeded in proving the geometric portion of the Langlands conjectures, a theoretical framework that connects three major branches of mathematics: number theory, harmonic analysis, and geometry. This accomplishment carries profound implications for mathematics, physics, and quantum field theory.

“We always knew that there was some very big mystery, and until we solve that we won’t be able to do the full proof,” said Dennis Gaitsgory, director of the Max Planck Institute for mathematics in Bonn, Germany, who closely collaborated with Raskin. “I thought it would take decades to prove it, and suddenly they cracked it.”

The Langlands program, initially proposed by former Yale doctoral student and professor Robert Langlands in 1967, is a set of conjectures that reveal deep connections between seemingly unrelated mathematical fields. These conjectures have had a transformative influence on modern mathematics, providing new perspectives and methods for thinking about mathematical relationships.

Raskin, a professor in Yale’s Faculty of Arts and Sciences, is known for his work in algebraic geometry, a field where geometric methods are applied to study algebraic equations. Raskin and his team formulated Langlands’ conjecture from the field of number theory in geometric terms before proceeding to prove it, making a monumental contribution to the Langlands program.

This milestone is the result of over thirty years of research in the geometric Langlands conjectures. Due to the highly abstract and detailed nature of this research, Gaitsgory emphasized that explaining all the necessary definitions could take months, if not years. The significance of the achievement is difficult to fully grasp for those without a deep background in mathematics.

“It is extremely beautiful, beautiful mathematics, which is connected very much with other mathematics and with mathematical physics,” said Alexander Beilinson, a University of Chicago professor who has worked with Raskin in the past.

Raskin’s journey in the field began during his undergraduate years at the University of Chicago, where he collaborated with Beilinson and Vladimir Drinfeld, mathematicians who explored the idea of the geometric Langlands conjecture. Later, at Harvard, Raskin completed his doctorate under Gaitsgory’s supervision, continuing his work in this field.

Raskin’s long-standing interest in Langlands’ conjectures has driven his career. He describes his approach to research as similar to experimental science, in that he observes developments by other mathematicians and then takes alternative approaches to advance the work.

“Mathematical research isn’t necessarily geared towards big problems, but it’s geared towards incremental progress and understanding things a little bit better,” Raskin said. “And sometimes you have a new idea which is interesting, and you play with it; if you get really lucky, then it connects to some big stuff.”

A key breakthrough occurred during a particularly challenging time in Raskin’s personal life. A few weeks after Raskin and Joakim Faergeman, a Yale graduate student, published an important paper, Raskin faced a difficult situation. He was driving his wife to the hospital, where she stayed for six weeks before the birth of their second child.

During this period, Raskin found time to call Gaitsgory, using the long drives between home, school, and the hospital to discuss ideas for the proof.

“There’s been a lot of progress, but there have been certain hurdles no one’s ever really been able to get past,” Raskin said. “Somehow, somewhere in there, in essentially the worst week of my life, I managed to get past the last hurdle.”

The significance of this breakthrough extends beyond mathematics. Physicists Anton Kapustin and Edward Witten independently realized that the geometric Langlands conjecture is a consequence of quantum field theory. This connection, according to Gaitsgory, provides mathematical proof for particular behaviors in quantum field theory, opening new avenues for exploration.

Aside from the ultimate proof, Raskin and his collaborators have made significant contributions to the field of Langlands conjectures over the years, shedding light on new relationships in modern mathematics.

“Even that process of just contributing knowledge [to] the field without solving the full proof is what 90 percent of my life consisted of,” Gaitsgory said. “But it was satisfying enough.”

Looking ahead, Raskin and Gaitsgory plan to continue their work in the field of Langlands conjectures. They remain confident that there is much more to discover and that this breakthrough is just the beginning of a deeper understanding of the subject.

Sam Raskin received his Ph.D. from Harvard University in 2014, and his career continues to impact the world of mathematics.

Indian-American Physician Abhijit Patel Receives Award for Pioneering Lung Cancer Detection Research

Indian-American physician Abhijit Patel has been honored with the 2024 Lung Cancer Early Detection Award. The accolade, funded by the LUNGevity Foundation and the Rising Tide Foundation for Clinical Cancer Research, recognizes groundbreaking work aimed at enhancing technologies for early lung cancer detection, a key to reducing lung cancer-related mortality across the United States.

The award acknowledges Patel and his collaborator, Steven Skates from Massachusetts General Hospital, for their innovative technique that identifies minuscule fragments of DNA from cancer cells circulating in the bloodstream. This advancement has the potential to transform early lung cancer diagnosis.

With the grant provided through this award, the researchers plan to refine their technology further. The primary goal is to link the detection of these DNA fragments to the presence of early-stage lung cancer in patients. Additionally, the team intends to develop an algorithm capable of tracking blood changes over time. This approach could lead to the creation of a routine blood test capable of identifying lung cancer at its earliest, most treatable stages, according to a press release.

The research has generated significant enthusiasm within the medical community. “This approach has additional advantages that can be a game-changer for the field of lung cancer,” remarked Upal Basu Roy, the executive director of LUNGevity Research. Roy highlighted that when combined with existing screening methods, this blood test could potentially detect types of lung cancer often missed by traditional screenings. Specifically, squamous cell lung cancer, which is frequently diagnosed at advanced stages, could be identified earlier, improving patient survival rates and expanding treatment options.

Squamous cell lung cancer presents unique challenges due to its typically late-stage detection and the associated high mortality rates. Early diagnosis could significantly shift this paradigm, allowing for more effective interventions.

The critical importance of early detection in lung cancer is underscored by survival statistics. When diagnosed at an early stage, the five-year survival rate for lung cancer patients is approximately 64 percent. This figure drops dramatically to 27 percent when considering all stages of the disease. Despite this disparity, only 22 percent of lung cancer cases are currently detected in their early stages, highlighting an urgent need for better diagnostic tools.

Alexandre Alencar, head of cancer research programs at the Rising Tide Foundation for Clinical Cancer Research, emphasized the necessity of this work. “There is a clear and pressing need to improve early detection of lung cancer,” he stated. “And here, we have dedicated researchers with a possible solution in hand. It will be exciting to see where this work takes us.”

The innovative approach developed by Patel and Skates offers hope for addressing the challenges of early lung cancer detection. If successful, their research could revolutionize how lung cancer is diagnosed, reducing mortality rates and improving the quality of life for countless patients.

Obesity Paradox and Lean Diabetes

Prof. Bellamkonda K. Kishore, M.D., Ph.D., MBA
Academician, Innovator & Entrepreneur

Most of you know that overweight and obesity as measured by body mass index (BMI) over 25 or 30 kg/m2, respectively, are a risk factor for diseases, such as diabetes mellitus, high blood pressure, cardiovascular diseases, chronic kidney disease, and arthritis, among others. In fact, epidemiologically, obesity is linked to the development of several non-communicable diseases (NCDs). Thus, obesity is considered as the Mother of All Disease(Fig 1).

Obviously, by maintaining the BMI under 25 kg/m2 (23 kg/m2 in Asians as per WHO) one can avoid developing non-communicable diseases (NCDs) to a large extent. NCDs account for 74% ofall deaths worldwide or 41 million deaths each year. It is projected that by the year 2030, deaths due to NCDs will reach 52 million. Cardivasccular diseases, cancers, chronic respiratory diseases and diabetes contribute for over 80% of premature deaths.

Within the context of India, in 2018, 63% of all deaths (about 5 million deaths) were attributed to NCDs. Apart from healthcare costs, disability and loss of life, NCDs also affect the productivity of the people and thus negatively impact the economic growth of the nation. For instance, in 2017 India lost 226.8 million disability-adjusted life years (DALYs). One DALY represents the loss of the equivalent of one year of full health. It is computed by the sum of years of life lost due to premature mortality (Years of Life Lost or YLLs) and the years lived with a disability (Years Lost due to Disability or YLDs) due to prevalent cases of disease or health condition in a population. Thus, NCDs not only affect individual lives of the people, but also negatively impact the economic growth of a country.

Obesity Paradox and Lean Diabetes
Fig 1: Obesity is Mother of All Diseases.
Source: Wikimedia Commons – Work of the Centers for Disease Controls and Prevention (CDC), a division of the United States Federal Government (Public Domain)

Contrary to the wider belief, obesity is not a problem of the developed world. Now obesity is the problem of rapidly developing economies, such as BRICS countries as well as the developing countries. These countries are more populous than the developed world. About 2/3rds of the 600 to 800 million obese subjects in the world live in emerging economies or developing countries, where they face disproportionately more heath burden due to the lack of mature or advanced healthcare systems. Thus, obesity disproportionately cripples the people in developing countries vs. developed world. Hence, even a 10 to 20% reduction in the number of obese subjects in the world has a profound and direct impact on the overall health status of the world, in addition to saving trillions of dollars in healthcare costs.

Thus,it sounds reasonable from the epidemiological point of view to decrease the new cases of NCDs. However, in recent years a paradoxical phenomenon was reported by several researchers, which was namedObesity Paradox. While obesity has the potential for the development of NCDs, once a subject develops NCDs, being obese as measured by BMI appears to be beneficial as it protects against mortality due to the NCDs. Obesity paradox refers to the clinical observation that when acute cardiovascular decompensation occurs, obese patients may have a survival benefit. It was first observed by Dr. Kalantar-Zadeh in patients suffering with advanced chronic kidney disease (Fig 2). Subsequently, obesity paradox has been reported in patients with heart failure, myocardial infarction, acute coronary syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), rheumatoid arthritis, and in older residents in nursing homes. It should be noted that obesity paradox does not contradict the epidemiological data that obesity predisposes people to the development of NCDs. However, once obese people develop NCDs, somehow they are protected against death as compared to the non-obese people with NCDs.

Obesity Paradox and Lean Diabetes
Fig 2: Reverse association of BMI and survival in patients with advanced chronic kidney disease (CKD) as compared to the general population. Reproduced from Kalantar-Zadeh et al, Kidney International Reports 2017, under Creative Commons CC-BY-NC-ND

The scientific community is split on obesity paradox, while some support it, others brush it aside calling it BMI paradox. However, several studies showed obesity is a complex disorder and there are metabolically healthy obesity (MHO) and metabolically unhealthy obesity (MUHO). Furthermore, it has been shown that it is the cardiorespiratory fitness (CRF) or lack of it that determines mortality, but not just obesity itself. That means being fit is more important than shedding weight.These intriguing findings are shedding new light on the complex subject of obesity.

While obesity paradox is a complex subject to understand with our current knowledge, another interesting phenomenon is emerging. It is called Lean Diabetes or diabetes mellitus in lean or non-obese subjects (BMI < 25 kg.m2). It was originally observed in men of Asian or African ancestry with a history of nutritional insults in the childhood. But now it is prevalent in these communities, including Asian Americans or African Americans. Asians, especially, Indians have relatively less lean body mass vs. fat giving a spurious appearance of normal BMI, as compared to Caucasians. Lean diabetes is the rapidly rising form of diabetes in the United States as compared to diabetes in obese subjects (17.8% vs. 2.1% increase in prevalence between 2015 and 2020, respectively). This is mostly due to increased prevalence of lean diabetes among women and colored people. What is alarming is, clinically and pathophysiologically, lean diabetes is more severe in nature and is often intractable to treatment by conventional methods. Lean diabetes also carries much severe complications and mortality as compared to type 2 diabetes mellitus. Lean diabetes appears to be a hybrid of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus (T1DM & T2DM). It seems cardiometabolic risk leading to conditions like lean diabetes, is programmed during the fetal or early neonatal development of the subject, and it is influenced by maternal and/or infant nutrition, or both. Obviously, more in depth studies are needed to address this potential possibility. Such findings will hold the key for prevention of the development of lean diabetes.

One logical question that arises, is there a link between obesity paradox and lean diabetes? While more in-depth studies are needed to address that question, the Invited Review article by this author titled Reverse Epidemiology of Obesity Paradox: Fact of Fiction? Published recently in the Physiological Reports, a joint publication of the Physiological Society of United Kingdom and the American Physiological Society, sheds new light on this subject. It appears that this is the first review article that dealt with both Obesity Paradox and Lean Diabetes on one platform offering potential links between these two. Here is the graphical abstract of that review article with details to access the invited review in the open access journal, Physiological Review.

Obesity Paradox and Lean Diabetes

Graphic Abstract:Obesity paradox is a clinical observation that when acute cardiovascular decompensation occurs, patients with obesity may have survival benefits. Development of insulin resistance, decrease in insulin secretion, and body fat distribution in obesity varies considerably based on ethnicity and dietary habits of people. Maternal factors may program fetal cardiovascular risk, which often leads to development lean diabetes, which has higher prevalence of complications and mortality than in obese diabetics. Cardio-respiratory fitness (CRF) has emerged as an independent risk factor for death, irrespective of the obesity status of the subject. CRF may also influence mortality in obesity paradox.

The article by BK. Kishore can be accessed athttps://physoc.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.14814/phy2.70107

About the Author: Prof. Bellamkonda K. Kishore is an academician and innovator, who recently turned to entrepreneurship. He did innovative research on kidney diseases, obesity and metabolic syndrome and related systems. Currently he is an Adjunct Professor of Internal Medicine at the University of Utah Health in Salt Lake City, Utah while being the Co-Founder, CEO & CSO of ePurines, Inc., a therapeutic drug development startup launched by him and his academic colleagues in the University of Utah Research Park in Salt Lake City, Utah. Website:www.bkkishore.online

Predictions and Warnings: Scientists Foresee a Fiery End for Earth

One of the most compelling and enduring questions for humanity centers on the fate of our planet: how long can we expect Earth to last, and is there truly an endpoint in sight? Although ancient predictions, like those of the Mayan civilization, have often fallen short, the curiosity surrounding Earth’s longevity remains a topic of fascination. Now, only a few experts in science dare to propose possible answers, hinting at unsettling outcomes based on scientific evidence and environmental trends.

Recently, astronaut Frank Rubio returned from a 371-day mission in space, reminding many of the fragile boundary between Earth and the vast unknown. Meanwhile, theories from some of history’s prominent thinkers, such as physicist Stephen Hawking, resonate with a stark warning about the future of our world. Hawking’s predictions, coupled with NASA’s stance on the impact of unchecked energy consumption, offer a sobering view of what may lie ahead.

Stephen Hawking’s Dire Prediction

One influential voice in the discussion about Earth’s potential demise was the late physicist Stephen Hawking. In the documentary *The Search for a New Earth*, Hawking put forth his own vision of how and when humanity might face the end. He warned that the planet would only sustain life until approximately 2600, at which point he believed it would transform into “a gigantic ball of fire.” Hawking’s statement was based on a series of factors—global warming, climate change, and the greenhouse effect—all of which he argued would render Earth uninhabitable in the future.

Hawking’s hypothesis hinges on the fact that climate change continues to intensify due to human actions. The warming of Earth’s atmosphere, largely driven by greenhouse gases, raises the planet’s average temperature, and this warming trend, if it persists, could eventually result in catastrophic conditions. “Global warming and the greenhouse effect are among the key reasons why Earth’s future appears bleak,” Hawking asserted in the documentary.

NASA’s Warning on Resource Consumption

NASA, the United States’ leading aerospace agency, has also weighed in on the subject, lending scientific backing to some of Hawking’s concerns. While NASA refrains from suggesting an exact end date for Earth, it has repeatedly emphasized the dangers of excessive energy resource depletion. The agency warns that the current rate of resource use is unsustainable, posing a real risk to the planet’s future if these patterns continue unchecked.

NASA’s findings highlight a significant threat: unless meaningful changes are made in how humanity consumes resources, Earth’s viability as a habitat for humans could indeed be short-lived. A spokesperson for NASA explained, “The urgency of our situation becomes clearer as we continue to monitor energy consumption trends. Immediate intervention is essential to preserve Earth’s resources and mitigate potential disaster.”

Given this pressing issue, NASA has implemented various initiatives aimed at conserving Earth’s environment. These include extensive research and programs designed to both observe and preserve the planet. By studying energy consumption trends, climate change, and atmospheric conditions, the agency hopes to identify ways to curb environmental degradation.

NASA’s Preventative Programs

In recent years, NASA has increased its focus on safeguarding Earth through a series of preventative programs. One primary aim is to shield the planet from potential hazards originating from outer space. By tracking possible asteroid trajectories and monitoring other celestial bodies that might pose a threat, NASA works to mitigate impacts that could endanger life on Earth. The agency has also launched programs specifically targeted at addressing the environmental crisis from space by conducting climate change studies and allocating resources for Earth observation.

NASA’s proactive approach demonstrates its commitment to addressing both natural and human-made threats to Earth. “To keep Earth habitable, we must look both inward, at our own actions, and outward, to prepare for possible external threats,” says a NASA representative.

The Ongoing Fight Against Climate Change

Both Hawking’s forecasts and NASA’s ongoing research underline a critical issue that scientists around the world continue to stress: climate change is real and poses one of the gravest threats to human survival. Climate change refers to long-term shifts in temperatures and weather patterns, primarily due to human activities, such as burning fossil fuels and deforestation, which increase greenhouse gas emissions. This accumulation of greenhouse gases traps heat in the Earth’s atmosphere, leading to higher global temperatures.

This phenomenon accelerates other environmental problems, like the melting of polar ice caps, which in turn raises sea levels and threatens coastal regions. Extreme weather events, such as hurricanes, droughts, and wildfires, are also on the rise, exacerbating challenges for ecosystems and societies worldwide.

Looking to the Future

While Hawking’s timeline extends several centuries into the future, his warnings prompt immediate consideration. Some scientists have suggested that humanity’s quest for solutions must intensify, including exploration of other habitable planets. Others argue that current technology and understanding should be used to prioritize protecting Earth’s ecosystems before turning outward.

NASA, for instance, continues its research on Earth’s environmental health while also exploring outer space. Programs such as the Mars rover missions and lunar expeditions may one day pave the way for human settlements on other planets. However, NASA’s primary focus remains Earth’s immediate well-being and sustainability.

“There is much to be done here on Earth, and while space exploration is invaluable, preserving our home planet is paramount,” said a NASA scientist. This dual focus reflects a growing consensus among scientists that addressing Earth’s challenges must happen alongside preparations for possible alternatives.

The Role of Individual Responsibility

In addition to institutional efforts, scientists emphasize the role that individuals and communities must play in combating climate change. Small lifestyle changes, like conserving water, reducing energy usage, and recycling, can collectively make a significant impact. Raising awareness about environmental responsibility, reducing waste, and advocating for sustainable practices also contribute to long-term goals.

“Each person’s actions matter,” NASA stresses in its outreach efforts. By fostering a culture of responsibility, individuals can support broader conservation initiatives and help mitigate the detrimental effects of climate change.

Conclusion

The future of Earth may remain uncertain, but the warnings from visionaries like Stephen Hawking and agencies like NASA remind humanity of the urgency of its situation. Hawking’s stark warning of Earth becoming a “gigantic ball of fire” by 2600 is a scenario that may seem distant, yet it underscores the consequences of continued environmental neglect. NASA’s insights on unsustainable resource use reinforce this call to action, encouraging immediate steps to reduce our ecological footprint.

NASA’s vigilance in identifying external threats and studying Earth’s climate signals its commitment to addressing both the known and unknown factors that threaten our planet. For now, Earth is humanity’s only home, and the actions taken in the coming years will shape its fate. As the saying goes, “There’s no planet B.” The time to act is now, both collectively and individually, to preserve Earth and ensure it remains habitable for generations to come.

By recognizing the intertwined challenges of climate change, resource depletion, and potential cosmic threats, humanity faces a pivotal moment. The warnings are clear, and the need for action is immediate. While the prospect of living on another planet may be intriguing, the reality is that protecting Earth remains the most urgent priority.

NASA’s New Missions and Ancient Discoveries Transform Our View of the Cosmos and Earth’s Past  

In a thrilling update for science enthusiasts, Jackie Wattles, a seasoned CNN journalist covering space exploration, delves into recent breakthroughs in space, technology, and archaeology. Having reported on space advancements for nearly a decade, Wattles notes that today’s rapid technological progress is accelerating discoveries in rocketry, astronomy, and scientific tools.

The mysteries of the universe, particularly dark matter and dark energy, are at the forefront of these advancements. Despite their mysterious nature, scientists believe dark matter composes 85% of the universe’s total matter, though it remains undetectable. Meanwhile, dark energy could explain why the universe is expanding and accelerating in that expansion.

Exploring the Cosmos

With innovative instruments now online, scientists can gather data that will reshape our understanding of the cosmos. One significant development comes from the European Space Agency’s Euclid telescope, which launched in 2023. Designed to study dark energy and dark matter, Euclid recently contributed the first fragment of a cosmic map. This initial data comprises roughly 100 million stars and galaxies, offering a snapshot of the vast six-year map-making endeavor ahead. By examining how dark matter bends light and curves space across galaxies, scientists hope to uncover new insights into the mysterious substance.

In Chile, researchers from Stanford University and the U.S. National Science Foundation are also gearing up to deploy the largest digital camera ever built. Installed at the Vera C. Rubin Observatory, this camera will provide unprecedented views of space, aiding astronomers in mapping and understanding celestial phenomena.

Ancient Cities Rediscovered

Technology is helping scientists peer not only into the universe but also into the Earth’s hidden past. In Uzbekistan’s mountains, researchers recently uncovered the remnants of two ancient cities using LiDAR, a light-based radar mounted on drones. This groundbreaking remote-sensing technique allowed anthropologists to map cities that have remained buried and obscured by dense vegetation for centuries. These settlements, strategically located on ancient Silk Road trade routes, were adorned with watchtowers, fortresses, plazas, and pathways that once supported bustling societies. “We’ve mapped these forgotten medieval towns for the first time,” reported the research team, revealing the layout of a long-lost world now reclaimed by nature.

Challenges of Space Travel

Space travel continues to push human endurance to its limits, as recent experiences of citizen astronauts with SpaceX demonstrate. The Polaris Dawn crew, a group of private explorers, recently undertook a daring journey beyond the Earth’s radiation belt, conducting the first private spacewalk in September. During the mission, they faced various physical discomforts, including blurred vision, nausea, and vomiting. These health issues highlighted the toll microgravity takes on the human body. “The human body is not designed for microgravity,” remarked one crew member. However, the mission served a greater purpose, as it allowed researchers to gather data aimed at developing treatments for the effects of space on human physiology.

Bridging History and Science

Science is also unlocking secrets from centuries-old stories, merging historical records with cutting-edge genetic analysis. An 800-year-old tale about a man thrown into a well at Norway’s Sverresborg Castle during a brutal military assault is now gaining scientific credibility. DNA analysis on the bones discovered at the castle in 1938 has allowed scientists to gain new insights into the person known as “Well-man.” This fusion of genetics and history brings a new dimension to ancient accounts, breathing life into long-forgotten legends.

Mesozoic Fireflies’ Glow

In another extraordinary discovery, researchers found evidence that fireflies, with their bioluminescent glow, date back to the Mesozoic Era. This revelation means that dinosaurs might have once witnessed these creatures’ soft light. Building on a 2015 study that identified an early firefly species from this era, scientists analyzed a 99-million-year-old firefly trapped in resin, discovered in northern Myanmar in 2016. Such fossils provide crucial insights into how fireflies evolved their glowing ability over 100 million years ago. The research team noted that “the evolution of these captivating creatures” is challenging to study because soft-bodied insects like fireflies rarely fossilize.

Through these groundbreaking studies, from exploring the universe’s secrets to uncovering Earth’s hidden past, science is transforming how we view our world and beyond.

Scientists Achieve First Two-Way Communication in Lucid Dreaming

Have you ever wondered about conversing with someone while dreaming? Scientists in California are making strides toward that reality, having achieved the first successful two-way communication between individuals through lucid dreaming.

According to a report by Dailymail.com, REMspace, a startup focused on enhancing sleep and lucid dreaming, conducted an experiment where two participants exchanged a message while asleep on September 24.

The individuals involved were seasoned lucid dreamers, having developed the ability to recognize that they were dreaming while still asleep. Lucid dreaming occurs during the REM (Rapid Eye Movement) phase of sleep, which is characterized by heightened brain activity and vivid dreams.

As the participants prepared for bed, they were fitted with specialized devices designed to monitor their brain waves and other polysomnographic data. These tools were connected to a central server, the core of the REMspace system, which tracked their sleep patterns in real-time.

The experiment commenced when one participant entered a lucid dream. The server identified the specific brain wave patterns associated with lucid dreaming and generated a random word from a unique language named ‘Remmyo.’ This word was transmitted to the first participant through earbuds, softly whispering in the darkness of his dream.

In this dream state, the first participant heard the word ‘Zhilak’ and repeated it aloud. His voice was captured by sensors and stored on the server, constituting the first part of the communication—a message sent from one dreamer to another.

After eight minutes, the second participant entered her own lucid dream. The server recognized her dream state and transmitted the word ‘Zhilak’ to her via earbuds. Within her dream, Maya heard the word and echoed it, confirming that the message had been received.

Upon waking, the second participant verified the word she had received in her dream, marking a groundbreaking achievement in communication while dreaming. This exchange represented not merely a simple interaction but a historic breakthrough that connected the conscious and subconscious realms.

While REMspace indicated that it utilized “specially designed equipment” including a server, apparatus, Wi-Fi, and sensors, it did not disclose specific details about the technology employed.

This technology has yet to undergo independent review or replication by other scientists. However, if validated, it could significantly advance sleep research and offer potential applications in mental health treatment, skills training, and more, according to REMspace.

Michael Raduga, CEO and founder of REMspace, stated, “Yesterday, communicating in dreams seemed like science fiction. Tomorrow, it will be so common we won’t be able to imagine our lives without this technology. This opens the door to countless commercial applications, reshaping how we think about communication and interaction in the dream world.”

This pioneering experiment could redefine our understanding of communication and interaction within the dream state, paving the way for future developments in this intriguing field.

NASA’s Europa Clipper Mission Aims to Explore Jupiter’s Moon for Signs of Life

NASA has launched a historic mission aimed at exploring Jupiter’s moon, Europa, to investigate if it has the potential to support life. This marks a significant advancement in space exploration as scientists believe Europa, one of Jupiter’s 95 moons, could harbor a vast, salty ocean beneath its icy surface, which may have conditions favorable for life.

The Europa Clipper spacecraft was launched on October 14 from NASA’s Kennedy Space Center in Florida, using a Falcon Heavy rocket from SpaceX. NASA’s primary goal with this mission is to examine whether Europa’s subsurface ocean contains the elements necessary to sustain life, including organic compounds and energy sources. Gina DiBraccio, the director of NASA’s planetary science division, highlighted the importance of this exploration, stating, “As an ocean world, Europa is very intriguing. This mission is going to help us to understand a complex piece of our solar system.”

NASA has committed to spending about $5.2 billion on the mission throughout its lifespan, which began in 2015 and is expected to end in 2034. This investment covers the design, development, launch, and operation of the spacecraft. The ambitious mission seeks to provide groundbreaking insights into one of the most intriguing bodies in the solar system, with scientists eager to learn if Europa’s vast ocean could potentially harbor life.

Europa, the fourth-largest of Jupiter’s moons, is of particular interest to planetary scientists due to its thick layer of ice that likely covers a deep ocean. Many scientists believe this hidden ocean might contain the chemical building blocks and energy sources necessary for living organisms to survive. NASA’s mission aims to gather essential data that will help answer the critical question of whether Europa’s ocean is capable of supporting life.

Europa Clipper, the spacecraft designed for this mission, is the largest NASA has ever built for a planetary mission. Measuring about 100 feet in length and 58 feet in width, the spacecraft is equipped with vast solar arrays that will provide the power necessary for its journey through the harsh environment surrounding Jupiter. As DiBraccio emphasized, “This mission will explore some of the most intriguing aspects of our solar system, and Europa’s ocean offers an exciting opportunity to deepen our understanding.”

The spacecraft is now on its journey to Europa, which is expected to take approximately five and a half years. Once it reaches its destination in April 2030, the Europa Clipper will enter orbit around Jupiter, where it will perform a series of nearly 50 flybys of the moon. During these close encounters, the spacecraft will collect detailed measurements of the planet’s environment, flying as close as 16 miles above Europa’s surface.

However, the mission poses significant challenges. Europa Clipper must navigate through one of the harshest radiation environments in the solar system, second only to the Sun. This is primarily because Jupiter is encircled by an extremely powerful magnetic field, which is about 20,000 times stronger than Earth’s. The magnetic field traps and accelerates charged particles, creating intense radiation that could harm the spacecraft’s electronics.

To mitigate these risks, NASA has designed the Europa Clipper to be highly resilient to radiation. The spacecraft’s sensitive electronics are heavily shielded, and its orbits have been meticulously planned to avoid the most radiation-intense areas around Jupiter. These protective measures will help ensure the spacecraft can withstand the harsh conditions and continue its mission to gather vital data about Europa.

If the mission proceeds as planned, it is expected to conclude in June 2034. The data collected during the mission could provide profound insights into the potential habitability of Europa, answering long-standing questions about whether life could exist beyond Earth.

NASA’s Europa Clipper mission represents a significant leap forward in planetary exploration. By sending this cutting-edge spacecraft to one of the most enigmatic moons in the solar system, NASA is opening new frontiers in the search for life beyond our planet. As the mission progresses, scientists around the world eagerly await the potential discoveries that may emerge from this unprecedented exploration of Europa.

Scientists Win 2024 Nobel Prize in Chemistry for AI Breakthrough in Protein Research

The 2024 Nobel Prize in Chemistry has been awarded to three scientists who revolutionized the study of proteins using artificial intelligence (AI). The trio successfully “cracked the code” of nearly all known proteins, which are often called the “chemical tools of life.”

The Nobel Committee praised David Baker, a biochemist from the U.S., for achieving what they described as “the almost impossible feat of building entirely new kinds of proteins.” In addition, the committee recognized Demis Hassabis and John Jumper, both from Google DeepMind in London, for creating an AI model capable of predicting the complex structures of proteins—a scientific puzzle that had remained unsolved for half a century.

As the prize was announced in Sweden, the Nobel Committee emphasized the enormous potential of the discoveries made by these scientists. The Nobel Prize, which is regarded as one of the highest honors in science, comes with a cash reward of 11 million Swedish kronor, roughly equivalent to $1 million.

Proteins: The Building Blocks of Life

Proteins, which are made up of chains of amino acids, play a crucial role in sustaining life. They are essential in forming hair, skin, and tissue cells, in addition to reading, copying, and repairing DNA. Proteins also facilitate the transport of oxygen in the bloodstream.

Although proteins are constructed from only about 20 types of amino acids, these molecules can be arranged in an almost infinite number of combinations, resulting in highly complex three-dimensional shapes.

AI as a ‘Google Search’ for Protein Structures

This year’s Nobel Prize was divided into two parts. The first portion was awarded to Hassabis, a British computer scientist who co-founded Google DeepMind, and Jumper, an American researcher also working at DeepMind. Their work involved using AI to predict the three-dimensional shape of a protein based on its amino acid sequence. This breakthrough allowed them to predict the structure of nearly all 200 million known proteins.

Anna Wedell, a professor of medical genetics at Sweden’s Karolinska Institutet and a member of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, described their achievement as “a standalone breakthrough solving a traditional holy grail in physical chemistry.”

Their AI-based program, called the AlphaFold Protein Structure Database, has been employed by more than 2 million researchers across the globe. This database acts much like a “Google search” for protein structures, enabling scientists to access predicted protein models quickly. This advancement has accelerated research in fundamental biology as well as other scientific fields. The work of Hassabis and Jumper has already earned them prestigious awards, including the 2023 Lasker and Breakthrough Prizes.

“They’ve made everything public, so more or less every field can now turn to this database and use these tools to address their particular problem,” Wedell said. She explained that the tool has opened new possibilities for many areas of research, including her own work in studying rare diseases.

Since their key research paper was published in 2021, it has been cited more than 16,000 times. David Pendlebury, head of research analysis at Clarivate’s Institute for Scientific Information, described this as “unprecedented” and highlighted the immense impact of their work. Out of 61 million scientific papers, only around 500 have been cited more than 10,000 times, he told CNN.

Before their groundbreaking work on proteins, Hassabis and Jumper collaborated on a computer program capable of competing against the world’s top players of Go, an ancient Chinese board game.

Hassabis, who was a chess prodigy as a child, also developed the popular video game Theme Park at the age of 17, according to the Royal Society, the world’s oldest scientific society, of which he is a member.

Adrian Smith, president of the Royal Society, remarked, “Today’s prize, so soon after the first unveiling of AlphaFold’s potential, is a clear recognition of AI’s transformative role in science.” He added, “As well as being one of the field’s most pioneering researchers, Demis has championed a vision of AI as an enabler that can unlock science’s great challenges and release benefits for all of society.”

Designing Proteins ‘Not Seen in Nature’

The second part of the Nobel Prize was awarded to David Baker, a professor at the University of Washington, for using computerized methods to design proteins that do not occur naturally. These newly created proteins have entirely novel functions.

Johan Aqvist, a member of the Nobel Committee, explained that Baker’s approach involved first using a computer program to “draw protein structures in new dimensions.” He then determined which sequence of amino acids would yield these structures, which allowed him to engineer proteins that had never existed in nature.

Aqvist expressed his astonishment at the variety of proteins Baker had designed, calling the range “absolutely mind-blowing.” He added, “It seems that you can almost construct any type of protein now with this technology.”

The Nobel Committee highlighted the vast potential applications of being able to design new proteins, from developing pharmaceuticals to speeding up the creation of vaccines.

This year’s chemistry prize underscores the increasing role AI is playing in scientific discovery.

AI’s Influence Across Scientific Fields

AI’s influence on science was further emphasized by the Nobel Prize in Physics, which was awarded the previous day. That prize was shared by Geoffrey Hinton, often referred to as the “Godfather of AI,” and John Hopfield for their pioneering work on artificial neural networks. These same neural networks were instrumental in the advancements made by the new Nobel laureates in chemistry.

David Pendlebury of Clarivate said that the Nobel Foundation’s selection of laureates in both physics and chemistry this year could be seen as “bold.” He remarked, “The acknowledgment of the transformational role of AI in research in two categories, back-to-back, is unprecedented.”

In both physics and chemistry, AI is being recognized as a force that is driving forward the frontiers of knowledge and enabling new breakthroughs. This year’s Nobel laureates have shown that AI can help tackle scientific challenges that have been out of reach for decades, creating new possibilities for the future of science.

Comet Tsuchinshan–ATLAS to Make a Rare and Spectacular Appearance: Last Chance for 80,000 Years

A rare and extraordinary astronomical event is set to occur this Saturday, as comet C/2023 A3 Tsuchinshan–ATLAS makes its closest approach to Earth. Sky-watchers won’t want to miss this unique opportunity, as it might be the last time to see the comet for the next 80,000 years. This celestial spectacle, which has captivated astronomers since its discovery, promises to be a sight to remember.

The comet reached its perihelion, the point in its orbit closest to the Sun, on September 27. It was visible in the Southern Hemisphere throughout late September and early October. Now, as it begins its journey away from the Sun, it will be visible to those in the Northern Hemisphere, particularly from mid-October to early November, according to NASA.

On October 14, Tsuchinshan–ATLAS will come within approximately 44 million miles (71 million kilometers) of Earth. This marks the comet’s first documented visit to our planet, according to NASA scientists. With an orbit of around 80,000 years, the last time this comet was seen from Earth was during the era of the Neanderthals.

For those eager to witness the comet, experts recommend looking toward the western sky shortly after sunset. As it moves across the sky, Tsuchinshan–ATLAS is expected to appear as a bright fireball with a long, glowing tail. Bill Cooke, head of NASA’s Meteoroid Environment Office at the Marshall Space Flight Center, advises using binoculars for a better view. “It’s not going to zing across the sky like a meteor. It will just appear to hang there, and it will slowly change position from night to night,” Cooke said. He added that viewing it through binoculars would be a particularly stunning experience: “If you can see [the comet] with your unaided eye, [using] the binoculars will knock your socks off.”

Discovery and Origins of Comet Tsuchinshan–ATLAS

Comet C/2023 A3 Tsuchinshan–ATLAS was discovered independently in 2023 by astronomers at China’s Tsuchinshan Observatory and by a telescope that is part of the Asteroid Terrestrial-impact Last Alert System (ATLAS) located in South Africa. This dual discovery led to the comet’s distinctive name. NASA noted that this comet comes from the Oort Cloud, a distant, spherical region of icy bodies that surrounds our solar system. The Oort Cloud is located thousands of times farther away from the Sun than Earth is, making it a source of long-period comets like Tsuchinshan–ATLAS.

Tsuchinshan–ATLAS, composed of ice, frozen gases, and rock, had a perilous journey as it passed near the Sun. Some scientists were unsure whether the comet would survive the intense heat and radiation of its close encounter with the Sun. However, it appears that Tsuchinshan–ATLAS has remained largely intact. Cooke commented on the comet’s survival, saying it “made it with flying colors.”

As Tsuchinshan–ATLAS moves further away from the Sun, it will experience a phenomenon known as forward scattering, where sunlight reflects off the gas and debris surrounding the comet. This will cause the comet to shine at its brightest around mid-October, although the Sun’s glare may make it difficult to observe for a few days, according to Cooke. He also noted that while the comet is expected to return in 80,000 years, comets are unpredictable, and gravitational forces from other planets could alter its course.

For those unable to view the comet in person, the Virtual Telescope Project in Italy will offer live streams of the comet on both October 11, when it is at its brightest, and October 14, when it is closest to Earth.

Astronomer Dr. Teddy Kareta, a postdoctoral associate at Lowell Observatory, emphasized the significance of such events. “For many people, and especially children, seeing a bright comet in the night sky is a beautiful and life-changing experience,” Kareta said. He added that while there are comets visible every few years, “comets that have the potential to be easily visible to many are rare.” Kareta encouraged everyone to try to witness the event and to share the experience with others: “If you can try to see it, you should — and you should take whoever you can with you so they can experience it too.”

Additional Celestial Events to Look Forward To

While the comet is the highlight of October’s astronomical calendar, it’s not the only celestial body that sky-watchers should keep an eye on. A full moon, known as the hunter’s moon, is set to peak on October 17. This supermoon will be the closest of the year, appearing just 222,095 miles (357,428 kilometers) from Earth. However, its brightness may interfere with the visibility of the comet and other objects in the night sky.

In addition to Tsuchinshan–ATLAS, another comet may grace the skies later this month. Comet C/2024 S1 (ATLAS) is expected to make its debut in late October, providing another opportunity for sky-watchers to spot a rare celestial object, according to EarthSky.

As the year draws to a close, sky-gazers can look forward to several prominent meteor showers. These include the Orionids, peaking from October 20 to 21, the Southern Taurids from November 4 to 5, and the Northern Taurids from November 11 to 12. The Leonids meteor shower will be visible from November 17 to 18, while the Geminids, one of the brightest meteor showers of the year, will peak from December 13 to 14. The Ursids meteor shower, which peaks from December 21 to 22, will close out 2024’s impressive array of celestial events.

This month, with its abundance of meteor showers, supermoons, and comets, offers multiple opportunities to marvel at the wonders of the universe. Tsuchinshan–ATLAS, however, remains the highlight, as this once-in-a-lifetime event will not occur again for 80,000 years. Sky enthusiasts are encouraged to make the most of this rare opportunity to witness the ancient comet’s journey across the night sky.

In the words of Bill Cooke, “If all goes well, Tsuchinshan–ATLAS will return at this point in its orbit in around 80,000 years, but comets can be unpredictable — it’s possible that another planet’s gravity could change the comet’s course.”

Nobel Laureates Pioneered Physics-Based Methods Behind Modern Machine Learning

This year’s Nobel Prize in Physics celebrates two individuals whose groundbreaking work in physics has paved the way for advancements in artificial intelligence, particularly in machine learning. John Hopfield and Geoffrey Hinton are the laureates recognized for their fundamental contributions, which have significantly shaped today’s machine learning technologies.

Hopfield’s and Hinton’s work, stemming from the 1980s, laid the foundation for neural networks, an essential component of artificial intelligence. These networks mimic the structure and function of the human brain by utilizing interconnected nodes that represent neurons. These nodes can either strengthen or weaken based on the information they process, analogous to synapses in the brain. This interaction creates a network capable of learning from data and performing tasks such as recognizing objects in images.

John Hopfield made a major leap in this field by developing an associative memory, a type of neural network designed to store and reconstruct patterns, such as images. His invention, known as the Hopfield network, utilizes principles from physics, particularly those related to atomic spin—a property that causes each atom to behave like a small magnet. These atoms’ spins are comparable to the nodes in a neural network. The energy of these spins determines the material’s characteristics, and Hopfield used this concept to describe how nodes interact in his network.

The Hopfield network learns by adjusting the connections between its nodes so that stored patterns, such as images, correspond to states of low energy. When presented with a distorted or incomplete image, the network analyzes the information, gradually updating the values of the nodes. Its goal is to reduce the overall energy and find the stored image that most closely resembles the incomplete or damaged one. This process allows the Hopfield network to reconstruct images and other types of data patterns, making it a crucial step forward in machine learning technology.

Geoffrey Hinton built on Hopfield’s work to create a new type of network called the Boltzmann machine. Named after physicist Ludwig Boltzmann, this machine is based on principles from statistical physics, which deals with systems made up of many components. The Boltzmann machine is designed to learn by recognizing distinctive features in large sets of data. To train the machine, it is given multiple examples of data that are likely to appear when the machine is in use.

Hinton’s Boltzmann machine can classify images, detect patterns, and even generate new examples based on the data it has learned. This advancement not only expanded the capabilities of neural networks but also opened up new possibilities for machine learning applications. Hinton’s work laid the groundwork for the rapid progress seen in artificial intelligence today, where neural networks are used in everything from image recognition to natural language processing.

As Ellen Moons, Chair of the Nobel Committee for Physics, stated: “The laureates’ work has already been of the greatest benefit. In physics we use artificial neural networks in a vast range of areas, such as developing new materials with specific properties.” This recognition underscores the wide-reaching impact of Hopfield and Hinton’s work, both in the field of artificial intelligence and beyond.

Artificial neural networks, which were initially inspired by the way the human brain functions, represent neurons as nodes that have varying values. These nodes influence one another through connections that can be either strengthened or weakened. The network learns by strengthening connections between nodes that have high simultaneous values. This is analogous to how the brain forms stronger synaptic connections through repeated use. Over time, the neural network becomes more efficient at processing information and performing tasks.

Hopfield’s major contribution, the associative memory, uses physics-based methods to store and retrieve data. The Hopfield network operates by saving images or patterns and reducing the energy of the network as it works through distorted or incomplete inputs. By systematically adjusting the nodes and reducing the network’s energy, it retrieves the stored image that is most similar to the input data.

Hinton’s Boltzmann machine, a more advanced form of neural network, took Hopfield’s ideas further by focusing on recognizing patterns in data. Statistical physics provided the framework for this network, which consists of many interacting components. The machine is trained by running simulations in which certain patterns emerge with high probability. These patterns can then be used to classify images or generate new data based on the learned patterns.

The combination of Hopfield’s and Hinton’s research has been pivotal in driving forward the development of machine learning. Hinton’s continued work in this field has helped fuel the explosive growth of artificial intelligence over the past few decades. The principles established by these two laureates are now used across a wide variety of disciplines, from physics to computer science and beyond.

Artificial neural networks, originally inspired by biology, have found extensive use in physics, where they assist in developing new materials with specific properties. Moons’ comment highlights this interdisciplinary impact, illustrating how breakthroughs in one field can lead to significant advances in another.

The contributions of Hopfield and Hinton are not only of academic interest but have practical applications that have revolutionized numerous industries. Machine learning is now used in image and speech recognition, autonomous vehicles, medical diagnostics, and countless other fields. The basic principles of neural networks—learning by adjusting connections between nodes—can be seen in virtually all modern machine learning algorithms.

The Nobel Prize in Physics has been awarded this year to two visionaries who used tools from physics to advance artificial intelligence. John Hopfield’s associative memory laid the groundwork for modern neural networks, while Geoffrey Hinton’s Boltzmann machine expanded the possibilities for machine learning. Together, their work has transformed the field of artificial intelligence, enabling the development of technologies that shape our everyday lives. As Moons noted, their contributions have been of immense benefit, particularly in the application of neural networks to various areas of physics, including the development of new materials.

With this recognition, the scientific community honors not just two individuals but the entire field of artificial intelligence, which continues to grow thanks to the pioneering work of these two Nobel laureates.

US Scientists Victor Ambros and Gary Ruvkun Win 2024 Nobel Prize for MicroRNA Discoveries

The Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine for 2024 has been awarded to two American scientists, Victor Ambros and Gary Ruvkun, for their pioneering work on microRNA. Their discoveries have provided insights into how complex life forms emerged on Earth and how the human body consists of a vast array of different tissues, despite all cells carrying the same genetic information.

MicroRNAs, which are tiny molecules that regulate gene expression, play a vital role in determining how genes are controlled within organisms, including humans. Ambros and Ruvkun’s breakthrough findings laid the foundation for understanding how genetic instructions are differently expressed across various tissues, which helps explain the diversity of cells in the human body. The Nobel Assembly of Sweden’s Karolinska Institute, which selects the Nobel Prize winners, announced that the two scientists would share a prize fund of 11 million Swedish kronor, equivalent to about £810,000.

The genetic information in every cell of the human body is stored in DNA. Although every cell contains identical genetic material, the types of cells they become and their functions vary greatly. For example, the electrical impulses generated by nerve cells differ entirely from the rhythmic contractions of heart cells. Similarly, the metabolic activities of liver cells contrast with the function of kidney cells, which filter waste products from the blood. The retina’s light-sensing cells and white blood cells, which fight infections, are also strikingly different in their roles.

This vast diversity is made possible through a process called gene expression, which refers to how cells read and execute the instructions stored in DNA. Ambros and Ruvkun were the first to identify microRNAs, and their research showed how these molecules exert control over the way genes are expressed, resulting in different outcomes in various tissues.

The Nobel Assembly commended the two scientists, stating, “Their groundbreaking discovery revealed a completely new principle of gene regulation that turned out to be essential for multicellular organisms, including humans.” The Assembly also noted that the human genome contains more than 1,000 microRNAs, highlighting the importance of these molecules in regulating the genetic blueprint.

MicroRNAs have been crucial in allowing life to evolve into its complex forms. Without the precise control of gene expression that microRNAs provide, all cells within an organism would be identical. This ability to regulate genes is fundamental to the development of diverse cell types that serve different functions within the body. However, when microRNAs are not functioning correctly, they can contribute to a range of diseases. Abnormal regulation by microRNAs has been linked to cancers and various other conditions, including congenital hearing loss and bone disorders. A severe example of microRNA-related disease is DICER1 syndrome, which is caused by mutations affecting microRNAs and leads to the development of cancers in different tissues.

Victor Ambros, who is 70 years old, currently works at the University of Massachusetts Medical School, while Gary Ruvkun, aged 72, is a professor at Harvard Medical School. Both scientists conducted much of their research using a simple organism, the nematode worm known as *C. elegans*. Their research focused on a mutant form of the worm that failed to develop certain cell types. Through their experiments, they identified small pieces of genetic material—later identified as microRNAs—that were crucial for the worm’s development.

To understand how microRNAs function, it’s essential to first know how genes are expressed. A gene contains instructions that are stored in DNA. When a cell needs to make use of this genetic information, it first creates a copy of the gene in the form of messenger RNA (mRNA), which carries the instructions out of the nucleus to the cell’s machinery that produces proteins. Proteins are essential for the structure and function of the body’s tissues and organs. MicroRNAs, however, interfere with this process by attaching themselves to the messenger RNA, effectively stopping it from delivering its instructions. In doing so, the microRNAs prevent the gene from being expressed in the cell. Ambros and Ruvkun’s further research demonstrated that this regulatory mechanism is not unique to worms but is a fundamental process across all life forms on Earth.

Janosch Heller, a professor at Dublin City University, praised the Nobel recipients for their significant contributions to science. “I am delighted to hear that the prize has gone to Profs Ambros and Ruvkun,” Heller said. “Their pioneering work into gene regulation by microRNAs paved the way for groundbreaking research into novel therapies for devastating diseases such as epilepsy, but also opened our eyes to the wonderful machinery that is tightly controlling what is happening in our cells.”

The Nobel Prize for Physiology or Medicine has a long history of recognizing outstanding contributions to science. In recent years, several laureates have been honored for their groundbreaking discoveries:

– In 2023, Katalin Kariko and Drew Weissman received the award for developing the technology that led to the creation of mRNA-based COVID-19 vaccines.

– In 2022, Svante Paabo was recognized for his work on human evolution, specifically for decoding the genome of ancient human relatives.

– The 2021 Nobel Prize was awarded to David Julius and Ardem Patapoutian for their discoveries on how the human body senses touch and temperature.

– In 2020, Michael Houghton, Harvey Alter, and Charles Rice were honored for discovering the Hepatitis C virus, which has led to life-saving treatments for millions of people.

– In 2019, Sir Peter Ratcliffe, William Kaelin, and Gregg Semenza were awarded for their work in uncovering how cells sense and respond to varying oxygen levels in their environment.

– James P. Allison and Tasuku Honjo received the 2018 prize for their work on cancer immunotherapy, which harnesses the body’s immune system to fight cancer cells.

– In 2017, the prize went to Jeffrey Hall, Michael Rosbash, and Michael Young for their research on how the body’s internal clock, or circadian rhythm, is regulated.

– Yoshinori Ohsumi won the Nobel Prize in 2016 for discovering how cells maintain their health by recycling their internal components, a process known as autophagy.

The Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine continues to celebrate those who make remarkable strides in understanding the human body and the fundamental mechanisms that drive life. This year’s recognition of Victor Ambros and Gary Ruvkun for their work on microRNAs highlights the importance of gene regulation in the evolution of life and opens new doors for medical research and treatments for various diseases. Their discovery not only deepens our understanding of life but also holds the potential to transform how we approach some of the most challenging medical conditions.

Over 10% of Indian Researchers in World’s Top 2% Scientists List Are from Tamil Nadu Universities

More than 10% of the Indian researchers featured in Stanford University’s prestigious list of the world’s top 2% scientists for 2024 hail from universities in Tamil Nadu. Out of the 5,351 Indian scientists named, around 537 are from this state.

The updated rankings were released on September 16, 2024, in collaboration with the Elsevier Data repository. This latest list offers a comprehensive science-wide author database, classifying scientists into 22 broad scientific fields and 174 sub-fields. Research articles up to the end of 2023 were considered for this ranking.

The Stanford University ranking for 2024 has recognized 2,23,152 scientists in the world’s top 2%, with 5,351 of them coming from Indian universities. This is a notable increase compared to 2023, when 4,635 Indian scientists were listed.

A closer examination of the list reveals that Tamil Nadu universities account for 537 scientists, representing more than 10% of all the Indian scientists in the ranking. Among the top Tamil Nadu institutions featured are 62 scientists from the Indian Institute of Technology Madras (IIT-Madras), 59 from Vellore Institute of Technology (VIT), 35 from SRM Institute of Science and Technology, 26 from Saveetha School of Engineering, 25 from Saveetha Dental College and Hospitals, 19 each from Bharathiar University, National Institute of Technology (NIT) Tiruchy, and Saveetha Institute of Medical and Technical Sciences, and 18 from Anna University.

In addition to these institutions, five scientists from Manonmaniam Sundaranar University, located in Tirunelveli, made it into the list, along with three scientists from St. Xavier’s College in Palayamkottai and one from VO Chidambaranar College in Thoothukudi.

One of the standout achievers in this year’s ranking is Dr. S. Selvam from VO Chidambaranar College, Thoothukudi. He has been included in the world’s top 2% scientists list for the fourth consecutive time since 2021. Specializing in geology and environmental pollution in air-water sediments, Dr. Selvam has published 103 research papers. He currently ranks 44,819 globally, an improvement from his previous rank of 84,658, and has secured 633 citations with an h-index of 14 (excluding self-citations).

In a conversation with The New Indian Express, Vice Chancellor Chandrasekar of Manonmaniam Sundaranar University expressed his gratitude for the support provided by both the state and central governments for research programs. “The professors have been nurtured to encourage students and research scholars to develop novel ideas in their respective fields. As researchers, they should focus on increasing their citations to achieve higher ranks,” Chandrasekar noted.

However, educationalists have raised concerns about the challenges faced by postgraduate students and research scholars in accessing fellowships and grants offered by the government. They argue that these students need proper guidance to take full advantage of available opportunities. In addition, they suggest that Tamil Nadu’s government, which has already prioritized higher education, should also develop research-focused guidance programs to assist scholars.

Researchers also point out that availing grants has become more difficult with the introduction of certain mandatory requirements, such as the National Eligibility Test (NET) for Lectureship and the Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering (GATE). These tests are now required for various fellowship programs, including the Prime Minister’s Fellowship, Chief Minister’s Fellowship, Maulana Azad Fellowship for OBCs, Rajiv Gandhi Fellowship for SC/ST students, and the Single Woman Fellowship.

In the highly competitive academic landscape, the inclusion of Tamil Nadu’s researchers in this prestigious global list is a significant achievement. With over 10% representation from Tamil Nadu in Stanford’s world top 2% scientists list, the state’s research ecosystem is clearly thriving. However, challenges remain in terms of providing sufficient guidance and support to research scholars to ensure continued success.

Mini Moon to Orbit Earth for a Brief Visit Before Continuing Its Journey

Earth is about to gain a short-term companion in space, often referred to as a “mini moon.” This mini moon is actually an asteroid, with a size comparable to a school bus, measuring approximately 33 feet (10 meters) in length. On Sunday, the asteroid will come close enough to Earth to be temporarily captured by the planet’s gravity, causing it to orbit Earth for a brief period. However, its stay will only last for about two months before it continues its journey through the cosmos.

The asteroid, designated as 2024 PT5, was first discovered in August by astronomers from Complutense University of Madrid. They made the discovery using a highly advanced telescope located in Sutherland, South Africa. The identification of such temporary moons, while not unheard of, is a relatively recent development in the field of astronomy. These mini moons, which come into Earth’s gravitational pull, stay only briefly before resuming their independent courses in space.

Richard Binzel, an astronomer at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT), commented on the phenomenon of mini moons. He explained that these short-lived objects might be more common than most people think, but due to their small size and the challenges in detecting them, they are often overlooked. “This happens with some frequency, but we rarely see them because they’re very small and very hard to detect,” Binzel noted. “Only recently has our survey capability reached the point of spotting them routinely.”

Astronomers have long suspected that Earth has temporary moons from time to time, but the tools and technology available to track and confirm these objects have only advanced in recent years. The discovery of this particular mini moon was made by astronomers Carlos de la Fuente Marcos and Raúl de la Fuente Marcos, and their findings have been published by the American Astronomical Society.

According to the astronomers who discovered it, 2024 PT5 won’t be visible to the naked eye. Additionally, it won’t be visible through typical amateur telescopes either, making it a challenging object for space enthusiasts to observe. However, it can be tracked using large, research-grade telescopes. In an email discussing the asteroid, Carlos de la Fuente Marcos explained, “It can be observed with relatively large, research-grade telescopes,” which highlights the sophistication required to detect such an object.

Richard Binzel, though not directly involved in the research surrounding this particular discovery, has raised an interesting question about the origin of the asteroid. He said it remains unclear whether 2024 PT5 is a typical asteroid or if it could potentially be a fragment from the moon that was blasted away during some unknown event. “It’s not clear whether the space rock originated as an asteroid or as ‘a chunk of the moon that got blasted out,'” Binzel added, suggesting there could be more to the story of this mini moon than currently known.

During its brief stay in Earth’s orbit, 2024 PT5 will not complete a full orbit of the planet. Instead, it will circle Earth for approximately 57 days before it eventually escapes Earth’s gravity and resumes its independent journey through space. The asteroid will continue its cosmic travels without being permanently bound to Earth. According to astronomers tracking its path, 2024 PT5 will depart from Earth’s vicinity on November 25, marking the end of its temporary status as Earth’s mini moon. However, its journey near Earth is far from over. Predictions indicate that the asteroid is expected to pass by Earth once again in 2055, giving future astronomers another chance to observe it up close.

Though the idea of mini moons may seem novel to many, they have been observed in the past, with the last known mini moon being detected in 2020. However, that discovery and others like it have been rare, largely due to the difficulty in spotting such small objects in space. The mini moon phenomenon provides an exciting opportunity for astronomers to study the behavior of space rocks that come close to Earth and temporarily orbit our planet.

Overall, the discovery of 2024 PT5 adds to the growing body of knowledge about Earth’s temporary moons. While the asteroid won’t be visible to the general public or even most amateur astronomers, its brief orbit around Earth is an event of scientific interest, especially for those with access to research-grade telescopes and tools to track its movements. After 57 days, the mini moon will leave Earth’s orbit and resume its solitary journey through space, reminding us of the vast, ever-changing nature of the cosmos.

The discovery also highlights the advances in astronomy and the increased capability to detect and track even small celestial objects. While 2024 PT5’s stay in Earth’s orbit will be brief, it serves as a reminder of the fascinating and dynamic nature of our planet’s relationship with the universe. The asteroid’s brief visit might be a fleeting event in astronomical terms, but it is a notable milestone for scientists and researchers dedicated to exploring and understanding the complexities of space.

As technology continues to improve, it is likely that more mini moons will be detected in the future, shedding light on the lesser-known phenomena that occur around our planet. For now, 2024 PT5 will have its brief moment as Earth’s companion before it moves on, leaving astronomers to await its return in 2055.

Asteroid 2024 PT5 to Temporarily Orbit Earth, Earning the Nickname “Second Small Moon”

Two researchers from Complutense University of Madrid have discovered that a small space rock, named 2024 PT5, will briefly enter Earth’s orbit before continuing its journey through the solar system. The asteroid, which is approximately 10 meters in diameter, is expected to be captured by Earth’s gravitational pull later this month. This will allow the asteroid to temporarily orbit Earth for a short duration before eventually drifting away.

Asteroid dynamics experts Carlos and Raul Márquez have been studying the phenomenon of Earth’s periodic capture of asteroids in its orbit. These captures, while not permanent, allow smaller space rocks to circle Earth for a limited period before they continue on their trajectories elsewhere in the solar system. The Márquez brothers outlined their findings about 2024 PT5’s path in a recent report, explaining how this asteroid’s journey is expected to unfold.

According to the researchers’ calculations, 2024 PT5 will approach Earth in the coming weeks. Once it gets close enough, Earth’s gravity will pull it into a temporary orbit. This orbit will last for approximately 53 days, after which the asteroid is expected to leave Earth’s orbit around mid-November. The specific trajectory and timing of the asteroid’s capture have generated significant interest among the scientific community.

While Earth’s gravitational pull occasionally captures small asteroids, 2024 PT5’s arrival has sparked attention because of its unique timing and the proximity with which it will pass by Earth. Similar events have been documented in the past, with other small space rocks temporarily orbiting our planet, but the discovery of 2024 PT5 stands out due to its calculated orbit and the brief duration it will remain near Earth.

The asteroid was first detected by the Asteroid Terrestrial Impact Last Alert System (ATLAS) in August. ATLAS is an astronomical survey and early warning system specifically designed to detect objects on a potential collision course with Earth. Although 2024 PT5 is not on a direct path to collide with Earth, its capture in the planet’s gravitational pull has intrigued astronomers, who are keen to observe its movement and the effects of Earth’s gravity on the small space rock.

Despite concerns that asteroids passing close to Earth might pose a threat, earlier studies of 2024 PT5 have confirmed that there is no risk of the asteroid colliding with our planet. The asteroid’s size and speed, combined with the gravitational dynamics between Earth and the space rock, mean that it will remain in orbit for just over seven weeks before continuing its journey away from Earth.

Some have referred to 2024 PT5 as a “second small moon” due to its temporary orbit around the Earth. The term “moon” typically refers to large celestial bodies that maintain a stable, long-term orbit around a planet. However, in this case, the asteroid’s orbit is temporary and will not last beyond the end of the year. Nonetheless, the nickname reflects the interest in 2024 PT5’s brief presence in Earth’s gravitational field.

Carlos and Raul Márquez’s research into asteroid dynamics is crucial for understanding the movements of these objects through space. Asteroids like 2024 PT5 provide valuable insights into the gravitational interactions between Earth and smaller space rocks. Understanding these interactions can help scientists predict future asteroid behavior and improve early warning systems for potential asteroid collisions.

The detection of 2024 PT5 and its projected orbit around Earth highlights the advances in astronomical technology and observational methods. Systems like ATLAS play a key role in identifying objects that could pose a danger to Earth or provide opportunities for scientific study. ATLAS, in particular, is designed to identify space rocks that could impact Earth with little warning, making its detection of 2024 PT5 an important contribution to the field of asteroid monitoring.

While the asteroid poses no direct threat, astronomers are eager to observe 2024 PT5’s journey in detail. Its relatively close approach to Earth presents an opportunity to gather data on how small objects behave when captured by a planet’s gravitational field. Observations of the asteroid could offer further insights into the mechanics of temporary asteroid orbits and provide valuable information for future asteroid tracking missions.

The temporary nature of 2024 PT5’s orbit means that it will eventually drift away from Earth’s gravitational influence. By mid-November, the asteroid is expected to break free from Earth’s gravity and return to its path around the Sun. Although the exact timing of the asteroid’s departure may vary slightly, scientists are confident that 2024 PT5 will not remain in Earth’s orbit beyond this short period.

While most asteroids that pass by Earth do not enter its orbit, the phenomenon of temporarily captured objects is not uncommon. Earth’s gravitational pull occasionally draws in small asteroids for short periods, offering scientists a brief window to study their movements. These temporary captures can vary in duration, depending on the size and speed of the asteroid, as well as its distance from Earth.

In the case of 2024 PT5, its small size and calculated trajectory make it an ideal candidate for a temporary orbit around Earth. The asteroid’s brief stay in Earth’s orbit is a reminder of the dynamic nature of our solar system, where celestial bodies frequently interact with planets and their gravitational fields. While most of these interactions are harmless, they offer unique opportunities for scientific exploration and observation.

For astronomers and researchers, the capture of 2024 PT5 is an exciting event that will provide valuable data on asteroid dynamics. The Márquez brothers’ research has shed light on how asteroids like 2024 PT5 can be influenced by Earth’s gravity and temporarily drawn into orbit. Their findings contribute to a growing body of knowledge about asteroid behavior and the role of planetary gravity in shaping the paths of these objects.

As 2024 PT5 approaches Earth and begins its short-term orbit, astronomers will continue to monitor its progress closely. The data gathered during this time will add to our understanding of how small space rocks move through the solar system and interact with planets like Earth. While the asteroid’s visit will be brief, it offers a valuable opportunity for observation and study.

2024 PT5’s temporary capture by Earth’s gravity is a reminder of the intricate gravitational interactions that take place in our solar system. Although the asteroid poses no threat to our planet, its journey offers a unique opportunity for scientific study and a deeper understanding of asteroid dynamics. As it completes its 53-day orbit and prepares to depart in mid-November, 2024 PT5 will leave behind valuable data for future research and exploration.

Boeing’s Starliner Returns to Earth Without Astronauts After NASA Rules Trip Too Risky

Boeing’s Starliner spacecraft made its anticipated return to Earth on Saturday, but the astronauts it was meant to bring back from the International Space Station (ISS) weren’t on board. NASA determined that returning them on the spacecraft posed too much risk due to technical issues.

Originally, the Starliner was launched in June for a roughly weeklong test mission, which was meant to be the final step before being certified to transport astronauts to and from the ISS. However, technical problems during the flight, including thruster malfunctions and helium leaks, forced NASA to rethink their plans. Rather than risking the astronauts’ safety on the malfunctioning Starliner, NASA decided that crew members Butch Wilmore and Suni Williams would return on a SpaceX Crew Dragon spacecraft. However, they’ll have to wait until February 2025 for that trip.

The Boeing capsule, shaped like a gumdrop, landed softly at White Sands Space Harbor in New Mexico at 4:01 AM GMT on Saturday. Its descent was slowed by parachutes and cushioned by airbags, after it left the ISS about six hours earlier. As it entered the Earth’s atmosphere, the spacecraft generated sonic booms that could be heard by ground teams. The Starliner endured extreme heat during its reentry, with temperatures reaching 3,000 degrees Fahrenheit (1,650 degrees Celsius).

NASA officials praised Boeing’s effort during a post-flight press conference, though representatives from Boeing were notably absent. “It was a bullseye landing,” said Steve Stich, NASA’s commercial crew program manager. “The entry in particular has been darn near flawless.” However, Stich admitted that there were some new issues, including the failure of a newly installed thruster and the temporary loss of the spacecraft’s guidance system during the return.

At the moment, it’s unclear whether the next Starliner flight, scheduled for August next year, will have astronauts on board. Stich emphasized that NASA needed time to assess the data collected during this mission and determine what design or operational changes were necessary for the spacecraft’s future flights.

Prior to the return flight, Boeing conducted rigorous ground tests to address the issues that had arisen during Starliner’s journey to the ISS. The company assured NASA that it could safely bring the astronauts back, both in public statements and in internal discussions. Despite these assurances, NASA ultimately decided that it wasn’t worth the risk.

When asked whether he still supported NASA’s decision to keep the flight uncrewed, Stich said, “It’s always hard to have that retrospective look. We made the decision to have an uncrewed flight based on what we knew at the time and based on our knowledge of the thrusters and based on the modeling that we had.”

A History of Setbacks

Even though no astronauts were aboard for this return trip, the stakes were high for Boeing, a company with a century-long history in aerospace. In recent years, Boeing’s reputation has taken a hit due to safety concerns surrounding its commercial aircraft, and its future in crewed space missions seemed uncertain.

After the spacecraft undocked from the ISS, Starliner performed a powerful “breakout burn,” which quickly moved it away from the space station to prevent any chance of collision. This maneuver wouldn’t have been necessary if astronauts had been on board to manually control the spacecraft in case of an emergency.

Mission teams then carefully monitored the performance of the thrusters needed for the “deorbit burn,” a crucial maneuver that set the capsule on its path back to Earth. This burn took place about 40 minutes before the capsule’s touchdown. While the Starliner’s landing was widely expected to be successful — as it had landed safely on two previous uncrewed test flights — the program still faces significant delays.

NASA first awarded Boeing and SpaceX multibillion-dollar contracts in 2014 to develop spacecraft capable of transporting astronauts to the ISS. These contracts came after NASA’s Space Shuttle program ended, leaving the agency reliant on Russian rockets to send crew members to space.

Initially, Boeing was seen as the frontrunner in this competition. However, SpaceX, led by Elon Musk, rapidly pulled ahead. Since 2020, SpaceX has successfully flown dozens of astronauts to the ISS aboard its Crew Dragon spacecraft. Boeing’s Starliner, in contrast, has been plagued by technical problems and delays.

In 2019, the Starliner failed to reach the ISS during its first uncrewed test flight due to a software glitch. The following year, during another test, flammable tape was discovered in the spacecraft’s cabin. These issues, along with the thruster malfunctions and leaks in the current mission, have cast doubt on the Starliner program’s future.

With the ISS expected to be decommissioned by 2030, the clock is ticking for Starliner to prove its capabilities. If Boeing can’t get the spacecraft fully operational soon, it will have fewer opportunities to demonstrate its value before the ISS is retired.

The Unsung Indian Pioneers Who Shaped Global Mathematics and Culture

In AD 628, a sage from India, residing on a mountain in Rajasthan, made a groundbreaking mathematical discovery. This sage, the renowned mathematician Brahmagupta (598–670), delved into Indian philosophical notions of nothingness and the void, ultimately producing a treatise that essentially created and defined the concept of zero.

Brahmagupta was born near the hill station of Mount Abu in Rajasthan. At the age of 30, he authored a 25-chapter treatise on mathematics, immediately recognized for its exceptional brilliance and depth. He was the first mathematician to treat the zero symbol—initially represented as a mere dot—as a number in its own right, rather than just a symbol of absence. This approach necessitated the development of rules for arithmetic using this new symbol alongside the other nine numbers.

These foundational rules of mathematics enabled, for the first time, the expression of any number up to infinity with just ten symbols: the nine numerals devised by previous Indian mathematicians and the newly defined zero. These rules continue to be taught in classrooms worldwide.

Brahmagupta also innovated by formulating a set of arithmetic rules for handling positive and negative numbers, recorded in Sanskrit verse. In other writings, he appears to have been the first to describe gravity as an attractive force, a full thousand years before Isaac Newton.

However, Brahmagupta was not isolated in his achievements. He considered himself as building upon the work of a preceding Indian genius, Aryabhata (476–550). Aryabhata’s work provided a remarkably accurate approximation of the value of pi—3.1416—and explored spherical trigonometry in detail. The simplicity of calculations using his system had direct implications for astronomy, allowing him to compute planetary movements, eclipses, the size of the Earth, and the precise length of the solar year to an accuracy of seven decimal places.

He also accurately proposed a spherical Earth that rotated on its axis. “By the grace of Brahma,” Aryabhata wrote, “I dived deep in the ocean of theories, true and false, and rescued the precious sunken jewel of true knowledge by the means of the boat of my own intellect.”

The intellectual contributions of Brahmagupta and Aryabhata, synthesizing the mathematical wisdom of ancient India, traveled first to the Arab world and then further west, introducing not only essential mathematical concepts like zero but also the numeral system we use today. Despite this, the British education system still largely credits ancient Greece for the significant scientific advances of antiquity. While we learn about figures like Pythagoras and Archimedes in primary school, mathematicians of equal stature from India remain largely unknown to the public, with names like Brahmagupta and Aryabhata unfamiliar outside academic circles.

It was these Indian mathematicians who perfected the numeral system now universally used—a near-universal language. Yet in the West, we often mistakenly attribute our numeral system to the Arabs, from whom we adopted it, rather than to the Indians who actually invented it.

In Britain, there remains a surprising lack of awareness about India’s historically significant role as a central economic and cultural force in the ancient and early medieval world. Though largely unrecognized in the West, Indian scholarship, spiritual insights, and philosophical ideas are foundational to our world. Much like ancient Greece influenced Rome and the broader Mediterranean and European worlds, India at this time was exerting a similar influence over Southeast and Central Asia, and even China. This influence spread not through conquest but through the sheer appeal and sophistication of its culture.

For around 1,500 years, from approximately 250 BC to 1200 AD, India was a confident exporter of its diverse civilization, creating an “Indosphere” where its cultural impact was dominant. Throughout this period, the rest of Asia eagerly absorbed a comprehensive range of Indian soft power—in religion, art, music, dance, technology, astronomy, mathematics, medicine, language, and literature.

India produced not just pioneering merchants, astronomers, and scientists, but also spiritual leaders, monks, and missionaries from various strands of Indic religious thought, both Hindu and Buddhist. These religious worlds often mingled, sometimes competed, and occasionally clashed, but collectively, they came to dominate vast regions of Asia. Today, over half of the world’s population lives in areas where Indian religious and cultural ideas have been, or once were, predominant, with Indian deities capturing the imaginations of millions.

This vast spectrum of early Indian influence has always been evident, manifesting in the Buddhism of countries like Sri Lanka, Tibet, China, Korea, and Japan; in the place names of Burma and Thailand; in the murals and sculptures depicting the Ramayana and Mahabharata in Laos and Cambodia; and in the Hindu temples of Bali. Yet, the monsoon-driven maritime trade routes that connected these diverse regions into a cohesive cultural unit—a broad “Indosphere” stretching from the Red Sea to the Pacific—have never been widely recognized or named.

If India’s transformative effect on the surrounding religions and civilizations was so crucial to world history, why is its extraordinary cultural diffusion not more widely acknowledged? This lack of recognition is likely a lingering effect of colonialism, specifically Victorian Indology, which often undermined and devalued Indian history, culture, science, and knowledge. During the Victorian era, figures like Thomas Babington Macaulay confidently asserted that “a single shelf of a good European library was worth the whole native literature of India and Arabia.”

Had India been acknowledged as a powerful, cosmopolitan, and sophisticated civilization, what justification could there have been for the British Empire’s “civilizing mission”? How could one claim to bring civilization to a region that had already been highly civilized for thousands of years and had spread its influence across Asia long before the advent of Christianity? Ironically, it was Indian ideas that, in many ways, enabled the West to conquer India.

By the 8th century, Indian numerals had been adopted by the Arabs, facilitated by a Sanskrit-literate dynasty of viziers in Baghdad known as the Barmakids, who were converts from Buddhism. Some members of the Barmakid family had studied Indian mathematics in Kashmir. They dispatched missions to India to obtain scientific texts, resulting in a delegation from Sindh bringing a compilation of Brahmagupta and Aryabhata’s works to Baghdad in 773.

A generation later, Persian polymath Khwarizmi summarized all the Sanskrit mathematical texts stored in Baghdad’s House of Wisdom library. His name gives us the term “algorithm,” and his book “Kitab al-Jabr,” is the root of the word “algebra.” This book became foundational for mathematics across the Arab world. The book’s full title, “The Compendious Book on Calculating by Completion and Balancing, According to Hindu Calculation,” hints at its inspiration.

From Baghdad, these mathematical ideas spread across the Islamic world. Five centuries later, in 1202, Leonardo of Pisa, known as Fibonacci, returned to Italy from Algeria with his father, where he found his fellow citizens still using the Latin numeral system. Fibonacci, fluent in Arabic and familiar with Arab mathematics, wrote the “Liber Abaci” (The Book of Calculation) at the age of 32, after learning about the “nine figures of the Indias” in Algeria. As Fibonacci explained, “With the sign 0, which the Arabs call zephyr (al-sifr), any number whatsoever can be written. Getting to know this pleased me far beyond all else … Therefore I made an effort to compose this book so that in future the Latin race may not be found lacking in mathematical knowledge.”

Fibonacci’s “Liber Abaci” first popularized the use of what would later be known as “Arabic numerals” in Europe, laying the groundwork for the growth of banking and accounting, initially in Italy under families like the Medicis, and subsequently throughout Europe. These innovations played a pivotal role in the commercial and banking revolution that financed the Renaissance, and eventually, as these ideas spread, in the rise of Europe, driving it to look eastward toward India’s riches—the origin of these transformative ideas.

It was arguably European commercial acumen and initiative, just as much as military might, that gave Europe an edge over India. From the mid-18th century, the European East India Company—a corporation headquartered in London’s financial district—used meticulous accounting and corporate strategies to conquer a divided India, marking perhaps the most significant act of corporate aggression in history.

Today, over 75 years after independence, many believe India’s moment has come again. Its economy has grown fourfold in a generation, and its reputation as a hub for mathematics and scientific expertiseremains strong, with Indian software engineers increasingly forming the backbone of the new “Houses of Wisdom” in Silicon Valley. The only questions that remain are whether it will be India, China, or the United States that dominates the world by the end of this century, and what kind of India it will be.

For a millennium, Indian ideas spread along the Golden Road, transforming the world and creating a cultural zone that transcended political boundaries through the sheer power of its ideas. Within this zone, Indian culture and civilization reshaped everything they encountered.

Semaglutide: A Potential Game-Changer for Aging and Health Beyond Diabetes

Semaglutide, a drug commonly prescribed for Type 2 diabetes and obesity, might also have significant effects on the aging process, according to recent research. Prof. Harlan Krumholz from the Yale School of Medicine has highlighted the broader benefits of semaglutide, known commercially as Ozempic, following the release of several new studies.

The recent studies suggest that semaglutide could be effective in managing a variety of conditions related to heart failure, arthritis, Alzheimer’s disease, and even cancer. Prof. Krumholz noted, “It wouldn’t surprise me that improving people’s health this way actually slows down the ageing process.” He shared this insight during the European Society of Cardiology Conference 2024, where these findings were presented.

Published in multiple medical journals, including the Journal of the American College of Cardiology (JACC), which Prof. Krumholz edits, the research underscores the drug’s transformative potential. Prof. Krumholz emphasized, “These ground-breaking medications are poised to revolutionise cardiovascular care and could dramatically enhance cardiovascular health.”

The studies, conducted as part of the Select trial, involved over 17,600 participants aged 45 and older. These individuals were either given 2.4 mg of semaglutide or a placebo over a period of more than three years. All participants were either obese or overweight and had cardiovascular disease but no diabetes.

The results revealed that those using semaglutide experienced a lower mortality rate from various causes, including cardiovascular issues and Covid-19. Specifically, the mortality rate from Covid-19 was 2.6% for those on semaglutide, compared to 3.1% for those receiving the placebo. This indicates that while the drug did not reduce the likelihood of contracting Covid-19, it did seem to improve survival rates.

Additionally, the drug demonstrated benefits across genders. While women experienced fewer major adverse cardiovascular events, semaglutide “consistently reduced the risk” of adverse cardiovascular outcomes in both men and women. The medication also alleviated heart failure symptoms and lowered inflammation levels, regardless of whether participants lost weight.

Dr. Benjamin Scirica, lead author of one of the studies and a professor of cardiovascular medicine at Harvard Medical School, noted, “The findings reinforce that overweight and obesity increases the risk of death due to many etiologies.” He further stated that these risks “can be modified with potent incretin-based therapies like semaglutide.”

Semaglutide is available as a prescription drug on the NHS, marketed under the brand names Wegovy for obesity and Ozempic for diabetes. It is administered via injection and functions by mimicking the hormone GLP-1, which helps users feel fuller and less hungry.

Despite its potential benefits, experts caution that semaglutide should not be seen as a substitute for a healthy diet and regular exercise. It is important that the medication be used under medical supervision, as it can cause side effects including nausea, upset stomach, bloating, and gas.

The research into semaglutide’s broader health impacts highlights its promising role not just in managing diabetes and obesity but also in potentially slowing the aging process and improving overall health.

Ancient Submerged Bridge on Mallorca Sheds Light on Early Human Settlements

An ancient submerged bridge discovered in a cave on Spain’s Mallorca island is providing valuable insights into early human settlement patterns across the western Mediterranean. New research reveals that humans may have inhabited Mallorca much earlier than previously thought, potentially bridging the gap between eastern and western Mediterranean colonization.

Published in *Communications Earth & Environment*, the study focuses on a 25-foot-long (7.6-meter-long) bridge located within Genovesa Cave. The research suggests that human presence on Mallorca dates back significantly further than earlier estimates. This could offer a clearer picture of how and when humans dispersed across the Mediterranean.

Historically, determining the timeline for human settlement on Mediterranean islands has been challenging due to a lack of written records and scarce archaeological evidence. However, the submerged bridge’s “bathtub ring” and associated mineral deposits have enabled scientists to estimate its construction to be around 6,000 years ago, according to Bogdan Onac, the lead author of the study and a professor at the University of South Florida’s School of Geosciences.

“The presence of this submerged bridge and other artifacts indicates a sophisticated level of activity, implying that early settlers recognized the cave’s water resources and strategically built infrastructure to navigate it,” Onac explained.

The bridge is constructed from large limestone blocks, with some spanning 4.2 feet (1.3 meters). The exact methods used by ancient humans to construct this bridge remain unknown. Researchers speculate that the bridge was intended to provide a continuous, dry pathway connecting the cave’s entrance to a chamber beyond an internal lake.

The bridge was first discovered in 2000. Early estimates in a Catalan-language study placed its age at around 3,500 years, based on pottery found in the cave. However, subsequent research, including radiocarbon dating of bones and pottery on Mallorca, suggested a human presence on the island as far back as 9,000 years. Due to the poor preservation of these materials, this timeline has been questioned.

Recent studies analyzing ash, bones, and charcoal on the island have proposed a settlement date of approximately 4,440 years ago. Yet, Onac and his team opted for a different approach. They examined the rise of sea levels and the geological markers it leaves behind.

“It was only in the past four years that we finally gathered the data needed to address this longstanding research topic and better estimate the arrival time of humans in Mallorca,” Onac noted.

Today, rising global sea levels have flooded the passages of Genovesa Cave. Onac and his team investigated a light-colored band on the submerged bridge and calcite encrustations formed during higher sea levels. Speleothems, which are mineral deposits in caves, provided crucial data.

By reconstructing historical local sea levels and analyzing the bridge’s color band and mineral deposits, the researchers determined that the bridge was likely built around 6,000 years ago. The color band aligned with the level where mineral deposits formed when the sea level was stable, suggesting construction occurred before 5,600 years ago.

Onac also noted that the bridge was probably used for 400 to 500 years before rising sea levels submerged it. While there is no definitive evidence on how ancient humans utilized the cave, a few possibilities are being considered.

Fossil remains of the extinct goat species Myotragus balearicus and pottery found in a chamber linked to the cave entrance by the bridge hint at potential uses of the cave. “This suggests that humans may have used the area near the cave entrance, a large collapse chamber, for living,” Onac suggested. “The purpose of crossing the lake to access that chamber remains unclear; it could have served as a refuge, place for rituals, or as a storage place, keeping food out of Mallorca’s hot days.”

Archaeological evidence shows small stone homes and large stone structures on Mallorca from 2,000 to 4,500 years ago, suggesting that the cave bridge might represent an early stage in the development of more advanced stone constructions on the island.

Paleontologists are still exploring why Mallorca was settled later than other Mediterranean islands. Despite its proximity to Spain’s mainland, Mallorca’s hot, dry climate and thin soil for farming, coupled with limited natural resources aside from fish and native goats, might have made it less appealing. “In contrast, other islands had more favorable environmental conditions and abundant resources, such as minerals and livestock, which made them more attractive for early settlers,” Onac concluded.

Human-Made Meteor Shower Could Occur After NASA’s DART Impact on Asteroid

In 2022, NASA’s DART spacecraft intentionally collided with the small asteroid Dimorphos, creating a substantial amount of debris. This impact could potentially lead to the first human-made meteor shower, referred to as the Dimorphids, according to a recent study. The DART mission, or Double Asteroid Redirection Test, was designed to evaluate asteroid deflection technology, a vital component of planetary defense. The mission’s goal was to determine if crashing a spacecraft into an asteroid at high speed—13,645 miles per hour (6.1 kilometers per second)—could alter the motion of a space object.

Neither Dimorphos nor Didymos, the larger asteroid it orbits, poses any threat to Earth. However, the double-asteroid system served as an ideal candidate for testing deflection methods, given that Dimorphos is similar in size to asteroids that could pose a risk to our planet. For nearly two years, astronomers have monitored the results of the collision using ground-based telescopes. The findings confirmed that the DART spacecraft successfully altered Dimorphos’s trajectory, reducing its orbital period, or the time it takes to complete a single orbit around Didymos, by about 32 to 33 minutes.

The collision also generated over 2 million pounds (nearly 1 million kilograms) of rocks and dust, equivalent to filling six or seven rail cars. The final destination of this debris has remained uncertain until now. New research indicates that fragments from Dimorphos could reach the vicinity of Earth and Mars within one to three decades. Some debris might even reach Mars as soon as seven years from now, while smaller fragments could enter Earth’s atmosphere within the next 10 years. The study detailing these findings has been accepted for publication in the Planetary Science Journal.

“This material could produce visible meteors (commonly called shooting stars) as they penetrate the Martian atmosphere,” explained Eloy Peña Asensio, the lead study author and a postdoctoral researcher at Italy’s Polytechnic University of Milan. He added, “Once the first particles reach Mars or Earth, they could continue to arrive intermittently and periodically for at least the next 100 years, which is the duration of our calculations.”

Predicting the Movement of Space Debris

The debris fragments vary in size, ranging from tiny sand-like particles to pieces the size of smartphones. According to Peña Asensio, none of the debris poses any risk to Earth. “They would disintegrate in the upper atmosphere through a process known as ablation, caused by friction with the air at hypervelocity,” he stated. “There is no possibility of Dimorphos material reaching Earth’s surface.”

However, predicting when this debris might reach Earth is challenging and depends on estimating the fragments’ speed. During the DART mission, a small satellite named LICIACube separated from the spacecraft before impact to capture images of the collision and the resulting debris cloud. “This crucial data has enabled and continues to enable detailed analysis of the debris produced by the impact,” Peña Asensio noted.

Using data from LICIACube and the supercomputing resources of the Consortium of University Services of Catalonia, the research team simulated the paths of 3 million particles created by the collision. The modeling considered various potential trajectories and velocities of the particles within the solar system and how solar radiation might influence their movement.

Previous studies had suggested that debris from Dimorphos could reach Earth or Mars, but this new research refined those predictions based on post-impact data from LICIACube. The findings indicate that if the debris was ejected from Dimorphos at speeds of 1,118 miles per hour (500 meters per second), some fragments could reach Mars. Smaller, faster debris traveling at 3,579 miles per hour (1,600 meters per second) might reach Earth.

Although the study indicates that the fastest-moving particles could potentially reach Earth in less than 10 years, there are still uncertainties about the debris’s nature. Peña Asensio stated that while a Dimorphids meteor shower is unlikely, it cannot be entirely ruled out. “If it did occur, it would be a small, faint meteor shower,” he said. “The resulting meteor shower would be easily identifiable on Earth, as it would not coincide with any known meteor showers. These meteors would be slow-moving, with peak activity expected in May, and primarily visible from the southern hemisphere, seemingly originating from near the Indus constellation.”

The researchers also speculated that debris from Dimorphos could potentially reach other nearby asteroids, although this scenario was not explored in their study.

Observing the Aftermath

While some ejected debris was expected following the impact, the possibility of it reaching Earth or Mars could only be calculated after the event, noted Michael Küppers, a planetary scientist at the European Space Astronomy Centre and co-author of the study. “Personally, initially I was surprised to see that, although the impact happened close to Earth (at about an 11-million-kilometer distance), it is easier for the impact ejecta (debris) to reach Mars than to reach Earth,” Küppers remarked. “I believe the reason is that Didymos crosses the orbit of Mars, but stays just outside the orbit of Earth.”

Debris can also be ejected from other near-Earth asteroids, such as Phaethon, which is responsible for the Geminid meteor shower that occurs each December. Studying the debris from the DART impact could help scientists predict when such material might reach Earth or Mars, suggested Patrick Michel, an astrophysicist at the National Centre for Scientific Research in France, who was not involved in the study. “This study tries to quantify this possibility and confirms that it may happen, even if it relies on modeling that has its own uncertainties,” Michel said.

Future observations could provide researchers with more accurate measurements of the debris’s mass and velocity, enabling them to better predict potential meteor activity. The upcoming Hera mission, set to launch in October by the European Space Agency, will observe the aftermath of the DART impact. Scheduled to arrive at the asteroid system by late 2026, Hera, along with two CubeSats, will examine the composition and mass of Dimorphos and its transformation due to the impact. The mission will also assess the momentum transferred from the spacecraft to the asteroid.

“Is there an impact crater, or was the impact so large that Dimorphos was globally reshaped?” asked Küppers, who is also a project scientist for the Hera mission. “From ground-based data, we have some evidence for the latter. Hera will tell us for sure. Also, we will see if the impact left Dimorphos (tumbling).”

Overall, the Hera mission will provide astronomers with critical insights into the dynamical evolution of debris generated by such impacts, particularly in a complex double-asteroid system like Didymos and Dimorphos, Michel concluded.

NASA Astronauts to Extend ISS Stay as Boeing Starliner Returns Uncrewed

Two astronauts who traveled to the International Space Station (ISS) aboard Boeing’s Starliner will be returning to Earth on a different spacecraft next year, as announced by NASA officials on Saturday. Astronauts Barry “Butch” Wilmore and Sunita “Suni” Williams, who participated in the first crewed test flight of Boeing’s Starliner, are now scheduled to return in February 2025 aboard the SpaceX Crew-9 mission, according to NASA. The Boeing Starliner, meanwhile, will return to Earth separately in an uncrewed flight.

NASA Administrator Bill Nelson emphasized that this decision was made with safety as the primary concern. “The decision to keep Butch and Suni aboard the International Space Station and bring the Boeing Starliner home uncrewed is a result of a commitment to safety,” Nelson stated at a news conference.

Wilmore and Williams launched to the ISS on June 5, with the original plan for a short one-week stay and return on June 14. However, their return has been postponed multiple times due to ongoing assessments and safety checks. While on the ISS, Wilmore and Williams have integrated into the “Expedition 71” crew, contributing to research and other station responsibilities. This extended stay has led to increased usage of supplies initially designated for the ISS crew, NASA officials have reported.

Steve Stich, the program manager for NASA’s Commercial Crew Program, explained that NASA’s decision was influenced by concerns regarding the Starliner’s thrusters. “There was too much risk for the crew,” Stich stated, reflecting the caution exercised by NASA after a summer spent analyzing data on the spacecraft.

Boeing responded to the situation, affirming their commitment to safety. “We continue to focus, first and foremost, on the safety of the crew and spacecraft,” a Boeing spokesperson said. “We are executing the mission as determined by NASA, and we are preparing the spacecraft for a safe and successful uncrewed return.”

During their extended stay, Wilmore and Williams will continue to support scientific experiments, conduct maintenance, and possibly participate in spacewalks on the ISS. The upcoming SpaceX Dragon Crew-9 mission, slated for launch in September, will now carry only two of its originally planned four astronauts to make room for Wilmore and Williams on the return trip. Additional spacesuits will be provided to accommodate the extra passengers.

“As we started looking at various options, it was obvious to both of us that the easiest and best option was to configure the Crew-9 vehicle with a couple of empty seats on the way up,” Stich explained.

A significant factor in the decision to leave Starliner uncrewed for its return is its current inability to autonomously undock from the ISS. To achieve autonomous undocking, Starliner would require a software update and additional training for Boeing’s flight control team.

Starliner is part of NASA’s broader Commercial Crew Program, which aims to certify various spacecraft for routine missions to and from the ISS. The spacecraft has faced multiple challenges throughout its development. Initially planned for launch on May 6, the test flight was delayed due to an issue with an oxygen valve on a rocket built by United Launch Alliance (ULA), the company responsible for the rockets used to launch the spacecraft into orbit. A subsequent launch date of May 25 was also postponed after a small helium leak was detected in the service module, which contains the support systems and instruments necessary for spacecraft operation.

Further complications arose with additional helium leaks and a thruster issue, which posed potential delays to Starliner’s docking. Even after docking with the ISS, NASA and Boeing reported the spacecraft had five “small” helium leaks, butassured that enough helium remained for the return mission.

To address these concerns, teams at NASA’s White Sands Test Facility in New Mexico conducted ground tests on Starliner’s thrusters, simulating conditions similar to those experienced on the journey to the ISS to assess the spacecraft’s behavior during undocking.

Stich acknowledged that these developments have been challenging for all involved. “The crew has gone through a lot of emotions concerning the changes to the mission and the test flight,” he said. He further reflected on the long-term implications of the changes, noting, “In the ultimate long-term view, we have not lost anything, because Boeing … is committed to finding the solutions and flying Starliner again. But I probably can not express what it’s like in words when you commit to a mission so long and then we make a fairly dramatic change which we have not in human space flight in a long time.”

Norm Knight, NASA’s director of flight operations directorate, also acknowledged the difficulties faced by the families of Wilmore and Williams, who now face a longer wait for their loved ones to return. “I care deeply about their families, I know this is a huge impact on their families and it means a lot,” Knight said. He expressed gratitude for the support of the families, saying, “I tell their families thank you for their support, thank you for what they do.”

Despite the setbacks and changes to their mission, Wilmore and Williams remain committed to their extended stay on the ISS, continuing to support NASA’s objectives in space exploration and research. The decision to bring them back aboard a different spacecraft underscores NASA’s prioritization of safety and thorough assessment in its manned missions. As the space agency continues to evaluate and refine its spacecraft capabilities, the commitment to safety and successful mission outcomes remains paramount.

Study Uncovers Hidden Consciousness in Unresponsive Patients

For nearly two decades, scientists have been delving into the phenomenon of “cognitive motor dissociation,” a condition in which patients appear unresponsive to standard cognitive tests yet exhibit signs of consciousness when examined through advanced techniques like fMRI and EEG. A recent 15-year study has revealed that nearly one-quarter of such patients may indeed experience a form of hidden consciousness, a discovery that underscores the importance of improving the quality of life for these individuals.

Consciousness remains one of science’s greatest enigmas, with numerous theories attempting to explain its existence. Some even speculate that consciousness may arise from quantum processes beyond our current understanding. Despite the ongoing debates in both scientific and philosophical circles, experts have become increasingly skilled at detecting consciousness, even in individuals who show no overt signs of it.

This progress can largely be attributed to our growing understanding of brain function and the development of sophisticated technologies like functional MRI (fMRI) and electroencephalography (EEG). These tools provide researchers with unprecedented insight into how the brain responds to external stimuli. In a 15-year study involving 241 patients in an unresponsive, “vegetative” state across six research institutions in the U.S., U.K., and Europe, nearly one-quarter of the patients exhibited evidence of consciousness when examined using fMRI and EEG.

This finding sheds light on the relatively understudied disorder known as “cognitive motor dissociation,” where patients do not respond to traditional cognitive tests but show signs of consciousness when asked to imagine specific tasks. The study’s results were published in *The New England Journal of Medicine*.

“Some patients with severe brain injury do not appear to be processing their external world,” explained Yelena Bodien of Massachusetts General Hospital, the study’s lead author. “However, when they are assessed with advanced techniques such as task-based fMRI and EEG, we can detect brain activity that suggests otherwise. These results bring up critical ethical, clinical, and scientific questions—such as how can we harness that unseen cognitive capacity to establish a system of communication and promote further recovery?”

While the discovery of hidden cognition in unresponsive patients is not entirely new, the prevalence of this condition was previously unknown. In 2006, scientists identified consciousness in a patient in Cambridge, England, by asking her to imagine playing tennis. When the brain activity was compared to that of a healthy individual imagining the same task, the results were strikingly similar. To further explore the prevalence of this condition, Nicolas Schiff, a leading neuroscientist at Cornell University and senior author of the new study, decided to conduct additional tests on patients in similar states.

The researchers selected 241 patients who did not respond to conventional bedside cognitive tests. These tests typically include various tasks and questions designed to assess consciousness, as well as executive function, memory, and attention. Like the 2006 patient, the study participants were asked to imagine specific tasks, such as “imagine opening and closing your hand,” and healthy volunteers were asked to perform the same function. The data collected was then analyzed by statisticians at the Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, who were unaware of which results came from which research group. The analysis revealed that 60 out of the 241 patients displayed signs of consciousness similar to the healthy control group.

“We find that this kind of sharp dissociation of retained cognitive capabilities and no behavioral evidence of them is not uncommon,” Schiff noted in a press statement. “I think we now have an ethical obligation to engage with these patients, to try to help them connect to the world. What we need here is what we in our consortium have been trying to get started for twenty years: a sustained effort to benefit patients who have disorders of consciousness with systematic medical research, technology development, and better clinical infrastructure.”

The growing awareness of the widespread nature of cognitive motor dissociation, coupled with ongoing advancements in brain implant technology, could significantly mitigate the trauma experienced by these patients. Now that we understand that some “vegetative” patients may be aware of their surroundings, it becomes a moral imperative to assist them in leading more fulfilling lives.

Bipartisan Lawmakers Urge Biden Administration to Increase Scrutiny on U.S. Clinical Trials Conducted in China

On August 20, a bipartisan group of lawmakers, led by Indian American Representative Raja Krishnamoorthi, urged the Biden administration to intensify oversight of U.S. clinical trials being conducted in China. Their concerns center on the potential theft of intellectual property and the risk of forced participation of Uyghurs in these trials.

Representative John Moolenaar, a Republican who chairs the House Select Committee on China, and Democratic Representative Raja Krishnamoorthi highlighted that U.S. pharmaceutical companies have collaborated with Chinese military-run hospitals to conduct numerous clinical trials over the past decade. These trials have even been conducted in Xinjiang, the region where China’s Uyghur minority resides.

“Given the historical suppression and medical discrimination against ethnic minorities in this region, there are significant ethical concerns around conducting clinical trials in (Xinjiang),” Moolenaar and Krishnamoorthi expressed in a letter dated August 19, which was directed to Robert Califf, the head of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA).

The letter, co-signed by Democratic Representative Anna Eshoo and Republican Representative Neal Dunn, further stated, “These collaborative research activities raise serious concerns that critical intellectual property is at risk of being transferred to the (People’s Liberation Army) or being co-opted under the People’s Republic of China’s National Security Law.”

As of the article’s publication, the FDA had not provided a response to requests for comment.

In response to these concerns, the Chinese embassy in Washington rejected the accusations, labeling claims of intellectual theft as “groundless” and dismissing allegations of genocide in Xinjiang as “sheer falsehood.” The embassy emphasized, “China-US cooperation in health care…is mutually beneficial in essence,” and added that “politicizing and instrumentalizing normal cooperation” was not in anyone’s interest.

This letter reflects a growing unease among U.S. lawmakers about China’s expanding role in the biotechnology industry.

Earlier this year, in April, Representatives Krishnamoorthi and John Moolenaar’s predecessor, Republican Representative Michael Gallagher, urged the Biden administration to add seven Chinese biotechnology companies to a list managed by the U.S. Department of Defense. This list identifies firms that are allegedly collaborating with Beijing’s military.

Additionally, U.S. lawmakers are contemplating legislation that would limit business dealings with certain Chinese biotechnology companies, including WuXi AppTec and BGI.

The letter to the FDA requests answers to a series of questions about these clinical trials by October 1, reflecting the urgency and importance of this matter to the concerned lawmakers.

New Molecule Shows Potential to Restore Cognitive Function and Memory in Alzheimer’s Mouse Trials

In groundbreaking research, scientists have identified a molecule that may reverse cognitive decline and restore lost memories in Alzheimer’s disease, at least in mouse models. The study, published in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, was conducted by researchers at the University of California at Los Angeles (UCLA) and represents a novel approach to tackling the debilitating effects of Alzheimer’s.

Unlike existing Alzheimer’s treatments, the new molecule, synthesized at UCLA’s Drug Discovery Lab and named DDL-920, operates through a different mechanism. Traditional Alzheimer’s treatments focus on the accumulation of amyloid plaques in the brain, which is widely believed to be a key driver in the disease’s progression. Over the years, scientists have developed various strategies to eliminate these plaques, but with limited success. Recent studies have revealed that even though monoclonal antibodies can remove these plaques, they fail to restore cognitive abilities or reverse memory loss.

UCLA neurologist and lead researcher Istvan Mody pointed out this limitation. “They leave behind a brain that is maybe plaqueless,” Mody explained, “but all the pathological alterations in the circuits and the mechanisms in the neurons are not corrected.” This statement underscores the need for treatments that go beyond plaque removal and address the underlying neuronal dysfunctions associated with Alzheimer’s.

In addition to plaque buildup, another hallmark of Alzheimer’s, particularly in its early to mid-stages, is the disruption of gamma oscillations in the brain. These oscillations are crucial for functions like memory recall, such as remembering a phone number. The decline in these gamma oscillations is one of the processes that DDL-920 aims to target.

The UCLA research team conducted trials using both “wild-type” mice and mice genetically engineered to develop Alzheimer’s-like symptoms, a method that, while effective for research, has raised ethical concerns among some experts. The researchers hypothesized that DDL-920 could counteract the mechanisms that slow down these vital gamma oscillations.

Following two weeks of oral administration of the drug containing DDL-920, the mice with Alzheimer’s were able to perform on par with the wild-type mice in maze tests designed to measure memory and cognitive function. Remarkably, the treated mice also did not exhibit any abnormal behaviors after receiving the drug, suggesting that DDL-920 may not have adverse effects on behavior, which is an encouraging sign for the molecule’s potential as a treatment.

Despite these promising results, Mody emphasized that there is still a significant amount of research needed to determine whether DDL-920 is safe and effective for use in humans. The transition from mouse models to human clinical trials is a complex and often lengthy process, with many promising treatments failing to make it through. However, if successful, DDL-920 could also have implications for other neurological disorders characterized by disrupted gamma oscillations, including autism spectrum disorder, depression, and schizophrenia.

“We are very enthusiastic about that,” Mody said, reflecting on the broader potential of this research, “because of the novelty and the mechanism of action that has not been tackled in the past.” His optimism highlights the significance of this discovery, which could open new avenues for understanding and treating Alzheimer’s and possibly other neurological conditions.

This study marks an important step forward in the quest to find effective treatments for Alzheimer’s, a disease that affects millions of people worldwide and currently has no cure. While the journey from laboratory research to a marketable treatment is fraught with challenges, the discovery of DDL-920 offers a glimmer of hope for those affected by this devastating condition.

Astrology and the 2024 U.S. Election: Are the Stars Aligning for Kamala Harris?

Is the outcome of Election Day predestined by the cosmos? According to some astrologers, it might be. When political events and planetary movements intersect, the forecasts can be compelling.

In July, the political landscape was shaken when President Joe Biden unexpectedly announced he would not seek re-election, instead endorsing Vice President Kamala Harris as his successor. With less than four months until Election Day, this news was a bombshell in American politics — but not for many astrologers.

Some astrologers claim they foresaw this exact scenario in Harris’ and Biden’s natal charts, which are astrological tools based on the planetary positions at the time of a person’s birth. These astrologers have long been informing their audiences about Harris’ ascendant fortune and Biden’s waning influence. In fact, some even predicted the exact weekend of a major political shift, tied to a full moon. For these astrologers, the notion of Biden’s exit from the race was a long time coming.

“Astrologers have observed signs of illness in Biden’s chart for many years,” said astrologer Catherine Urban, who predicted in June that Biden’s health might deteriorate this year, potentially leading him to endorse Harris.

Predictive astrology involves various techniques to arrive at conclusions, many of which include analyzing a person’s birth date, time, and place to construct their natal chart. Astrologers then track planetary and star movements to predict how a person’s life might unfold, including critical moments in their career.

Mo, an astrologer who co-hosts the “Fixed Astrology” podcast and asked to keep her full name private due to her job, predicted Harris would be a “wartime president” back in May. She explained that Harris’ natal chart shows she would rise to power under challenging circumstances, due to an “enemies of the moon configuration” in her fall solar return. This configuration suggests that Harris will face slander and criticism, which is indicated by planets like Mars or Saturn forming a “difficult aspect” with the moon. A “difficult aspect” in astrology refers to the geometric angles between planets that suggest turmoil or conflict.

Even if you are skeptical of astrology, many others are captivated by the narratives it spins. A quick search on TikTok will reveal astrologers’ predictions about Election Day, including potential outcomes like candidate deaths and election results, drawing tens of thousands of views. One TikTok user, commenting on a video that accurately predicted Biden’s exit from the race, said, “This is my whole FYP [for you page] AND I CAN’T GET ENOUGH.”

The influence of astrology in politics is not a new phenomenon.

Urban attributes the growing interest in political astrology to the high stakes of this U.S. election, noting that “people often look to modalities like astrology to give us hope.”

However, the intersection of astrology and politics is far from new; it’s an ancient tradition. Alexander Boxer, a data scientist and author of *A Scheme of Heaven: The History of Astrology and the Search for Our Destiny in Data*, contends that astrologers were the first data scientists.

“Mapping the emotions of the stars onto politics is the original use of astrology. And it hasn’t ever really gone away,” Boxer told HuffPost.

During the reigns of Roman emperors like Augustus and Tiberius, astrologers wielded considerable power, as their predictions influenced who would become the next emperor and how long they were likely to live.

Astrologers have often been part of rulers’ inner circles. For example, Queen Elizabeth I had a court astrologer who advised her during her reign. In the U.S., Nancy Reagan famously consulted an astrologer after the 1981 assassination attempt on her husband, using astrology to determine auspicious dates for President Ronald Reagan’s trips and public appearances.

“Astrology, I’d say, both invented and in many ways perfected the art of taking a bunch of data, which maybe by itself is meaningless, and putting it together in a very compelling story,” Boxer explained.

Boxer compares ancient astrologers to modern-day election forecasters like Nate Silver. Using complex mathematical models that are difficult for the average person to understand, both astrologers and forecasters can craft a convincing narrative, even when their predictions are wrong. “There’s a particular seduction we have to a story told with data and numbers,” Boxer said.

As for who astrologers believe will win in November, the consensus points to a period of nationwide upheaval.

Pluto is returning to the same celestial configuration it held on July 4, 1776, the day the U.S. was founded. This means Pluto is moving toward the same position in the universe as it was during the nation’s birth. Urban explains that this final phase of the nation’s Pluto return marks a time of “massive death and rebirth,” signaling a restructuring of the current system.

Urban predicts Harris will win the election over former President Donald Trump by a “narrow margin,” based on how the planets and signs in her natal chart align with Election Day and the inauguration.

Both Harris and Trump have Jupiter — the planet associated with luck, opportunity, and abundance — near significant points in their natal charts. However, since Harris is a Gemini rising and 2024 is a “Gemini-ruled year,” she is expected to benefit more from Jupiter’s influence. “Jupiter helped her be in the right place at the right time,” Urban said.

Conversely, Urban forecasts that Trump will feel “crushed” around Election Day, but his influence won’t disappear. “There are signs in his chart that the things he becomes known for haven’t even happened yet,” Urban noted, adding that Trump’s chart appears “very authoritarian,” and he’s already leading a movement. The question remains, “What would happen to that movement?”

Mo adds that astrologers like herself consider the charts of both running mates when making predictions. Trump’s choice of Sen. JD Vance (R-Ohio) has not boosted his chances, according to her. “If Trump picked someone with better activations… maybe we would be having a different conversation,” she said, referencing the idea that Vance’s chart doesn’texhibit “taking the helm” energy. In astrology, “activation” refers to times when a zodiac sign or planet gains significance due to the timing of certain events.

Astrologer Lisa Stardust, who has long predicted Biden would be a one-term president, suggests the outcome of November’s election will hinge on the chart of Harris’ running mate.

Stardust predicts that by September 17, the winner of the November election should be clear, as Harris will experience a lunar eclipse in Pisces, affecting her 10th house of public image. This, she says, will be the “tipping point” for Harris.

Astrology can have as much meaning as you choose to give it. It can be entertaining, but it’s important not to let it dominate your life.

Mo notes that while astrology can provide themes, it cannot predict every detail of your life. “I can’t tell if you had a matcha latte for breakfast,” she said. “But I could say that maybe you had a very energetic start to your day Tuesday morning based on whatever [planetary] transits you were having.”

Boxer, who does not believe in astrology, warns against placing too much trust in predictions, especially regarding the November election. “Astrology is the template of data science and, in particular, the template for how we tell stories with numbers and data and how we can easily deceive others and ourselves.”

Jess Holt, an astrologer and licensed clinical social worker in New York, advises that astrology can be a helpful tool for coping with uncertainty. However, if reading election horoscopes “makes you feel anxious, if it compels you to constantly check for updates, or if it leads to despair, then it’s probably not the right tool for you.”

In essence, use astrology to align with your values, but don’t let it trap you in a cycle of endless information. As Holt said, “That’s not a helpful use of the tool.”

Moreover, don’t rely on astrological predictions to excuse yourself from political action. Urban emphasizes the importance of active participation in shaping the nation’s future.

“There are certain things that are written,” Urban acknowledged. “However, there’s also free will, and when it comes to deciding the fate of a nation, everyone needs to participate. Everyone’s will isparticipating.”

ISRO Names Youngest Astronaut as Prime Candidate for Indo-US ISS Mission

The Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) has designated the youngest of its astronaut candidates as the lead astronaut for the forthcoming Indo-US mission to the International Space Station (ISS). Group Captain Shubhanshu Shukla, who has recently been promoted, will be the prime astronaut for this mission.

A ‘prime astronaut’ is selected to be the primary individual for the flight, while a backup astronaut is also chosen to step in if an unforeseen issue arises.

Group Captain Shukla, born on October 10, 1985, in Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh, is an alumnus of the National Defence Academy. He was commissioned into the Indian Air Force (IAF) on June 17, 2006, in the fighter stream.

Shukla is a Fighter Combat Leader and test pilot with nearly 2,000 flying hours under his belt. His flying experience spans various aircraft, including Sukhoi-30MKI, MiG-21, MiG-29, Jaguar, Hawk, Dornier, and An-32.

The backup astronaut for this mission will be Group Captain Prasanth Balakrishnan Nair, who is the oldest of the astronaut-designates. Born on August 26, 1976, in Thiruvazhiyad, Kerala, Nair is also a National Defence Academy graduate and was awarded the Sword of Honour at the Air Force Academy. He was commissioned into the IAF on December 19, 1998, in the fighter stream.

Nair is a Category-A flying Instructor—the highest designation a pilot can achieve—and a test pilot with around 3,000 flying hours. He has also piloted several aircraft, including Sukhoi-30MKI, MiG-21, MiG-29, Hawk, Dornier, and An-32. He has further distinguished himself as an alumnus of the United States Staff College and as a Directing Staff at the Defence Services Staff College in Wellington and the Flying Instructors School in Tambaram. Additionally, he has commanded a Sukhoi-30MKI squadron.

To date, India has only had one astronaut in space, Wing Commander Rakesh Sharma, who participated in an Indo-Soviet mission in 1984.

Experts believe that ISRO’s decision to select the youngest astronaut as the prime candidate aligns with the long-term goals of the Gaganyaan programme. Given that this mission is intended to be a prolonged endeavor, having a younger astronaut like Shukla is seen as advantageous. India aims to send a human to the Moon by 2040.

In a statement, ISRO said, “Towards the goal of mounting a joint ISRO-NASA effort, the Human Space Flight Centre (HSFC) of ISRO has entered into a Space Flight Agreement (SFA) with NASA-identified service provider Axiom Space Inc., USA for its upcoming Axiom-4 mission to the ISS. A National Mission Assignment Board has recommended two Gaganyatris as prime and backup mission pilots for this mission.”

The final approval for the astronauts to fly to the ISS will be granted by the multilateral crew operations panel (MCOP). Training for the Gaganyatris is set to commence this week. The mission will involve conducting scientific research and technology demonstration experiments aboard the ISS and participating in space outreach activities.

The knowledge gained from this mission will contribute significantly to the Indian Human Space Programme and enhance the collaboration between ISRO and NASA in human space flight.

This Indo-US mission was initiated following a joint statement made during Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s state visit to the US in June 2023.

Jupiter and Mars Align to Mark India’s 78th Independence Day Celebration

On August 15, 2024, India will commemorate its 78th Independence Day with a celestial event featuring a rare alignment of Jupiter and Mars. This alignment will grace the skies over India, offering a spectacular visual treat to the nation’s celebrations.

The event is not just a routine celestial occurrence; it is a remarkable alignment of two of the solar system’s most prominent planets. Jupiter and Mars, both of which are renowned for their distinct and bright appearances, will come together in the night sky, providing a mesmerizing sight for skywatchers across the country.

According to astronomers, this conjunction is a significant event because of the close proximity of the two planets. The alignment of Jupiter and Mars is expected to be particularly striking, as the planets will appear closer to each other than they typically do. “Such alignments are relatively rare and offer a unique opportunity for enthusiasts and the general public alike to witness an extraordinary celestial phenomenon,” noted Dr. Priya Singh, an astronomer at the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO).

For those interested in viewing this cosmic display, the best time to catch a glimpse will be just after sunset, when the two planets will be visible in the western sky. This timing allows for optimal visibility as the darkness of the night sky enhances the brightness of the planets. The celestial event will last for several hours, providing ample time for observers to enjoy the sight.

The conjunction of Jupiter and Mars coincides with India’s Independence Day, adding a layer of significance to the celebrations. This rare astronomical event serves as a perfect backdrop for the nation’s commemoration of its freedom and sovereignty. “The alignment of these planets on such an important day is a beautiful reminder of the vast and interconnected universe we are part of,” said Dr. Singh.

The event will be visible from various parts of India, and numerous observatories and educational institutions are planning special events to help the public view and understand the phenomenon. Many local astronomy clubs and organizations will host viewing sessions and educational talks to enrich the experience for spectators. “We are excited to provide an opportunity for people to not only witness this rare event but also to learn more about the science behind it,” stated Anil Kumar, a member of the Delhi Astronomy Club.

In addition to the public viewing events, there will be live streaming of the alignment on various digital platforms, allowing those unable to view the event in person to experience it remotely. This digital approach ensures that people from all over the country can participate in the celebration, regardless of their location. “We want to make sure that everyone has a chance to witness this spectacular alignment, whether they are able to see it in person or through our live stream,” added Kumar.

The alignment of Jupiter and Mars also holds cultural significance, as celestial events have often been associated with various traditions and beliefs in India. The timing of this event on Independence Day adds a symbolic layer to the celebrations, linking the country’s progress and achievements with the grandeur of the cosmos. “The alignment of Jupiter and Mars on this historic day underscores the harmony between our cultural heritage and the wonders of the universe,” remarked Dr. Singh.

As India prepares to celebrate its 78th Independence Day, the conjunction of Jupiter and Mars provides a celestial highlight that will enhance the festivities. The alignment serves as a reminder of the natural beauty and cosmic phenomena that exist beyond our daily lives. It is an opportunity for citizens to pause and reflect on both the significance of their nation’s history and the marvels of the universe.

This unique celestial event will undoubtedly be a topic of conversation and excitement throughout the country. It not only adds a spectacular visual element to the Independence Day celebrations but also fosters a sense of wonder and curiosity about the universe. As people look to the skies on August 15, they will be reminded of both their national pride and the grandeur of the cosmos.

The alignment of Jupiter and Mars on India’s 78th Independence Day promises to be a memorable event for skywatchers and celebrants alike. The rare occurrence provides an additional reason to celebrate and offers a unique way to connect with the broader universe. With various public and educational events planned to mark the occasion, this celestial alignment is set to be a highlight of the Independence Day festivities in India.

Climate Change Alters Earth’s Spin, Extends Day Length, and Shifts Rotational Axis, Study Finds

The Earth’s rotation and orientation are being affected by human-induced climate change, according to recent research. Although these changes are subtle at first, they could eventually have significant consequences, such as necessitating negative leap seconds, disrupting space travel, and influencing the Earth’s inner core.

A day on Earth typically lasts around 86,400 seconds, but the exact duration of a complete rotation can fluctuate by fractions of milliseconds each year due to various factors, including tectonic plate shifts, the inner core’s rotation, and the gravitational pull of the moon. Now, scientists are realizing that climate change is another factor that will increasingly impact the Earth’s spin.

Over the past few decades, the rapid loss of ice in polar regions, especially in Greenland and Antarctica, has contributed to rising sea levels. The majority of this additional water accumulates near the equator, causing the Earth to bulge slightly at the middle. This redistribution of mass slows the planet’s rotation because more weight is positioned farther from the Earth’s center, similar to how a figure skater slows down by extending their arms.

In a new study published on July 15 in *PNAS*, researchers used an advanced AI program that integrates real-world data with physical laws to predict how the Earth’s rotation will change over time. The findings support a study published in March, which suggested that Earth’s days will lengthen in the future. However, the new AI model provided more precise estimates of how these changes will unfold.

The same research group also published another study on July 12 in *Nature Geoscience*, revealing that the increased water near the equator is shifting the Earth’s axis of rotation, causing the magnetic poles to move farther from the axis each year. This effect has likely been occurring for at least three decades, but the new study predicts that the axis will shift even more than previously estimated.

“We humans have a greater impact on our planet than we realise,” said Benedikt Soja, a geodesist at ETH Zurich and co-author of both studies, in a statement. “And this naturally places great responsibility on us for the future of our planet.”

Slowing Rotation

Earth’s days have not always been 24 hours long. Around a billion years ago, a day on Earth may have lasted only 19 hours before gradually lengthening to the 24 hours we experience today. This change occurs on various timescales; for example, in 2020, Earth was rotating faster than at any point since 1960, but it slowed again in 2021, despite the shortest recorded day occurring in June 2022.

Generally, Earth’s rotation has been slowing over millennia, primarily due to lunar tidal friction, where the moon’s gravitational pull on the oceans drags water away from the poles, lengthening days by about 2.3 milliseconds every century. The new research indicates that climate change is currently lengthening days by about 1.3 milliseconds per century. Based on current global temperature models, this could increase to 2.6 milliseconds per century by the end of the 21st century, potentially making climate change the dominant influence on Earth’s spin.

Potential Consequences

One likely outcome of longer days is the potential need to introduce negative leap seconds, where a second is occasionally removed from the calendar to account for the lengthening days, similar to the concept of leap years. According to the March study, this might need to begin as soon as 2029, to adjust for the lengthened days accumulated over millennia.

In the past, scientists have speculated that implementing negative leap seconds could disrupt the timekeeping systems of computers and smartphones. However, there is debate over how significant this issue might actually be.

The researchers also noted that changes in Earth’s rotation could affect space travel. “Even if the Earth’s rotation is changing only slowly, this effect has to be taken into account when navigating in space — for example, when sending a space probe to land on another planet,” Soja said. He emphasized the importance of closely monitoring these changes.

Additionally, the team warned that shifts in Earth’s rotational axis might influence the rotation of the Earth’s inner core, potentially accelerating the lengthening of days. However, this interaction remains largely speculative and requires further study.

As we continue to alter the planet’s climate, the consequences for the Earth’s rotation and orientation could be profound, highlighting the need for further research and monitoring to fully understand and mitigate these impacts.

Discover Kyrgyzstan: Astrophotography’s Hidden Gem Revealed by Soumyadeep Mukherjee

Astrophotographer Soumyadeep Mukherjee has found a hidden gem in Kyrgyzstan. Last June, while leading a workshop in the country, he was struck by its potential, despite its minimal presence in the realm of astrophotography. Eager to showcase the country’s photographic allure, Mukherjee embarked on capturing stunning images across Kyrgyzstan’s diverse landscapes, uncovering what he considers to be a well-kept secret in the field of astrophotography.

“Kyrgyzstan, undoubtedly, has some of the best natural landscapes in the world,” Mukherjee tells My Modern Met. “The barren lands, mountains, grasslands, canyons, it seemed like a package of landscapes. It gave us almost all the varieties one could ask for.” With its sparse population density, the country offers expansive dark skies, which, combined with its remarkable landscapes, create an ideal setting for astrophotography.

Mukherjee’s intrigue deepened as he noted the scarcity of photographic content from Kyrgyzstan. “When I searched the internet for some sample images, I was able to find only a few,” he recalled. “A country that has so much potential for astrophotography has remained comparatively less explored.” This observation only fueled his curiosity and excitement about the country’s underutilized photographic potential.

To Mukherjee, Kyrgyzstan represents a comprehensive experience in terms of landscapes. “While we were traveling through the highways, on one side, we could see yellow-orange rough mountains and on the other side, vast grasslands,” he shares. “This was an experience I would never forget.” His expertise allowed him to transform even the simplest elements—such as traditional yurts and a Yuri Gagarin statue—into captivating subjects against the backdrop of the starry sky.

Mukherjee advocates for Kyrgyzstan as a must-visit destination for those passionate about astrophotography and adventurous travel. “If you love astrophotography and also like to travel and explore unforgettable landscapes, Kyrgyzstan should be on your bucket list,” Mukherjee advises. “Kyrgyzstan has a very low population density which makes the country a heaven for finding dark skies. There are ample Bortle 1 and 2 regions around the country.”

For those considering a trip to Kyrgyzstan, Mukherjee suggests spending a minimum of seven to ten days, ideally in June or July, to fully experience and appreciate its expansive beauty. “I hope that people start taking interest in visiting this country (along with other countries of central Asia) and explore its beauty,” he concludes.

Scientists Trace Origins of Life to 4.2 Billion Years Ago with Discovery of LUCA, Earth’s First Ancestor

Life on Earth began somewhere, and scientists believe that “somewhere” is LUCA, the Last Universal Common Ancestor. This prokaryote-like organism is considered the ancestor of all living things, from the smallest bacteria to the largest blue whales.

Although the Cambrian Explosion, which occurred about 530 million years ago, significantly advanced complex life, the timeline of life on Earth extends much further back. Scientists have long estimated that LUCA appeared around 4 billion years ago, only 600 million years after Earth’s formation. However, a new study by an international team of scientists suggests that LUCA might have existed as early as 4.2 billion years ago. The study also reveals intriguing details about LUCA’s life. These findings were published in the journal *Nature Ecology & Evolution*.

To determine LUCA’s appearance on Earth, scientists had to trace backward in time. They compared genes in living species and counted mutations that have occurred since these species shared a common ancestor with LUCA. Using a genetic equation based on the time of separation between species, the researchers concluded that LUCA must have been present as early as 400 million years after Earth’s formation, placing this organism in the middle of the Hadean Eon, a period characterized by extreme geological conditions.

“The evolutionary history of genes is complicated by their exchange between lineages,” said Edmund Moody of the University of Bristol, the study’s lead author. “We have to use complex evolutionary models to reconcile the evolutionary history of genes with the genealogy of species.”

Beyond determining LUCA’s age, the researchers also explored the physiological characteristics of living species to infer what LUCA might have been like 4.2 billion years ago. Their findings revealed that although LUCA was a simple prokaryote, it likely possessed an immune system, suggesting it was already combating primordial viruses.

“It’s clear that LUCA was exploiting and changing its environment, but it is unlikely to have lived alone,” said Tim Lenton of the University of Exeter, a co-author of the study. “Its waste would have been food for other microbes, like methanogens, that would have helped to create a recycling ecosystem.”

While LUCA is recognized as the oldest common ancestor, scientists still seek to understand how life evolved from its very beginnings to the early communities LUCA was part of. Future studies will need to delve deeper into this primordial history to uncover how all living things, including humans, came to exist.

Unlocking True Happiness: Practical Strategies from Yale’s Renowned Happiness Course

Are You as Happy as You Should Be?

The question of whether we are as happy as we should be often keeps me awake at night. This curiosity led me to study and write about happiness. I realized in my 20s that much of what we learn as children doesn’t fully align with psychological well-being. While my parents and teachers expressed a desire for my happiness, they rarely provided credible scientific methods to achieve it.

To bridge this gap, I enrolled in Yale’s free 8-week happiness course, The Science of Well-Being, taught by Yale Psychology professor Dr. Laurie Santos. The course focuses on common flaws in our thinking and approach to happiness. A central concept in the course is the GI Joe Fallacy, developed by Dr. Santos. This fallacy, inspired by the children’s TV show GI Joe, highlights the erroneous belief that merely knowing something is enough to change behavior. Dr. Santos emphasizes, “Merely knowing something isn’t enough to put it into practice. It’s not enough to change your behavior.”

As a self-help writer, I’ve observed that many people consume self-help content as a substitute for actual self-improvement. They feel a sense of progress by reading about the importance of exercise or cold showers but fail to follow through. Similarly, many people take writing courses but do little writing. This behavior is fascinating and ultimately fine if they enjoy it. However, if their goal is to write or be happy, merely studying these topics won’t suffice. The course teaches that understanding happiness requires effort beyond mere comprehension.

When the professor polled the class about what they believed would make them happy, most students were wrong. They listed common goals such as good grades, a good job, marriage, and great money. However, experiments showed that achieving dream internships or other goals didn’t make students happier in the long run. Harvard Professor Dan Gilbert, in his book *Stumbling Upon Happiness*, found that people making $40,000 per year believed that earning $60,000 or $75,000 would make them happy, while those earning $75,000 thought $90,000 would suffice. Although each income increase brought temporary happiness, people quickly reverted to their previous state of satisfaction.

We continuously re-baseline our expectations, leading to a frustrating cycle of restlessness and acclimation, which hinders happiness. How do we counteract this?

Happiness Strategies

One effective strategy is savoring, which significantly boosts well-being. Savoring involves deliberately reflecting on and appreciating experiences after they occur. As part of my assignment, I practiced savoring daily, usually focusing on small, everyday activities. One day, I savored the feeling of being clean after a workout, which always rejuvenates me but often goes unappreciated. Another day, I reflected on the relaxation of reading a book during a rainstorm in Tampa. By the third day, I noticed an improvement in my mood and overall disposition.

This practice can also be incorporated into a daily gratitude journal, where you express thankfulness for small moments (mine takes only 60 seconds). Dr. Santos advises feeling the gratitude as you think about it. Taking photos of things you’re grateful for can also help.

Another key strategy is investing in temporal things, which expire shortly after use. This counters the instinct to acclimate to our environment. Investing in experiences rather than material objects also enhances mental well-being. Dr. Leaf Van Boven’s study found a negative correlation between spending on material objects and mental well-being, while spending on experiences positively correlated with happiness due to their potential for positive reinterpretation over time.

For instance, my wife Laura and I take an annual trip with friends Dan and Rick, usually to Mexico. This trip brings us satisfaction, a sense of reward, and an escape from routine. Reflecting on these experiences provides lasting happiness, unlike material purchases, which offer only temporary joy.

The Bronze Medal Problem

Another impactful concept is the bronze medal problem. Researcher Dr. Victoria Medvec studied photos of Olympic medalists and found that silver medalists often displayed more negative facial expressions than bronze medalists. Bronze medalists were generally happier because silver medalists focused on what they could have done to win gold, while bronze medalists were grateful to have made it to the podium.

As a former swimmer, I relate to this. In high school, I placed second in the 50 free at my state championships, losing by .03 seconds. It took years to get over it. However, a year later in college, I won a bronze medal in the 100 free and was thrilled. These outcomes represent my best and worst athletic memories, illustrating our tendency to compare and dwell on what could have been.

A counterintuitive strategy to combat this is visualizing important aspects of your life not being there. Research shows this exercise leads to greater satisfaction. For instance, I should remember that in the same high school meet where I placed second, I beat the third-place winner by only .05 seconds. Or, when thinking about my spouse, I should consider the chance encounter that led to our meeting and how fortunate that was.

This exercise highlights the importance of appreciating what we have. Beautiful, loving people and simple luxuries are never guaranteed.

Final Thoughts

The course was enlightening and reminded me to prioritize basic health needs. Our bodies are complex chemical experiments, and without proper sleep, exercise, and nutrition, we disrupt our chemical and hormonal balances. For me, sleep significantly impacts my happiness, acting as a supercharger for my mood and energy. A Norwegian study of college students found a clear link between quality sleep and life satisfaction.

I wish you all the happiness life can bring. Invest time in these exercises: practice savoring everyday activities, invest in experiences over material possessions, recognize the GI Joe Fallacy, and make healthy comparisons. Remember, happiness requires effort, not just knowledge. Don’t become the bitter silver medalist in life.

Unearthing English’s Lost Letter: The Fascinating History of Ampersand and Other Alphabet Anomalies

A recent TikTok video from @zachdfilms3 has brought to light a fascinating aspect of English language history: there was once a time when the alphabet consisted of 27 letters instead of the current 26. The video explains that the 27th letter was none other than “ampersand”, symbolized by “&”.

In his video, @zachdfilms3 elaborates, “This is an ampersand and believe it or not it used to be the 27th letter in the alphabet. You see, back in the day, this symbol came after the letter Z and signified the word ‘and’.” This revelation underscores a historical quirk that many might find surprising today.

Historical records and sources corroborate this discovery. According to The Mirror, students reciting the alphabet in earlier times were instructed to include the ampersand by saying “‘per se’ before it,” resulting in an alphabetical recitation that concluded with “Q R S T U V W X Y Z &. And ‘per se &’ ampersand.”

Encyclopedia Britannica adds further insight, noting that ampersand even found its way into nursery rhymes aimed at teaching children the alphabet: “X, Y, and ampersand / All wished for a piece in hand.” This whimsical inclusion highlights the cultural imprint of a letter that, despite its brief tenure in the English alphabet starting from 1835, eventually faded from mainstream use by the end of the 19th century.

The disappearance of ampersand from the alphabet reflects a broader trend in language evolution. English, like many languages, has shed and gained letters over the centuries. Notably, letters such as thorn (þ) and Wynn (ƿ) were once integral but have since been replaced or assimilated into modern letter forms. Ethel (Œ), once pronounced akin to the “oi” in “oil”, and Yogh (ȝ), used briefly for “ch” sounds, similarly fell out of favor as linguistic needs and conventions changed.

Despite these shifts, the question remains whether English will continue to lose letters in the future. Anne Babson, an English instructor at Southeastern Louisiana University, suggests that standardized spelling has stabilized the alphabet compared to the fluid transitions of Middle English into Modern English. Reflecting on potential future changes, Babson remarks, “Most of our high school English teachers would roll over in their graves if ‘quick’ became permanently ‘quik.’ That said, it’s not impossible that we will simplify the orthography of many words the way the ‘drive thru’ has done.”

This sentiment underscores the balancing act between preserving linguistic traditions and embracing linguistic efficiency. As Babson hints, while certain letters like “x” might seem underutilized in current English, their historical and phonetic roles still contribute to the language’s rich tapestry of sounds and meanings.

The story of ampersand and its brief tenure in the English alphabet serves as a reminder of language’s constant evolution. From nursery rhymes to linguistic curiosities, each letter and symbol carries a piece of history and cultural significance. Whether future changes simplify or enrich English orthography, the legacy of letters like ampersand endures, offering glimpses into the ever-changing landscape of language and communication.

New Studies Uncover the Brain’s Waste-Removal System, Offering Hope for Alzheimer’s Treatment

The human brain is composed of about 170 billion cells, which produce a significant amount of waste during their regular functions. For the brain to remain healthy, it needs to efficiently clear away this debris, but the mechanism behind this process has been largely unknown. Recently, two teams of scientists have published three papers in the journal Nature, shedding light on the brain’s waste-removal system. These insights could pave the way for better understanding, treatment, and prevention of various brain disorders.

The studies suggest that during sleep, slow electrical waves push fluid from deep within the brain to its surface. At this surface, a complex interface allows waste products in the fluid to be absorbed into the bloodstream, which then carries them to the liver and kidneys for removal from the body. One notable waste product is amyloid, the substance that forms plaques in the brains of Alzheimer’s disease patients.

Jeffrey Iliff, a neurodegenerative disease researcher at the University of Washington, who was not involved in the new studies, comments on the growing evidence that Alzheimer’s disease impairs the brain’s waste-removal system. The new findings could help identify where this problem occurs and how it might be rectified. Iliff asks, “If we restore drainage, can we prevent the development of Alzheimer’s disease?”

The exploration of the brain’s waste-clearance system began over a decade ago when Iliff and Dr. Maiken Nedergaard, a Danish scientist, proposed that the clear fluids in and around the brain are part of a system designed to wash away waste products. They named it the glymphatic system, paralleling the body’s lymphatic system, which fights infection, maintains fluid levels, and filters out waste and abnormal cells. Jonathan Kipnis of Washington University in St. Louis, an author of two of the new papers, explains that both systems work like plumbing in a house. “You have the water pipes and the sewage pipes,” he says. “So the water comes in clean, and then you wash your hands, and the dirty water goes out.”

However, unlike the lymphatic system, which uses a network of tubes to transport waste to the bloodstream, the brain lacks these tubes. This led scientists to investigate how waste from the middle of the brain makes its way to the borders of the brain and ultimately out of the body. Part of the answer came in 2012 and 2013 when Iliff and Nedergaard proposed the glymphatic system, demonstrating that cerebrospinal fluid flows through the brain during sleep, flushing out waste.

The recent studies aimed to understand what propels this fluid and how it crosses the barrier between brain tissue and the bloodstream. Kipnis and his team examined the brain’s activity during sleep and measured the power of slow electrical waves that occur during deep sleep. They discovered that these waves act as signals, synchronizing neuron activity and turning them into tiny pumps that push fluid toward the brain’s surface. The team reported in Nature that this mechanism helps transport waste.

In another study published in Nature, researchers at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology found more evidence supporting the role of slow electrical waves in waste clearance. They used mice genetically engineered to develop Alzheimer’s-like symptoms and exposed them to bursts of sound and light at 40 times per second. This stimulation induced brain waves that increased the flow of clean cerebrospinal fluid into the brain and the flow of dirty fluid out, carrying amyloid.

Kipnis’s team also explored how waste crosses the protective membrane that usually isolates the brain. They focused on a vein passing through this membrane, finding that cerebrospinal fluid transfers waste to the body’s lymphatic system through a partially sealed sleeve around the vein.

These findings indicate that maintaining the brain’s waste-clearance system involves two steps: pushing waste into the cerebrospinal fluid and then moving it into the lymphatic system for removal from the body. Iliff emphasizes that although described separately, these processes are likely interconnected biologically.

While these discoveries were made in mice, they align with what researchers know about neurodegenerative disorders like Alzheimer’s. Iliff points out that the anatomical differences between rodents and humans are substantial, so the findings need to be confirmed in people. However, the results are consistent with research on factors contributing to such disorders. Researchers have identified that age, injuries, and diseases that clog brain blood vessels can impair the brain’s waste-clearance system, all of which are risk factors for Alzheimer’s disease.

Iliff also suggests that impaired waste removal might contribute to Parkinson’s disease, headaches, and even depression. Thus, inducing slow electrical waves to aid brain self-cleaning could potentially prevent a wide range of disorders.

New Research Challenges Aryan Invasion Theory, Reveals Indigenous Origins of Harappan Civilization

In a significant challenge to the widely accepted “Aryan Invasion” theory, an Indo-US team of researchers unveiled scientific evidence from the Harappan era suggesting that large-scale migration from central Asia to India did not occur.

This research, published in Cell, one of the world’s leading journals, not only refutes the Aryan migration theory but also posits that the hunter-gatherers of Southeast Asia evolved into farming communities independently and were the creators of the Harappan civilization.

Researchers compared their findings from samples collected from 11 other skeletons worldwide with known scientific data to form a comprehensive understanding of the complex migration patterns observed in Asia a few thousand years ago. “The ancient DNA results completely reject the theory of Steppe pastoral or ancient Iranian farmers as a source of ancestry to the Harappan population. It demolishes the hypothesis about mass human migration during Harappan time from outside South Asia or before,” stated V S Shinde, an archaeologist at Deccan College Post-Graduate and Research Institute in Pune and one of the study’s lead authors. Although the Rakhigarhi samples show traces of genes of Iranian lineage, these genes date back 11,000-12,000 years, which is far before the Harappan civilization. Since 7000 BCE, there is no evidence of South Asian genes mixing with Central Asian genes. “Research showed the Vedic culture was developed by indigenous people of South Asia,” Shinde emphasized. The knowledge of agriculture was indigenous as the prehistoric hunter-gatherers learned farming on their own. “This does not mean that movements of people were unimportant in the introduction of farming economies at a later date,” the researchers noted.

However, several scholars are hesitant to completely dismiss the Aryan invasion theory, acknowledging that the study opens new research avenues. “Rakhigarhi doesn’t really apply to the Aryan period. It’s prior to that,” commented an eminent historian not associated with the study, who preferred to remain anonymous.

A scientist at the Birbal Sahani Institute of Paleobotany, Lucknow, and one of the co-authors of the study, told DH that the research also pointed towards an “Out of India” theory around 2500-3000 BCE. This evidence stems from a related study by the same group of researchers, published simultaneously in the journal Science. The genome of the Rakhigarhi woman matched those of 11 other ancient individuals who lived in present-day Iran and Turkmenistan, at sites known to have exchanged objects with the Indus Valley Civilization. All 12 had a unique mix of ancestry, including a lineage related to Southeast Asian hunter-gatherers and an Iranian-related lineage specific to South Asia.

The Indus Valley Civilization, which at its peak from 2600 to 1900 BCE spanned a vast region of northwestern South Asia, was one of the world’s first large-scale urban societies. Yet, many questions about ancient Indian civilization remain unanswered.

Chinese Lunar Probe Returns To Earth With The World’s First Samples From The Far Side Of The Moon

 

While past U.S. and Soviet missions have collected samples from the moon’s near side, the Chinese mission was the first that has collected samples from the far side.

The moon program is part of a growing rivalry with the U.S. — still the leader in space exploration — and others, including Japan and India. China has put its own space station in orbit and regularly sends crews there.

China’s leader Xi Jinping sent a message of congratulations to the Chang’e team, saying that it was a “landmark achievement in our country’s efforts at becoming a space and technological power.”

The probe left earth on May 3, and its journey lasted 53 days. The probe has drilled into the core and scooped rocks from the surface.

The samples “are expected to answer one of the most fundamental scientific questions in lunar science research: what geologic activity is responsible for the differences between the two sides?” said Zongyu Yue, a geologist at the Chinese Academy of Sciences, in a statement issued in the Innovation Monday, a journal published in partnership with the Chinese Academy of Sciences.

China in recent years has launched multiple successful missions to the moon, collecting samples from the moon’s near side with the Chang’e 5 probe previously.

They are also hoping that the probe will return with material that bear traces of meteorite strikes from the moon’s past. With the successful reentry of the probe, scientists will begin studying the samples. (AP)

Nanorobots: The Key to Immortality?

The quest for immortality is a concept that has intrigued humanity for centuries. While many have sought ways to extend life, futurist Raymond Kurzweil proposes that nanorobots might be the solution to halting human aging and enabling lifespans of thousands of years, as outlined in his latest book and a Wired essay.

The potential for living indefinitely raises numerous concerns, yet the pursuit of anti-aging therapies remains a prevalent focus among scientists. Most aim to decelerate the physical deterioration and prolong life, but Kurzweil’s aspirations are more ambitious.

Kurzweil delves into nanotechnology’s role in this endeavor in “The Singularity is Nearer” and a Wired essay, emphasizing the integration of biotechnology and artificial intelligence. He envisions this combination as a means to mitigate the aging process, thereby extending human life significantly.

Aging, Kurzweil explains, results from the accumulation of cellular errors during reproduction. Many anti-aging treatments target these errors to expedite the body’s natural repair mechanisms, thus decelerating aging. However, Kurzweil suggests that to achieve significant results, the ultimate goal should be to “cure aging itself.”

This ambitious objective is acknowledged by Kurzweil as sounding far-fetched, yet he is optimistic about the future advancements in medical nanorobots. He envisions that billions of these nanorobots will be required to repair and enhance deteriorating organs, maintaining them in optimal condition.

While Kurzweil’s vision is compelling, it’s just one perspective on the future. The notion of millions of nanobots within one’s body may not be appealing to everyone. The feasibility of Kurzweil’s predictions remains to be seen, particularly given the current state of artificial intelligence.

Harvard Study Suggests Aliens May Be Living Among Us on Earth, Claims New Research

The search for extraterrestrial life has long captivated humanity, yet after decades of investigation, the question of whether we are alone in the universe remains unanswered. Now, a provocative study from Harvard University suggests that aliens might already be among us, living secretly on Earth.

Researchers at Harvard University’s Human Flourishing Program have proposed that “unidentified anomalous phenomena” (UAP), commonly known as UFOs and extraterrestrial beings, could be residing underground, on the moon, or even walking among humans. The study also speculates that UAPs might be spaceships visiting alien friends based on Earth.

The paper notes, “The author became increasingly aware of the depth of evidence and theory that also tentatively supports another extraterrestrial explanation: the ‘cryptoterrestrial’ hypothesis (CTH) – our focus here – which holds that UAP may reflect activities of NHIs concealed here on Earth (e.g., underground) and its environs.”

The study delves into the concept of “cryptoterrestrials” – beings that could be living among us in disguise, originating from Earth’s future, or descending from intelligent dinosaurs. The researchers categorize cryptoterrestrials into four types:

  1. Human Cryptoterrestrials:These are technologically advanced ancient human civilizations that were largely destroyed long ago but have continued to exist in some remnant form.
  1. Hominid or Theropod Cryptoterrestrials:These represent a technologically advanced non-human civilization consisting of terrestrial animals that evolved to live in stealth, such as underground. These beings could be descendants of ape-like hominids or “unknown, intelligent dinosaurs.”
  1. Former Extraterrestrial or Extratemporal Cryptoterrestrials: These entities might have arrived on Earth from elsewhere in the cosmos or from the human future and have concealed themselves in stealth locations, such as on the moon.
  1. Magical Cryptoterrestrials: These entities are less like homegrown aliens and more like “earthbound angels.” They relate to the human world in ways that are less technological and more magical, such as “fairies, elves, and nymphs.”

Acknowledging the unconventional nature of their research, the authors concede that their work is “likely to be regarded skeptically by most scientists.” Nonetheless, they urge the scientific community to consider their claims “in a spirit of epistemic humility and openness.” It should be noted that the paper has not yet undergone peer review.

This study arrives amidst other sensational claims, such as a former US intelligence officer alleging that the US government is concealing a UFO “the size of a football field.”

The Harvard researchers’ hypothesis brings a fresh perspective to the ongoing debate about extraterrestrial life, suggesting that the answer to whether we are alone in the universe might be closer to home than previously thought.

The New Space Race: Nations and Companies Vie for Lunar Dominance Amid Rising Tensions

The Moon is witnessing an unprecedented rush, with multiple countries and private enterprises setting their sights on lunar exploration. This surge is driven by the quest for resources and dominance in space. As more missions target the Moon, we must ask: are we prepared for this new chapter of lunar exploration?

Recently, China made headlines with images of its flag on the Moon, marking its fourth lunar landing and the first mission to retrieve samples from the Moon’s far side. In the past year, India and Japan also landed spacecraft on the lunar surface. February saw the US firm Intuitive Machines become the first private company to place a lander on the Moon, with many more missions in the pipeline.

NASA plans to send humans back to the Moon, aiming for a 2026 landing with its Artemis program. China has pledged to send astronauts by 2030, with both nations planning to establish permanent bases rather than make brief visits.

However, this new space race, unfolding amid heightened global tensions, risks exporting terrestrial conflicts to the Moon. “Our relationship with the Moon is going to fundamentally change very soon,” warns Justin Holcomb, a geologist at the University of Kansas, emphasizing that the pace of space exploration is now “outpacing our laws.”

The 1967 UN Outer Space Treaty declares the Moon as a common heritage of all humankind, prohibiting any nation from claiming ownership. Exploration must benefit everyone and serve all nations’ interests. While this treaty promotes peace and collaboration, it was shaped by Cold War politics to prevent space militarization, with over 100 countries signing on.

Today’s space age differs significantly, with not only nations but also private companies competing. A notable example is the US commercial mission Peregrine, which planned to take human ashes, DNA samples, and a sports drink to the Moon. Though a fuel leak thwarted the mission, it sparked debate on whether such ventures align with the treaty’s principles of benefiting humanity.

“We’re starting to just send stuff up there just because we can. There’s no sort of rhyme or reason anymore,” says Michelle Hanlon, a space lawyer and founder of For All Moonkind, which aims to protect Apollo landing sites. She cautions that “Our Moon is within reach and now we’re starting to abuse it.”

Despite the rise of private enterprise, nation-states remain pivotal in space activities. Sa’id Mosteshar, director of the London Institute of Space Policy and Law, notes that companies need state authorization for space missions, which are constrained by international treaties.

Joining the elite group of Moon landers brings significant prestige. India and Japan’s successful missions have elevated their status as global space players, promising economic benefits through jobs and innovation.

Beyond prestige, the Moon offers valuable resources. Its surface, seemingly barren, holds minerals like rare earth elements, iron, titanium, and helium, essential for various technologies. The estimated value of these resources ranges from billions to quadrillions of dollars. However, exploiting these resources is a long-term venture, with the necessary technology still in development.

In 1979, a treaty declared lunar resources unclaimable by any state or organization. However, it gained little traction, with only 17 countries, none of which had been to the Moon, ratifying it. Contrarily, in 2015, the US passed a law allowing its citizens and industries to extract, use, and sell space materials. “This caused tremendous consternation amongst the international community,” recalls Michelle Hanlon, but other countries like Luxembourg, the UAE, Japan, and India followed suit with similar laws.

Surprisingly, water might be the most coveted lunar resource. Initially, Apollo mission rocks were thought to be dry, but about a decade ago, scientists discovered traces of water in them. At the Moon’s poles, substantial water ice reserves exist in permanently shadowed craters. This water could support future lunar inhabitants for drinking, oxygen generation, and even as rocket fuel by splitting it into hydrogen and oxygen, facilitating travel from the Moon to Mars and beyond.

The US is pushing for new guidelines on lunar exploration and resource use through the Artemis Accords, which align with the Outer Space Treaty but suggest new rules may be necessary. Over 40 countries have joined these non-binding agreements, but China has not. Some argue that such regulations should be established through the United Nations due to their global impact. “This really ought to be done through the United Nations because it affects all countries,” says Sa’id Mosteshar.

Resource access could also trigger conflicts. While the Moon offers ample space, areas near ice-filled craters are prime real estate. What happens if multiple entities vie for the same location? Establishing bases close together could lead to disputes. Jill Stuart, a space policy and law researcher at the London School of Economics, compares it to Antarctic research bases, suggesting we might see similar setups on the Moon.

First movers may have an advantage, determining the size of their operational zones. “There will definitely be a first-mover advantage,” Jill Stuart says, implying that early settlers could set the standards for others. The US and China, likely the first to establish lunar bases, might shape the rules, potentially embedding their standards into future practices.

The complexity of lunar governance suggests we may not see another major international treaty. Instead, rules may evolve through memorandums of understanding or new codes of conduct. The Moon, our constant celestial companion, is becoming a focal point for space competition. As this new space race unfolds, it’s crucial to contemplate what kind of environment we want the Moon to be and how to prevent it from becoming a stage for earthly rivalries.

NASA’s Lunar Timekeeping Initiative: Charting a New Temporal Frontier

The intricacies of timekeeping have always fascinated humanity, from the simple tick of a sundial to the precision of atomic clocks. But as our ambitions extend beyond Earth’s boundaries, so too do the challenges of measuring time accurately.

In recent years, a new space race has emerged, with the United States, its allies, and China vying to establish permanent settlements on the moon. This renewed interest in lunar exploration has once again brought to light the complexities of timekeeping in space.

On the moon, a single Earth day is approximately 56 microseconds shorter than on our home planet, a minute difference that can have significant implications over time. To address this challenge, NASA and its international partners are working to develop a new “time scale” tailored specifically for lunar conditions.

Rather than simply creating a new time zone for the moon, as some headlines have suggested, NASA aims to establish a comprehensive system of measurement that accounts for the subtle variations in timekeeping between Earth and its celestial neighbor. This initiative has been underscored by a recent memo from the White House, which directed NASA to outline its plans for the new time scale by the end of the year 2026.

For astronauts exploring the lunar surface, accurate timekeeping is essential for navigation, communication, and scientific research. As Cheryl Gramling, from NASA’s Goddard Space Flight Center, explains, “When they’re navigating relative to the moon, time needs to be relative to the moon.”

The foundation of modern timekeeping on Earth lies in our understanding of relativity, as articulated by Albert Einstein. General relativity posits that gravity warps both space and time, resulting in phenomena such as time dilation. This principle explains why time passes slightly more slowly at lower elevations, closer to massive objects like Earth.

To maintain precise timekeeping on our planet, scientists have deployed atomic clocks at various locations worldwide. These clocks, which rely on the vibrations of atoms, provide a standardized measure of time known as Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). However, even UTC occasionally requires adjustments, such as the addition of “leap seconds,” to account for fluctuations in Earth’s rotation speed.

Beyond Earth’s bounds, the complexities of timekeeping become even more pronounced. According to Einstein’s theory of special relativity, time passes slower for objects in motion, a phenomenon observed by astronauts aboard the International Space Station. Despite orbiting at high speeds, these astronauts can synchronize their activities with Earth time, thanks to onboard clocks and ground-based communication systems.

However, for missions farther into space, such as those exploring the outer reaches of the solar system, maintaining accurate time becomes more challenging. Spacecraft must rely on their internal clocks while also coordinating with Earth-based timekeeping systems for navigation and communication.

As preparations intensify for lunar exploration, scientists are faced with the task of establishing precision timekeeping instruments on the moon itself. The logistics of this endeavor, including funding, clock selection, and placement, are still being determined. Atomic clocks are favored for their long-term stability, while crystal oscillators offer short-term reliability at a lower cost.

The development of a lunar time scale, known as LunaNet, will serve as the backbone for future lunar missions. This framework, akin to the internet, will standardize timekeeping across various lunar activities and international space agencies.

While discussions with US partners have been promising, the involvement of other nations, such as China, remains uncertain. International collaboration will be essential in establishing common standards for lunar timekeeping through organizations like the International Astronomical Union.

Beyond the technical challenges of timekeeping, future lunar inhabitants will grapple with the unique rhythms of life on the moon. With its prolonged periods of sunlight and darkness, the lunar surface presents a stark contrast to Earth’s diurnal cycle. Despite these differences, precise timekeeping will be crucial for coordinating missions and ensuring the success of lunar exploration endeavors.

By mastering timekeeping on the moon, scientists hope to pave the way for future missions to Mars and beyond. As Cheryl Gramling emphasizes, “We are very much looking at executing this on the moon, learning what we can learn, so that we are prepared to do the same thing on Mars or other future bodies.”

NASA’s Psyche Mission: Deep Space Signal Interception Marks Milestone in Laser Communication

NASA has disclosed that Earth has intercepted an enigmatic signal from the depths of space, originating from its recently dispatched spacecraft, “Psyche,” situated approximately 140 million miles away.

In October 2023, NASA embarked on a pioneering space mission, dispatching a spacecraft towards an asteroid known as ‘Psyche 16,’ believed to be primarily constructed of metal, a peculiarity within our solar system. This asteroid is positioned within the asteroid belt flanked by Mars and Jupiter.

Dubbed Psyche, in homage to the asteroid it’s destined for, this robotic explorer harbored an additional objective – to evaluate laser communications.

Psyche is armed with the Deep Space Optical Communications (DSOC) system, devised to facilitate laser communication over expansive interstellar distances, promising significantly swifter connections compared to prevailing methods.

Despite Psyche predominantly employing radio frequency communication, the optical communications technology has showcased its prowess. In a notable accomplishment, the laser communications demonstration effectively relayed engineering data from over 140 million miles away, a distance 1.5 times the span between Earth and the sun, subsequent to engaging with Psyche’s radio frequency transmitter.

Moreover, DSOC seamlessly interfaced with Psyche’s radio transmitter, enabling the direct transmission of spacecraft information and engineering data back to Earth.

Meera Srinivasan, overseeing operations for the project at NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory (JPL) in Southern California, elucidated that during a pass on April 8, they downlinked roughly 10 minutes of replicated spacecraft data. This duplicated data underwent transmission via laser communications, while the original Psyche data was routed to ground control using conventional radio-frequency communication channels on NASA’s Deep Space Network (DSN). The aim was to gauge whether laser communications could match, if not surpass, traditional methods in performance.

NASA’s optical communications demonstration has validated its capacity to transmit test data at a maximum speed of 267 Mbps employing the flight laser transceiver’s near-infrared downlink laser, akin to broadband internet velocities. Nonetheless, due to the spacecraft’s increased distance, the data transmission rate has decreased.

During an assessment on April 8, the spacecraft proficiently relayed test data at a peak rate of 25 Mbps, surpassing the project’s objective of establishing that at least 1 Mbps was attainable at that distance.

As Psyche advances towards the Psyche 16 asteroid situated between Mars and Jupiter, reports indicate that it remains stable and in good health.

Unlocking the Promise of Genetic Therapies: Advances and Challenges in Treating Rare Disorders

In the realm of medical research, there is a profound exploration into the intricacies of cellular processes and the potential implications for various health conditions. One such focus lies on calcium signaling, a fundamental process within cells, which has garnered attention due to its association with Timothy syndrome and its possible relevance to more prevalent disorders such as schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, and autism spectrum disorder. As elucidated by the original article, “It is also studying how calcium signaling — the cellular process affected in Timothy syndrome — may play a role in much more common conditions, including schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, and autism spectrum disorder.”

Simultaneously, within the scientific community, efforts are underway to develop antisense drugs tailored for rare genetic conditions impacting brain development. Among these conditions are Angelman syndrome and Dravet syndrome. These endeavors signify a concerted effort towards addressing the specific needs of individuals grappling with these genetic anomalies. The original article encapsulates this notion, stating, “Meanwhile, scientists are working on antisense drugs for other rare genetic conditions that affect brain development. These include Angelman syndrome and Dravet syndrome.”

Highlighting a significant milestone in medical advancement, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) granted approval for an antisense drug designed for spinal muscular atrophy in 2016. This drug offers hope to individuals grappling with the challenges posed by this genetic disorder, which undermines muscle strength. The original text underscores this development, noting, “An antisense drug for spinal muscular atrophy, a genetic disease that affects muscle strength, was approved by the Food and Drug Administration in 2016.”

Central to these advancements is the identification of genetic mutations underlying various conditions. Many rare disorders, including Timothy syndrome, Angelman syndrome, and Dravet syndrome, stem from mutations in a single gene. However, the road to developing antisense treatments for conditions influenced by multiple genes, such as certain forms of autism, schizophrenia, and epilepsy, presents formidable challenges. Dr. Huda Zoghbi, a prominent figure in this field, acknowledges this complexity, as articulated in the original article: “All of those conditions are caused by mutations to a single gene. Antisense treatments for conditions that involve multiple genes – like most forms of autism, schizophrenia, and epilepsy — are likely to be much harder to develop, Zoghbi says.”

Nevertheless, amidst these challenges, there exists a burgeoning optimism within the scientific community regarding the prospect of treating these complex diseases. Dr. Zoghbi reflects on the evolution of her journey in medical research, tracing back to 1985 when she transitioned from clinical practice as a child neurologist to delve into research. She recalls a time when the understanding of devastating genetic disorders like Rett syndrome and spinocerebellar ataxia was rudimentary, stating, “In 1985, Zoghbi left her practice as a child neurologist to do research because ‘we could offer nothing’ to patients with devastating genetic disorders like Rett syndrome and spinocerebellar ataxia. ‘We didn’t know what caused the diseases,’ she says.”

Over the years, significant strides have been made, with scientists unraveling the genetic underpinnings of numerous childhood conditions, paving the way for the development of targeted treatments. The realization of this progress is particularly poignant for Dr. Zoghbi, who expresses, “Now, scientists know the genetic changes responsible for hundreds of childhood conditions, and they are beginning to develop treatments for some, including Timothy syndrome. ‘That’s a dream come true for me,’ Zoghbi says.”

The landscape of medical research is characterized by both challenges and triumphs. From the elucidation of cellular processes to the development of targeted therapies, the journey towards understanding and treating genetic disorders is multifaceted. As scientists continue to unravel the complexities of these conditions, there is an ever-growing sense of hope for individuals and families impacted by rare and complex diseases.

Torrential Rain Hits Dubai: Cloud Seeding’s Role Questioned Amidst Flooding Chaos

A surge of rainfall inundated sections of Dubai on Tuesday, transforming streets into waterways and causing a temporary shutdown of the world’s second-busiest airport. This downpour prompted inquiries into whether the United Arab Emirates’ cloud-seeding initiative was responsible for the deluge.

According to officials at the National Center of Meteorology in the UAE, the rain was not attributed to cloud seeding, as reported by CNN. The center has been approached for further comment.

Even if cloud-seeding operations were conducted preceding the storm, it’s highly improbable that these efforts could have generated more rain than what would have naturally occurred. Despite decades of attempts to extract additional moisture from clouds, there remains scant evidence of its efficacy.

Nevertheless, several countries, including the UAE, China, and the US, persist in their endeavors to manipulate weather patterns.

What exactly is cloud seeding?

Cloud seeding is a technique aimed at augmenting rainfall or snowfall beyond natural levels. Cloud droplets require nuclei for condensation to occur, akin to water condensing on a cold glass during hot weather. These nuclei are minuscule particles in the atmosphere onto which moisture can adhere.

By introducing additional particles, such as silver iodide, into clouds, aircraft seek to enhance the formation of water or ice droplets. Once these droplets coalesce sufficiently, they precipitate as rain or snow.

Typically, natural particles like dust and dirt serve as the catalyst for cloud condensation. Silver iodide serves a similar purpose in theory.

Does cloud seeding yield results?

Assessing the impact of cloud seeding on precipitation is immensely challenging. Conducting controlled experiments to quantify its effectiveness faces considerable obstacles.

Daniel Swain, a climate scientist at UCLA, emphasized the difficulty in distinguishing between precipitation resulting from seeding and that which would have occurred naturally. The absence of a controlled environment complicates such assessments.

Despite efforts to study its effects, skepticism persists within the scientific community. A study published in 2020 suggested that one cloud seeding experiment may have increased precipitation by up to 10% compared to natural levels. However, conclusive evidence remains elusive.

What are the potential drawbacks of cloud seeding?

In light of escalating global temperatures due to human-induced climate change, certain regions are experiencing heightened heat and aridity. While cloud seeding may seem a solution to address water scarcity, it could exacerbate dry conditions elsewhere.

Swain cautioned that cloud seeding might inadvertently divert water from one area to another, potentially exacerbating dryness downstream.

Unprecedented flooding driven by an intense storm system

The torrential rain that triggered unprecedented flooding in the United Arab Emirates, Oman, and Iran was not solely a consequence of cloud seeding. Instead, it resulted from a large, sluggish storm system traversing the Arabian Peninsula and moving into the Gulf of Oman over multiple days.

This storm tapped into abundant tropical moisture near the equator, unleashing it across the region. Regardless of cloud seeding activities, the storm was part of an extreme weather pattern foreseen days in advance.

As the atmosphere warms, such intense rainfall events are projected to become more frequent, akin to a towel absorbing and wringing out moisture.

Preventing Dementia: Understanding Modifiable Triggers and Genetic Variations

A significant stride has been made in understanding the preventable risk factors associated with dementia, a debilitating condition affecting memory, cognitive function, and reasoning. Researchers from the Nuffield Department of Clinical Neurosciences at the University of Oxford have identified key factors that could potentially delay the onset of dementia. These findings are based on a study involving brain scans of 40,000 participants from the UK Biobank, focusing on what they term as “weak spots” in the brain – specific networks of higher-order regions vulnerable to degeneration.

The study underscores the critical role of controlling diabetes, limiting alcohol consumption, and reducing exposure to traffic-related air pollution as essential measures in preventing dementia. Dr. Pawan Ojha, Director of Neurology at Fortis Hiranandani Hospital, Mumbai, elaborates on the impact of these risk factors and offers insights into potential preventive strategies.

Diabetes emerges as a significant contributor to the vulnerability of key brain areas. Patients with Type 2 diabetes face an increased risk of Alzheimer’s disease due to the detrimental effects of elevated blood sugar levels on the hippocampus, the brain’s memory center. Excessive secretion of amylin hormone from the pancreas can further harm neurons, while impaired insulin function contributes to the formation of beta-amyloid plaque, a hallmark of Alzheimer’s disease. Additionally, abnormal inflammation in the brain exacerbates the neurodegenerative process associated with diabetes.

Air pollution from vehicular emissions poses another significant risk to brain health. Neurotoxicants present in traffic-related air pollution, such as particulate matter and nitric oxide, induce neuro-inflammation and oxidative stress, exacerbating cardiovascular diseases and negatively impacting cognitive function.

Heavy alcohol consumption is also strongly linked to dementia risk. Excessive alcohol intake, defined as more than 213 ml per week, leads to increased neurodegeneration, particularly affecting the brain’s white matter volume responsible for signal transmission between different brain regions. Prolonged alcohol abuse can result in the shrinkage of brain areas involved in memory, with consumption exceeding 28 units per week accelerating cognitive decline in older individuals.

To mitigate these risks, lifestyle modifications are paramount. Adopting a healthy diet, engaging in regular exercise, ensuring adequate sleep, and maintaining optimal weight are essential steps. Monitoring and limiting alcohol intake, along with reducing exposure to air pollution, are crucial preventive measures. Dr. Ojha stresses the importance of social interaction in maintaining cognitive health, highlighting the need for an active and engaged lifestyle.

The study also delves into genetic variations associated with dementia, focusing on seven genetic clusters related to immune and inflammatory responses. Genetic cluster 1 is specifically linked to Alzheimer’s disease, while clusters 2 and 4 show associations with both Alzheimer’s and schizophrenia, particularly in individuals with heavy alcohol consumption habits. Cluster 5, located in the MAPT region, plays a role in various neurodegenerative disorders. Furthermore, genetic loci on the X chromosomes, such as genes XG and CD99, are associated with early-life and environmental factors impacting health outcomes. Four genetic loci contribute to abnormal leukocyte inflow in the brain, contributing to inflammation observed in Alzheimer’s disease.

Understanding and addressing modifiable risk factors such as diabetes, air pollution, and alcohol consumption are crucial steps in preventing dementia. Lifestyle modifications, coupled with genetic insights, offer promising avenues for reducing the burden of this debilitating condition on individuals and society as a whole.

Clarifying Total Solar Eclipse Dates: Dispelling Misconceptions and Unveiling Celestial Wonders Ahead

The misconception surrounding the date of the next total solar eclipse in North America persists despite clarifications. Many prominent sources erroneously claim that the subsequent total solar eclipse in the United States will take place on August 23, 2044, branding it as the “last for 20 years.”

Contrary to this misinformation, the accurate date for the next total solar eclipse in the U.S. and North America is March 30, 2033—a mere nine years away.

The confusion likely stems from information provided by NASA, where the eclipse on April 8, 2024, is followed by a statement indicating the next occurrence visible from the contiguous United States will be on August 23, 2044. However, it’s essential to note that the term “contiguous” specifically refers to the 48 adjoining U.S. states and the District of Columbia. This clarification comes from Michael Zeiler, an eclipse cartographer at GreatAmericanEclipse.com, whose expertise is reflected in the Atlas of Solar Eclipses spanning from 2020 to 2045.

Now, let’s delve into the details of the upcoming total solar eclipses in 2033, 2044, and the highly anticipated “Greatest American Eclipse” in 2045.

The Next Total Solar Eclipse In The U.S. And North America (After April 8)

Date: March 30, 2033

Location:Alaska, U.S., and Siberia, Russia

Observers in Alaska, specifically in areas such as St. Lawrence Island, Barrow/Utqiagvik, Kotzebue, or Nome, will have the privilege of witnessing a brief totality approximately an hour after sunrise. This captivating phenomenon, reaching a maximum duration of 2 minutes and 37 seconds, will occur amidst the prime season for the aurora borealis, enhancing the experience.

The Next Total Solar Eclipse In The Contiguous U.S.

Date:August 22, 2044

On August 22, 2044, a total solar eclipse with a maximum duration of 2 minutes and 4 seconds will grace the skies over Greenland, northern Canada, and select regions of the United States, including Montana and North Dakota. Notably, areas such as Banff National Park and Jasper National Park in Canada are expected to draw significant crowds, with Calgary and Edmonton falling within the path of totality.

The Next Coast-To-Coast Total Solar Eclipse In North America

Date:August 12, 2045

Location:U.S, Haiti, Dominican Republic, Venezuela, Guyana, French Guiana, Suriname, and Brazil

Less than a year following the total solar eclipse experience in Canada and the U.S., a monumental coast-to-coast eclipse awaits. With totality spanning as long as 6 minutes and 4 seconds, this celestial spectacle will be visible from various locations including Reno, Salt Lake City, Colorado Springs, Oklahoma City, Tulsa, Tampa, Orlando, Fort Lauderdale, and Miami. Notably, Port Saint Lucie, Florida, will host the longest duration of totality in the U.S., attracting substantial crowds to the Kennedy Space Center in Florida.

It’s crucial to recognize that total solar eclipses are not exclusive to the United States, occurring approximately every 18 months. The subsequent occurrence is slated for August 12, 2026, with Greenland, Iceland, and Spain, along with a small portion of Portugal, set to witness this awe-inspiring event.

By accurately understanding the dates and locations of upcoming total solar eclipses, enthusiasts can better prepare to witness these rare and captivating celestial occurrences.

UGR-Led Study Reveals Link Between Personality and Gene Expression, Unveiling Insights into Mind-Body Interaction

An international research endeavor led by the University of Granada (UGR) and employing artificial intelligence has revealed a significant relationship between human personalities and the expression of genes. This breakthrough provides fresh insights into the intricate dynamics between the mind and body.

The study, documented in Molecular Psychiatry, delves into how an individual’s personality and fundamental perspective on life regulate gene expression, thus influencing their overall health and welfare. This pioneering investigation marks the first instance of gauging genome transcription concerning human personality comprehensively.

Conducted by a collaborative, multi-disciplinary team from the Andalusian Interuniversity Research Institute in Data Science and Computational Intelligence (DaSCI), the UGR’s Department of Computer Science and Artificial Intelligence, and the Biohealth Research Institute in Granada (ibs. GRANADA), the research also involved Professor Robert Cloninger from Washington University in St. Louis, researchers from Baylor College of Medicine in Texas, USA, and participants from the Young Finns Study in Finland.

The Young Finns Study, spanning four decades and encompassing extensive data on participants’ health, physical condition, and lifestyle, served as the foundational dataset. It included thorough personality evaluations covering both temperament (habits and emotional reactivity) and character (conscious goals and values). The results underscored the role of certain life perspectives in either fostering a healthy, gratifying, and prolonged existence or precipitating a stressful, unhealthy, and truncated life span.

This study scrutinized gene expression regulation across individuals, considering three tiers of self-awareness delineated by their combined temperament and character profiles. These levels were classified as “unregulated,” characterized by irrational emotions and ingrained habits tied to tradition and authority obedience; “organized,” emblematic of individuals adept at consciously regulating habits and fostering cooperation for mutual gain; and finally, “creative,” representing self-transcendent individuals adapting habits to live harmoniously with others, nature, or the universe, even at personal cost.

The research yielded two pivotal revelations, elucidated by UGR researcher Coral del Val, a co-lead author of the study. “First, we identified a network of 4,000 genes forming multiple modules expressed in specific brain regions. Some of these genes had been previously associated with human personality inheritance,” del Val explains. “Secondly, we unearthed that these modules form a functional interaction network capable of orchestrating gene expression changes to adapt to diverse internal and external conditions, facilitating our daily adaptation to challenges and directing our development.”

The study highlighted two sub-networks orchestrating these changes: one regulating emotional reactivity (e.g., anxiety, fear), and the other governing what individuals perceive as meaningful (e.g., conceptualization, language production). Elisa Díaz de la Guardia-Bolívar, another co-lead author, notes, “Most notably, these emotion and meaning networks are coordinated by a control center comprised of six genes. It’s intriguing that these six genes are highly conserved across evolution, underscoring their pivotal role in regulating life forms’ functioning.”

Identifying these gene networks and the control hub offers practical insights into enhancing individuals’ health, happiness, and daily life quality amidst ubiquitous challenges and stresses. Igor Zwir from UGR remarks, “Prior research revealed significant disparities in well-being among individuals in the three personality groups, corresponding to their self-awareness levels. Greater self-awareness, particularly among the creative group, correlated with heightened well-being compared to the organized and unregulated groups.”

This study suggests that cultivating a more self-transcendent and creative outlook on life could enhance health and well-being, although further exploration is warranted to ascertain whether gene expression regulation is the mediator between self-awareness and well-being. Nevertheless, interventions promoting greater self-transcendence and mindfulness have demonstrated benefits across various health dimensions, suggesting gene expression regulation could indeed mediate this association.

The study’s innovative computational methodologies facilitated the investigation of intricate biological systems in humans in an ethical, non-intrusive, and beneficial manner, aimed at elucidating pathways to healthy living, as Professor Cloninger emphasizes. He underscores the interconnectedness of mind and body, stressing that each influences the other, advocating for a perspective where past or present conditions don’t singularly dictate future well-being but rather recognizing the potential for self-cultivated well-being through a creative, open-ended process.

NASA Proposes Lunar-Centric Timekeeping System to Keep Pace with Moon’s Unique Time Frame

NASA aims to revolutionize timekeeping beyond terrestrial norms by introducing a lunar-centric timekeeping system, effectively placing the moon on its own time clock. Rather than adhering to conventional time zones, this novel framework will establish a comprehensive reference for time on the lunar surface. Due to the moon’s lower gravity, time progresses slightly faster there, at a rate of 58.7 microseconds per day compared to Earth. Responding to this intriguing prospect, the White House has directed NASA and other U.S. agencies to collaborate with international counterparts in devising this innovative lunar timekeeping system.

“An atomic clock on the moon will tick at a different rate than a clock on Earth,” explained Kevin Coggins, NASA’s leading communications and navigation official. “It makes sense that when you go to another body, like the moon or Mars that each one gets its own heartbeat.” This customized timekeeping approach signifies that all activities on the moon will align with its accelerated time frame.

Historically, during NASA’s previous moon missions, astronauts relied on conventional watches, with timing being less precise and not as crucial as it is today with the reliance on GPS, satellites, and complex computer systems. Coggins emphasized the significance of microsecond accuracy in interactions among sophisticated technological systems.

The European Space Agency had previously advocated for the establishment of a unified time standard for lunar operations, given that a lunar day lasts approximately 29.5 Earth days. However, the specifics of implementing this new lunar time within NASA’s operations remain to be determined. While the International Space Station continues to utilize Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) owing to its low Earth orbit, determining the transition point for the adoption of the new space time poses a challenge for NASA. Furthermore, fluctuations in Earth’s time, necessitating the occasional addition of leap seconds, further complicate this endeavor.

In contrast to Earth’s observance of daylight saving time, Coggins clarified that such adjustments would not apply on the moon. The ambitious timeline set forth by the White House demands that NASA present a preliminary concept by the year’s end, with a finalized plan expected by the conclusion of 2026.

Carbondale and Beyond: Anticipation Mounts for Rare Total Solar Eclipse Spectacle

Residents of Carbondale, Illinois, are on the brink of witnessing a rare cosmic event – a total solar eclipse, defying the odds set by celestial mechanics. Typically, a location on Earth would encounter such an eclipse only once every 375 years, yet Carbondale is about to experience its second in just seven years. The forthcoming eclipse on April 8 promises to surpass its predecessor in spectacle, plunging the sky into darkness for a remarkable 4 minutes and 9 seconds, nearly doubling the duration of the 2017 event.

The anticipation extends beyond Carbondale, with an estimated 200,000 people expected to flock to prime viewing spots across southern Illinois for what’s being dubbed as “The Great American Eclipse, Part II.” This phenomenon isn’t limited to a single region; it will captivate observers along its path, stretching from Mexico’s Pacific coast to Canada’s Atlantic seaboard. The forthcoming eclipse is poised to be nothing short of extraordinary.

While the 2017 eclipse traversed sparsely populated areas, including national parks, the trajectory of the 2024 event will intersect major urban centers such as Dallas, Indianapolis, Cleveland, and Buffalo. Dr. Kelly Korreck, the eclipse program manager at NASA, highlighted the significance, stating, “This is going to be the most populated eclipse in the US, with 31.5 million people able to just walk outside of their homes to experience it.”

NASA’s involvement in the event isn’t merely symbolic; they plan to conduct experiments during the eclipse, such as launching rockets into the Moon’s shadow to study its impact on Earth’s atmosphere and deploying instrumented jet planes to chase the shadow. Dr. Amir Caspi from the Southwest Research Institute emphasized the necessity of aerial observations, citing their ability to access wavelengths of light inaccessible from the ground.

The journey of the total solar eclipse commences over the Pacific Ocean, with Penrhyn Atoll residents witnessing the first glimpse of a darkened Sun at dawn. The Moon’s shadow then hurtles across the Earth’s surface, traversing Mexico, the US-Mexico border, and making its way through 13 US states before exiting over the Atlantic Ocean near Normandy, France.

Enthusiastic sky-watchers have meticulously planned for the event, considering transportation, accommodation, and historical weather patterns. While locations like Mexico and Texas offer better odds of clear skies, weather remains unpredictable, underscoring the uncertainty inherent in celestial events.

Total eclipses offer a unique opportunity for scientific exploration, particularly in studying the Sun’s corona, its outer atmosphere. The collaboration between British scientists and NASA aims to deploy instruments in Dallas to examine the corona’s properties, shedding light on its role in phenomena such as the solar wind.

Beyond professional scientists, citizen researchers are encouraged to participate in eclipse-related projects. Initiatives like Sunsketcher, Eclipse Soundscapes, Globe Observer, and Eclipse Megamovie engage enthusiasts in various observational and recording tasks, enriching our understanding of the eclipse’s broader impact.

As the eclipse approaches, safety precautions are paramount. Observers are reminded not to look directly at the exposed Sun without proper eye protection.

While Montana and North Dakota will witness a partial eclipse in 2044, the next total solar eclipse crossing a significant portion of the US won’t occur until the following year, emphasizing the rarity and significance of such celestial phenomena.

New Study Confirms Cosmic Conundrum: Universe’s Expansion Rate Varies Dramatically, Challenging Cosmological Understanding

Astronomers have utilized the James Webb and Hubble space telescopes to validate one of the most perplexing enigmas in physics: the universe’s expansion seems to occur at vastly different rates depending on where we direct our gaze.

Described as the Hubble Tension, this discrepancy poses a significant challenge to cosmology, potentially requiring a reevaluation of our fundamental understanding of the cosmos. Initial confirmation of this puzzle came in 2019 through measurements from the Hubble Space Telescope, with even more precise data from the James Webb Space Telescope (JWST) in 2023 solidifying the disparity.

A recent joint effort by both telescopes, detailed in a study published on February 6 in the Astrophysical Journal Letters, aimed to conclusively rule out any potential measurement errors. Lead author of the study, Adam Riess, a professor of physics and astronomy at Johns Hopkins University, remarked, “With measurement errors negated, what remains is the real and exciting possibility we have misunderstood the universe.”

Riess, along with Saul Perlmutter and Brian P. Schmidt, were awarded the 2011 Nobel Prize in physics for their groundbreaking discovery of dark energy, the mysterious force believed to drive the universe’s accelerating expansion.

Two primary methods are currently considered the “gold standard” for determining the Hubble constant, which describes the rate of the universe’s expansion. The first method involves analyzing minute fluctuations in the cosmic microwave background (CMB), a remnant of the universe’s early stages. This method, conducted between 2009 and 2013 using the European Space Agency’s Planck satellite, yielded a Hubble constant of approximately 46,200 mph per million light-years, or roughly 67 kilometers per second per megaparsec (km/s/Mpc).

The second method utilizes pulsating stars known as Cepheid variables. These stars undergo periodic fluctuations in brightness, providing astronomers with a means to gauge their intrinsic luminosity. By comparing this intrinsic brightness with their observed brightness, astronomers construct a “cosmic distance ladder,” allowing them to probe deeper into the universe’s past. Through this ladder, they determine the expansion rate by examining how the light from Cepheids has been red-shifted.

However, a significant discrepancy arises when comparing the measurements obtained from Cepheid variables with those from the Planck satellite. According to Riess and his team’s Cepheid variable measurements, the universe’s expansion rate stands at approximately 74 km/s/Mpc, a value significantly higher than Planck’s findings, throwing cosmology into disarray.

David Gross, a Nobel Prize-winning astronomer, referred to this disparity as a “crisis” rather than a mere tension or problem during a 2019 conference at the Kavli Institute for Theoretical Physics (KITP) in California.

Initially, speculation centered around the possibility of a measurement error resulting from the mixing of Cepheids with other stars within Hubble’s aperture. However, in 2023, the researchers utilized the more precise JWST to confirm the accuracy of their Hubble measurements for the initial “rungs” of the cosmic ladder. Nonetheless, doubts persisted regarding measurements further back in the universe’s history.

To address these uncertainties, Riess and his team expanded their observations, studying an additional 1,000 Cepheid stars in five distant galaxies, some as far as 130 million light-years away. By comparing this new data with Hubble’s previous measurements, they corroborated their earlier findings regarding the Hubble constant.

Riess emphasized, “We’ve now spanned the whole range of what Hubble observed, and we can rule out a measurement error as the cause of the Hubble Tension with very high confidence.” By combining data from both Webb and Hubble, astronomers can assert the reliability of Hubble’s measurements as they delve deeper into the cosmic distance ladder.

In essence, the tension within cosmology persists, challenging existing theories and urging further exploration into the mysteries of the universe.

Study Finds Any Extra Steps Count: Even Sedentary Lifestyles Benefit from Increased Daily Walking

You’ve likely encountered the recommendation that adults should strive for 10,000 steps daily. While this guideline offers a straightforward directive, it overlooks the diversity of human lifestyles and physical compositions.

A global team of researchers has uncovered that even individuals with predominantly sedentary habits can mitigate the adverse effects of prolonged sitting by integrating more steps into their daily routines.

The prevalence of sedentary lifestyles is on the rise, with established connections to heightened risks of cardiovascular disease (CVD), elevated susceptibility to cancer and diabetes, and a reduced lifespan. Conversely, individuals with higher step counts and brisk walking paces tend to experience diminished risks.

Yet, it remained uncertain whether markedly sedentary individuals could mitigate these concerning health risks through daily step increments.

The study revealed that irrespective of sedentary tendencies, higher step counts correlated with reduced CVD risk and mortality rates. Consequently, those confined to desk-bound roles need not despair entirely, although researchers emphasize the importance of overall sedentary time reduction.

“This is by no means a get out of jail card for people who are sedentary for excessive periods of time,” says population health scientist Matthew Ahmadi from the University of Sydney in Australia.

“However, it does hold an important public health message that all movement matters and that people can and should try to offset the health consequences of unavoidable sedentary time by upping their daily step count.”

Ahmadi and his team scrutinized data from 72,174 volunteers enrolled in the UK Biobank, an extensive longitudinal dataset established in 2006 to track participants’ health metrics over at least three decades.

Each participant contributed an average of 6.9 years’ worth of general health data. Utilizing wrist accelerometers worn for seven days, researchers estimated physical activity levels, including step counts and sitting durations.

The median daily sedentary duration stood at 10.6 hours. Individuals surpassing this threshold were categorized as having ‘high sedentary time,’ while those falling below were labeled as having ‘low sedentary time.’

The study excluded participants whose initial two years of data might have been influenced by poor health, limiting the findings to generally healthy individuals for the first two years of data collection. It remains uncertain whether the dataset included participants with disabilities impacting their step counts.

The research revealed that accumulating between 9,000 and 10,000 steps daily proved optimal for counteracting the effects of a highly sedentary lifestyle, reducing incident CVD risk by 21 percent and mortality risk by 39 percent.

Regardless of sedentary behavior, researchers found that half of the benefits manifested at approximately 4,000 to 4,500 daily steps.

“Any amount of daily steps above the referent 2,200 steps per day was associated with lower mortality and incident CVD risk, for low and high sedentary time,” Ahmadi and colleagues conclude.

“Accruing between 9,000 and 10,000 steps a day optimally lowered the risk of mortality and incident CVD among highly sedentary participants.”

Unraveling Centuries of Timekeeping: The Evolution of the Calendar from Caesar to Gregory

In the midst of spring, there was a perplexing occurrence: the harvest festivities were underway, yet the fields were far from yielding ripe produce. This puzzling discrepancy dated back to the 1st Century BC when the Roman calendar, in its disarray, failed to align these crucial celebrations with the agricultural reality.

Julius Caesar perceived the urgency in rectifying this chaotic calendar, a task demanding the synchronization of the Roman Empire’s timekeeping with both the Earth’s daily rotation and its yearly orbit around the Sun. His solution birthed a profound transformation – introducing the longest year in history, augmenting and subtracting months, securing the calendar to the seasons, and instituting the concept of leap years. This monumental endeavor, however, encountered a peculiar hurdle in the form of Roman numerical quirks.

Thus, the year 46BC unfolded, known as the Year of Confusion, emblematic of the intricate challenges Caesar and his advisors faced. Helen Parish, a visiting professor of history, elucidates that the early Roman calendar, rooted in lunar and agricultural cycles, comprised only 10 months, leaving significant gaps unaccounted for.

Parish elaborates on Numa Pompilius’ efforts in 731BC to enhance the calendar by introducing additional months to cover the winter period, thereby extending the year to 355 days. However, this number, although aligning with the lunar year, bore superstitions against even numbers, leading to the addition of an extra day. Consequently, February, with its 28 days, became symbolic of purification.

Despite these advancements, the calendar remained approximately 11 days adrift from the solar year, evidenced by historical discrepancies such as the misdated solar eclipse of 200BC. Attempts to rectify this misalignment with ad-hoc intercalary months proved ineffective, often manipulated for political ends rather than seasonal accuracy.

Julius Caesar, advised by the astronomer Sosigenes, undertook bold measures to synchronize the calendar with the Sun, introducing two unprecedented months in 46BC. This decision extended the year to 445 days, paving the way for the abandonment of intercalary months thereafter.

Nonetheless, aligning the calendar with the solar year posed ongoing challenges due to the fractional excess in Earth’s orbit, prompting the introduction of leap years every four years. This adjustment, although initially prone to doubling errors in Roman counting, was eventually rectified by Augustus, solidifying the Julian calendar’s foundation.

Further refinements occurred in 1582 with Pope Gregory’s calendar reforms, introducing adjustments to ensure long-term accuracy, such as skipping leap years on centennial years unless divisible by 400. Despite the calendar’s enhancements, its adoption remained subject to political and religious influences, with dissent over perceived temporal theft by the Papal decree.

Parish highlights the global adoption of the Gregorian calendar over time, albeit with variations across different countries, leading to temporal discrepancies that could perplex international correspondence. Despite its improvements, the Gregorian calendar isn’t flawless, with potential discrepancies looming in the distant future.

Nevertheless, it has afforded humanity a semblance of temporal order, buying time until the next adjustment becomes necessary.

-+=